CN115461668A - Locating, stabilizing and connecting the structures and systems that contain them - Google Patents

Abstract

A head-mounted display system, comprising: a head mounted display unit having a display; a battery pack for powering the head-mounted display system; and a positioning and stabilising structure configured to hold the head mounted display unit in front of the eyes of a user so that the display is viewable by the user in use, and to hold the battery pack behind the user's head in use. In one embodiment, the positioning and stabilising structure comprises a rear support configured for engaging the rear of a user's head, the rear support comprising a parietal strap portion configured to cover, in use, the parietal bone of the user's head and an occipital strap portion configured to cover, in use, the occipital bone of the user's head or to lie beneath the occipital bone of the user's head. The positioning and stabilising structure further comprises a pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support and the head-mounted display unit, each side strap portion being configured to be located on a respective side of the user's head in use.

Description

Locating, stabilizing and connecting the structures and systems that contain them

1 Cross-references to related applications

This application claims the benefit of: Australian Application No. 2020900953, filed March 27, 2020, U.S. Application No. 16/865,480, filed May 4, 2020, U.S. Application No. .16/865,526, Australian Application No. 2020901432 filed on May 5, 2020, Australian Application No. 2020901437 filed on May 6, 2020, Australian Application No. 2020902514 filed on July 20, 2020, Australian Application No. 2020903055 filed on 26 August 2020, Australian Application No. 2020903112 filed on 31 August 2020, Australian Application No. 2020903395 filed on 22 September 2020, filed on September 2020 Australian Application No. 2020903502 filed on 29th, Australian Application No. 2020903638 filed on 7th October 2020, PCT Application No. PCT/AU2020/051081 filed on 8th October 2020, 26th October 2020 Australian Application No. 2020903876 filed on 2020, PCT Application No. PCT/AU2020/051158 filed on 28 October 2020, Australian Application No. 2020904664 filed on 15 December 2020, filed on 24 December 2020 Australian Application No. 2020904849 filed, Australian Application No. 2021900871 filed 24 March 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

2 background technology

2.1 Technical field

The technology relates generally to head-mounted displays, positioning and stabilizing structures, user interface structures and other components for use in head-mounted displays, related head-mounted display components and systems, including display units and positioning and stabilizing structures, interface structures and or components and methods. The present technology finds particular application in the use of immersive reality head mounted displays and is described in this context. It should be appreciated that the present technology may have broader application and may be used with any type of head mounted display arrangement, including but not limited to virtual reality displays, augmented reality displays, and/or mixed reality displays.

2.2 Related technical description

It should be understood that if any prior art is mentioned herein, that reference does not constitute an admission that that prior art forms part of the common general knowledge in the art, in Australia or in any other country.

2.2.1 Immersive Technology

Immersive technology refers to the technology that attempts to replicate or enhance the physical environment by means of digital or virtual environments by creating surrounding sensory sensations, thereby generating a sense of immersion.

Specifically, immersive technologies provide users with visual immersion, creating virtual objects and/or virtual environments. Immersive technology can also provide immersion for at least one of the other five senses.

2.2.2 Virtual reality

Virtual reality (VR) is a computer-generated three-dimensional image or environment that is presented to the user. In other words, the environment can be completely virtual. Specifically, a user looks at an electronic screen to observe a virtual or computer-generated image in a virtual environment. Since the created environment is entirely virtual, users may be prevented and/or impeded from interacting with their physical environment (for example, they may not be able to hear and/or see physical objects in the physical environment they are currently in) .

The electronic screen may be supported in the user's line of sight (eg, mounted to the user's head). Visual feedback output by the electronic screen and observed by the user while viewing the electronic screen can create a virtual environment intended to simulate the actual environment. For example, a user can look around (eg, 360°) by pivoting their head or their entire body and interact with virtual objects observable by the user through an electronic screen. This can provide the user with an immersive experience in which the virtual environment provides stimulation to at least one of the user's five senses and replaces the corresponding stimulation of the physical environment when the user uses the VR device. Typically, stimuli involve at least the user's vision (ie, because they are looking at an electronic screen), but may include other senses as well. These electronic screens are typically mounted to the user's head so that they can be positioned near the user's eyes, which allows the user to easily observe the virtual environment.

VR devices may generate other forms of feedback in addition to or in addition to visual feedback. For example, a VR device may include and/or be connected to speakers to provide auditory feedback. A VR device may also include haptic feedback (eg, in the form of a haptic response), which may correspond to visual and/or auditory feedback. This can create a more immersive virtual environment because the user receives stimuli corresponding to more than one user experience.

When using a VR device, users may wish to limit blocking of surrounding stimuli. For example, a user may wish to avoid seeing and/or hearing their surroundings in order to better process stimuli from a VR device in a virtual environment. Accordingly, the VR device may limit and/or prevent the user's eyes from receiving ambient light. In some examples, this may be accomplished by providing a seal against the user's face. In some examples, the shield may be disposed proximate to (eg, in contact with or in close contact with) the user's face, but may not seal against the user's face. In either example, ambient light may not reach the user's eyes such that the only light observable by the user is from the electronic screen.

In other examples, the VR device may limit and/or prevent the user's ears from hearing ambient noise. In some examples, this can be accomplished by providing the user with a headset (e.g., a noise-canceling headset) that can output sound from the VR device and/or limit the user's hearing from its physical environment. noise. In some examples, the VR device may output sound at a volume sufficient to limit the user's ability to hear ambient noise.

In any example, the user may not want to become overstimulated (eg, by both their physical and virtual environment). Thus, blocking and/or limiting environmental stimuli to the user helps the user to focus on the virtual environment without possible distractions from the environment.

Different types of VR devices are described below. Typically, a single VR device can include at least two different classifications. For example, VR devices can be classified by their portability and by how the display unit is coupled to the rest of the interface. These categories may be independent such that a category in one group (eg, portability of a unit) does not predetermine a category in another group. There may also be additional categories for classifying VR devices, which are not explicitly listed below.

2.2.2.1 Portability

2.2.2.1.1 Fixed unit

In some forms, a VR device may be used in conjunction with a stand-alone device such as a computer or video game console. This type of VR device may be stationary in that it cannot be used without a computer or video game console, and therefore the locations where it can be used are limited (eg, by the location of the computer or video game console).

Because a VR device can be used in conjunction with a computer or video game console, the VR device can be connected to the computer or video game console. For example, wires can tie two systems together. This can further "fix" the position of the VR device, since the user wearing the VR device cannot move further than the length of the wire from the computer or video game console. In other examples, the VR device may connect wirelessly (eg, via Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, etc.), but may still be relatively fixed by the strength of the wireless signal.

A connection to a computer or video game console can provide control functions to the VR device. These controls can be communicated (ie, through a wired connection or wirelessly) to assist in operating the VR device. In the example of a fixed unit VR device, these controls may be necessary in order to operate the display screen, and without a connection to a computer or video game console, the VR device may not be operable.

In some forms, a computer or video game console can provide power to the VR device so that the user does not need to support the battery on his head. This could make the VR headset more comfortable to wear, since the user doesn't need to support the weight of the battery.

The user may also receive output from a computer or video game console at least in part through the VR device rather than through a television or monitor that may be used while using the computer or video game console (e.g., to play a video game) to provide users with a more immersive experience. In other words, the display output of a VR device can be essentially the same as that of a computer monitor or television. Some of the controllers and/or sensors necessary to output these images can be housed in the computer or video game console, which can further reduce the weight the user needs to support on their body.

In some forms, the motion sensor can be located remotely from the VR device and connected to a computer or video game console. For example, at least one camera may be oriented towards the user in order to track the movement of the user's head. Processing of the data recorded by the camera can be done by a computer or video game console prior to transmission to a VR device. While this can help reduce the weight of VR devices, it can also further limit where VR devices can be used. In other words, the VR device must be within the camera's line of sight.

2.2.2.1.2 Portable Units

In some forms, the VR device may be a self-contained unit that includes a power source and sensors such that the VR device does not need to be connected to a computer or video game console. This gives the user more freedom of use and movement. For example, a user is not limited to using a VR device near a computer or video game console, and can use the VR device outdoors or in other environments that do not include a computer or television.

Because the VR device is not connected to a computer or video game console in use, it is required that the VR device supports all necessary electronic components. This includes batteries, sensors and processors. These components add weight to the VR device that users must support on their bodies. Appropriate weight distribution may be required such that the added weight does not increase discomfort for the user wearing the VR device.

In some forms, the electronics of the VR device are contained in a single housing that can be placed directly in front of the user's face in use. This configuration may be referred to as a "brick". In this configuration, the center of gravity of the VR device without positioning and stabilizing structures is directly in front of the user's face. To resist the moment created by gravity, the positioning and stabilizing structure coupled to the brick structure must provide a force directed towards the user's face, such as that created by tension in the headgear straps. While brick structures may be beneficial for manufacturing (e.g., because all electronic components are in close proximity) and may allow interchangeability of positioning and stabilizing structures (e.g., because they do not include electrical connections), maintaining the position of the VR device is critical. The required force (eg, tension in the headgear) may be uncomfortable for the user. Specifically, the VR device may be embedded in the user's face, causing irritation and markings on the user's skin. When the user's head receives force from the display housing on their face and force from the headband on the back of their head, the combination of forces can feel like a "clamp." This can make users less likely to wear a VR device.

Since VR and other mixed reality devices can be used in ways that involve vigorous movement of the user's head and/or their entire body (such as during gaming), there may be significant force/moment. Simply forcing the device tighter against the user's head to withstand large disruptive forces may not be acceptable as it may be uncomfortable to the user or become uncomfortable only after a short period of time.

In some forms, the electronic components may be spaced throughout the VR device rather than being entirely in front of the user's face. For example, some electrical components (eg a battery) may be arranged on the positioning and stabilizing structure, especially on the rear contact. In this way, the weight of the battery (or other electronic component) can generate a moment in the opposite direction of the moment generated by the rest of the VR device (eg, the display). Thus, the positioning and stabilizing structure may be sufficient to apply a lower clamping force, which in turn results in lower force on the user's face (eg, less markings on their skin). However, in some such existing devices, cleaning and/or replacing the positioning and stabilizing structures may be more difficult due to the electrical connections.

In some forms, spacing out the electronic components may involve locating some electronic components separately from the rest of the VR device. For example, a battery and/or processor may be electrically connected but carried separately from the rest of the VR device. Unlike the "fixed unit" described above, the battery and/or processor, and the rest of the VR device, can be portable. For example, the battery and/or processor may be carried on the user's belt or in the user's pocket. This may provide the benefit of reducing the weight on the user's head, but does not provide counteracting moments. The tension provided by the positioning and stabilizing structure can still be less than the "brick" configuration because the overall weight supported by the head is less.

2.2.2.2 Display connection

2.2.2.2.1 Integrated display screen

In some forms, the display screen is an integral part of the VR device and generally cannot be separated or removed from the rest of the VR device.

The display screen can be secured within the housing and protected from damage. For example, the display screen can be completely covered by the case, which can reduce the occurrence of scratches. Plus, integrating the display with the rest of the VR device eliminates the occurrence of missing displays.

In these forms, the display screen is used purely as an immersive technology display. The vast majority of "fixed units" will include integrated display screens. A "portable unit" may include an integrated display screen, or may include a removable display screen (as described below).

2.2.2.2.2 Movable display screen

In some forms, the display screen is a separate structure that can be removed from the VR device and used on its own.

In some forms, an implantable electronic device (eg, a cellular phone) may be selectively inserted into the housing of the VR device. Portable electronic devices may include most or all of the sensors and/or processors and may create virtual environments through downloadable applications.

Implantable electronic devices are generally lightweight and may require no positioning and stabilizing structures to apply high forces to the user's head.

2.2.3 Augmented Reality

In some forms, augmented reality (AR) is a computer-generated three-dimensional image or environment that is presented to a user.

While similar to VR, AR differs by incorporating the user's physical environment to observe a virtual environment created at least in part by an electronic screen. In other words, AR creates virtual objects to alter and/or augment the user's physical environment with elements of the virtual environment. The result of AR is a combined environment that includes physical and virtual objects, and therefore a physical and virtual environment.

For example, images created by electronic screens can be superimposed on the user's physical environment. Only a portion of the AR combined environment presented to the user includes virtual. Accordingly, a user may wish to continue to receive environmental stimuli from their physical environment while using an AR device (eg, to continue viewing physical or non-virtual components of the combined environment).

Because AR can be used with the user's physical environment, the AR device may not be electrically connected or otherwise tethered to a computer or video game console. Alternatively, the AR device may include a battery or other power source. This can provide users with maximum freedom of movement, allowing them to explore various physical environments while using AR devices.

This key difference between VR and AR could lead to different types of wearable electronic screens. As mentioned above, a user of a VR device may wish to block ambient light, so the housing of the electronic screen may be opaque in order to limit or prevent ambient light from reaching the user. However, users of AR devices may wish to see a virtual environment mixed with their actual environment. An electronic screen in an AR device may similarly be supported in front of the user's eyes, but the screen in the AR device may be transparent or translucent, and the screen may not be supported by an opaque housing (or the opaque material may not substantially block the user's view) . This may allow the user to continue to receive ambient environmental stimuli, where the virtual environment exists concurrently. Nevertheless, users can see their real-world environment through the transparent screen, and some VR devices without transparent screens can capture real-time video of the user's real-world environment from the user's perspective (for example, using a camera on the display housing) and Display it on the display screen to configure it for AR.

Additionally, a person using an AR device may be more mobile than a person using a VR device (eg, because the AR user can see its physical environment and/or is not linked to a computer or video game console). Accordingly, a person using an AR device may wish to wear the device for an extended period of time while also moving around (eg, walking, running, cycling, etc.). Including components such as batteries on the AR device may make the AR device uncomfortable for the user's head and/or neck, and may prevent the user from wearing the AR device for extended periods of time.

2.2.4 Mixed Reality

Mixed reality (MR) is similar to AR, but can be more immersive because MR devices can provide users with more ways to interact with virtual objects or environments than AR devices. Virtual reality in MR can also overlap and/or blend with the user's physical environment. However, unlike AR, users are able to interact with a virtual environment similar to what happens in VR. In other words, while AR may only present computer-generated images of the physical environment, MR may present the same or similar computer-generated images to the user, but allow interaction with the images in the physical environment (e.g., using the hand to "grasp" a virtually generated image). object). Thus, the virtual environment can be further merged with the physical environment so that the combined environment better reproduces the actual environment.

2.2.5 Head Mounted Display Interface

Head-mounted display interfaces enable users to have an immersive experience of virtual environments and have wide applications in fields such as communication, training, medical and surgical procedures, engineering, and video games.

Different head-mounted display interfaces may each provide different levels of immersion. For example, some head-mounted display interfaces can provide a total immersive experience to the user. One example of a total immersive experience is virtual reality (VR). The HMD interface can also provide partial immersion consistent with using AR devices.

A VR head mounted display interface is usually provided as a system comprising a display unit arranged to be held in an operative position in front of the user's face. The display unit typically includes: a housing containing the display; and a user interface structure constructed and arranged in opposing relationship to the user's face. The user interface structure may extend around the display and define, in conjunction with the housing, a viewing opening to the display. The user interface structure may be face-engaging and include padding for user comfort and/or be light-sealed to block ambient light from the display. The head mounted display system further includes a positioning and stabilizing structure arranged on the user's head to maintain the display unit in place.

Other HMD interfaces can provide a less fully immersive experience. In other words, users can experience elements of their physical environment as well as their virtual environment. Examples of fully immersive experiences are augmented reality (AR) and mixed reality (MR).

AR/VR head-mounted display interfaces are also typically provided as systems comprising a display unit arranged to be held in an operative position in front of the user's face. Likewise, the display unit typically includes: a housing containing the display; and a user interface structure constructed and arranged in opposing relationship to the user's face. A head-mounted display system for AR and/or MR head-mounted displays is also similar to VR in that it further includes positioning and stabilizing structures arranged on the user's head to hold the display unit in place. However, AR and/or MR head-mounted displays do not include cushions that completely seal out ambient light from the display because elements of the physical environment are required for these less fully immersive experiences. In contrast, augmented and/or hybrid head-mounted displays allow users to see the physical environment combined with the virtual environment.

In any type of immersive technology, it is important that the HMD interface is comfortable so as to allow the user to wear the HMD for extended periods of time. Additionally, it is important that the display be able to provide changing images with changing positions and/or orientations of the user's head in order to create partially or completely virtual environments which resemble or reproduce fully physical environments.

2.2.5.1 Interface structure

A head mounted display may include a user interface structure. The shape and configuration of the interface portion has a direct impact on the effectiveness and comfort of the display unit due to its direct contact with the user's face.

The design of user interface structures presents many challenges. The face has a complex three-dimensional shape. The size and shape of the nose and head vary widely between individuals. Because the head consists of bone, cartilage, and soft tissue, different areas of the face respond differently to mechanical forces.

One type of interface structure extends around the periphery of the display unit and is intended to seal against the user's face when force is applied to the user interface, wherein the interface structure is in face-to-face engagement with the user's face. The interface structure may include a pad made of polyurethane (PU). With this type of interface structure, there may be a gap between the interface structure and the face, and additional force may be required to force the display unit against the face in order to achieve the desired contact.

Areas not occupied by the user interface at all may allow a gap to form between the facial interface and the user's face, through which undesired light pollution can enter the display unit (eg, especially when using virtual reality). Light pollution or "light leaks" can reduce the effectiveness and enjoyment of the user's overall immersive experience. Furthermore, previous systems can be difficult to adjust to be applicable to various head sizes. Still further, the display unit and associated stabilizing structures may generally be relatively heavy and may be difficult to clean, which may thus further limit the comfort and usability of the system.

Another type of interface structure incorporates a sheet seal of thin material located at part of the perimeter of the display unit to provide a seal against the user's face. As with previous interface structures, if the face does not fit well with the interface structure, additional force may be required to achieve a seal, or light may leak into the display unit during use. Furthermore, if the shape of the interface structure does not match the shape of the user, it may crease or bend in use, resulting in undesired light transmission.

The user interface can be partially characterized according to the design intent of where the interface structure engages the face in use. Some interface structures may be limited to engaging regions of the user's face that protrude beyond the arc of curvature of the interface structure's face-engaging surface. These areas may typically include the user's forehead and cheekbones. This may cause user discomfort at localized pressure points. Other facial regions may not be engaged by the interface structure at all, or may only be engaged in a negligible manner, possibly insufficiently increasing the translational distance of the clamping pressure. These areas may generally include the sides of the user's face, or an area adjacent to and surrounding the user's nose. To the extent there is a mismatch between the shape of the user's face and the interface structure, it may be advantageous for the interface structure or related components to be adapted to form an appropriate contact or other relationship.

2.2.5.2 Positioning and stabilization

In order to keep the display unit in its correct operating position, the head mounted display system further comprises a positioning and stabilizing structure arranged on the user's head. These structures may be responsible for providing a force opposing gravity of the head mounted display and/or interface structure. In the past, these structures have been formed from expandable rigid structures, usually under tension, applied to the head to hold the display unit in its operative position. Such systems tend to exert pinching pressure on the user's face, which can cause user discomfort at localized pressure points. Also, previous systems may be difficult to adjust to a wide range of applicable head sizes. In addition, the display unit and associated stabilizing structures are often heavy and difficult to clean, which further limits the comfort and usability of the system.

Certain other head-mounted display systems may not be functionally suitable for the field. For example, positioning and stabilizing structures designed for decorative and visual aesthetics may not have the structural ability to maintain proper pressure around the face. For example, too much clamping pressure may cause user discomfort, or alternatively, insufficient clamping pressure on the user's face may not effectively seal the display from ambient light.

Certain other head-mounted display systems may be uncomfortable or impractical for this technology. For example, if the system is used for an extended period of time.

Due to these challenges, some head-mounted displays suffer from one or more of the following: obtrusive, unsightly, expensive, disproportionate, difficult to use, and uncomfortable, especially when worn for extended periods of time or when the user is not familiar with the system . Incorrectly sized positioning and stabilizing structures can result in reduced comfort, which in turn shortens the life cycle.

Thus, the interface portion of the user interface for a fully immersive experience of the virtual environment is subjected to forces corresponding to the user's movements during the experience.

2.2.5.3 Materials

Materials used for the head-mounted display assembly include: dense foam for contacts in the interface structure, rigid shell for the housing, and positioning and stabilizing structures formed by rigid plastic clamping structures. These materials have various disadvantages, including not allowing the skin covered by the material to breathe, being inflexible, difficult to clean and prone to collecting bacteria. As a result, products made from such materials may be uncomfortable to wear over time, causing skin irritation in some individuals and limiting the application of the products.

3 Contents of the invention

The present technology may relate to providing positioning and stabilizing structures for supporting, stabilizing, mounting, utilizing, and/or securing head-mounted displays with improved one of comfort, cost, efficacy, ease of use, and manufacturability one or more.

A first aspect of the present technology relates to a device for supporting, stabilizing, mounting, utilizing and/or securing a head mounted display.

Another aspect of the technology relates to methods for use in supporting, stabilizing, mounting, utilizing, and/or securing head-mounted displays.

3.1 Head Mounted Display System Having Side Strap Portions and Parietal and Occipital Strap Portions Another aspect of the technology relates to a head mounted display system comprising:

a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;

a battery pack for powering the head-mounted display system;

A positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold the head-mounted display unit in front of the user's eyes so that the display is viewable by the user in use, and to hold the battery pack behind the user's head in use, the positioning and Stable structures include:

a rear support portion configured to engage the rear of the user's head, the rear support portion comprising a parietal strap portion configured to cover the parietal bones of the user's head in use and an occipital or occiput configured to cover the user's head in use the occipital strap portion located below the occipital bone of the user's head;

a pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to lie on a respective side of the user's head in use;

In some examples, the head mounted display system includes a top strap portion configured to cover the upper portion of the user's head in use. In some examples, the top strap portion is configured to connect between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit.

3.1.1 Parietal strap

In an example: (a) the position of the parietal strap portion is movable in an anterior and posterior direction relative to the parietal strap portion; (b) the angle between the parietal strap portion and the occipital strap portion is adjustable by the user; ( c) the parietal strap portion is positioned below the parietal strap portion; (d) the parietal strap portion passes through a buckle connected to the parietal strap portion, the buckle being configured to limit lateral movement of the parietal strap portion; and/or (e) The buckle is in the sagittal plane of the user's head in use.

3.1.2 Top strap part

In a further example: (a) the top strap portion is connected to the occipital strap portion; (b) the length of the top strap portion between the head-mounted display unit and the battery is adjustable; (c) the top strap portion The strap portion is connected to the head-mounted display unit through an eyelet, and looped back and secured to itself, the eyelet is connected to the head-mounted display unit; (d) the outer layer of the top strap portion is configured to pass through the eyelet and looped back and secured (e) the user-facing layer does not pass through the eyelets; (f) the top strap portion includes a fabric user-facing layer, a fabric outer layer, and a substantially inextensible layer between the user-facing layer and the outer layer; ( g) the user-facing layer of the top strap portion is configured to pass through the eyelet and looped back and secured to itself; (h) the top strap portion is substantially inextensible; (i) the top strap portion includes a layered construction (j) the top strap portion includes a substantially inextensible layer; (k) the front end of the substantially inextensible layer is spaced from the head-mounted display unit along the length of the top strap portion; (l) the top strap portion includes The fabric faces the user layer; (m) the top strap portion includes the fabric outer layer; (n) the top strap portion includes the power cable that connects the battery pack to the head mounted display unit to provide power from the battery in use to the head mounted display unit; (o) the power cable is inside the top strap portion; (p) the power cable is insertable by the user through the inside of the top strap portion; and/or (q) the power cable is pluggable through A top strap portion is positioned between the substantially inextensible layer and the fabric outer layer.

3.1.3 Front and rear of the top strap

In a further example: (a) the top strap portion includes a front portion configured to engage a user's head in use and a rear portion configured to engage a user's head in use and a front portion configured not to engage a user's head in use; (b ) the top strap portion includes a shape with a bend between the rear portion of the top strap portion and the front portion of the top strap portion; (c) the top strap portion is shaped to follow the user's and offset from the curvature of the user's head in the front portion of the top strap portion; (d) the top strap portion is stiffened to support the front portion in spaced relation to the user's head in use (e) the front portion of the top strap portion is bent downward toward the head-mounted display unit; (f) the front portion of the top strap portion extends in a partially upward direction from the rear portion of the top strap portion; (g) the top strap portion The front part of the strap part is connected to the rear part of the top strap part at the front end of the rear part, the front part of the rear part is located behind the edge area of the user's head; (h) the front part of the rear part of the top strap part is located in use The rear of the frontal bone of the user's head; (i) the front end of the rear portion of the top strap portion is located near the coronal plane of the user in use, which is aligned with the user's upper cardinal points on each ear; (j) the top strap portion and/or (k) the front end of the rear portion of the top strap portion is positioned near the parietal bone strap portion in use.

3.1.4 Battery Pack

In further examples: (a) the battery pack is attached to the top strap portion in an upper and lower position; (b) the battery pack is removably attached to the top strap portion; (c) the battery pack is attached to the top girdle; (d) lower position at or near the occipital girdle; (e) lower position spaced from the occipital girdle to allow the top girdle to be between the lower position and the occipital girdle (f) the battery pack is connected to the top strap portion on the upper side of the battery pack and to the occipital strap portion on the lower side of the battery pack; (g) the battery pack is connected to the occipital strap through the lower battery pack strap portion (h) the battery pack includes a battery pack case and a plurality of battery cells housed within the case; (i) the battery cells are equidistantly spaced in the battery pack case from the front wall of the battery pack case; (j ) one of the plurality of battery cells is farther from the front wall of the battery pack housing than the other battery cell or cells; (k) each of the plurality of battery cells is spaced apart from the front wall of the battery pack housing; (l ) the battery pack housing contains counterweights configured to facilitate weight balance between the battery pack and the head-mounted display unit; (m) the battery pack housing is spaced from the back surface of the user's head; and/or (n) The head-mounted display system includes a pad configured to contact the rear surface of the user's head, the battery pack case is separated from the rear surface of the user's head by the pad.

3.1.4.1 Vertically Oriented Battery Packs

In a further example: (a) the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to maintain the battery pack in a vertical orientation in use; (b) the battery pack has a length, width and depth, the length being greater than the width and depth; (c) the positioning and the stabilizing structure is configured to hold the battery pack in an orientation in which, in use, the length of the battery pack is substantially vertically aligned; and/or (d) in use, the length of the battery pack is aligned with The sagittal plane of the user's head is aligned.

3.1.4.2 Horizontally Oriented Battery Packs

In a further example: (a) in use, the parietal strap is configured to cover an area of the user's head at or near the junction between the parietal and occiput; (b) the parietal strap and side straps are configured to lie in a common plane in use; (c) the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to maintain the battery pack in a horizontal orientation in use; (d) the battery pack has a length, width and depth, the length being greater than the width and depth; (e) the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to hold the battery pack in an orientation in which, in use, the length of the battery pack is aligned substantially horizontally; (f) in use, the length of the battery pack is aligned with the top bone; the strap portions are aligned in parallel; and/or (g) the battery pack is attached to the parietal strap portion.

3.1.5 Example of additional battery pack

In further examples: (a) the battery pack is supported by the parietal strap and/or the parietal strap; (c) the head-mounted display system is configured to allow the user's hair to pass through the opening; (d) the occipital strap is formed in two parts, each of which is positioned in use by the user on respective sides of the sagittal plane of the head; (e) the two parts of the occipital ligament are releasably attachable to each other at a pair of joints, each connection point being provided to the occipital ligament on a respective one of the two parts; (f) when the two parts of the occipital strap are connected to each other, each connection point is in use at or near the sagittal plane of the user's head; (g) in use, When the two parts of the occipital strap are connected to each other, the connection points are spaced laterally in the sagittal plane; (h) the head-mounted display system includes two battery packs, each supported on the occipital strap on a respective one of the two parts; (i) the battery pack is spaced apart in use to allow the two parts of the occipital strap to connect to each other in use at or near the sagittal plane of the user's head; (j) The occipital strap is formed in two parts, each part being in use on a respective side of the sagittal plane of the user's head, wherein the two parts of the occipital strap are not connected to each other in use, wherein the occipital strap The medial ends of the two parts of the head are spaced apart from each other and in use are each spaced laterally from the sagittal plane; (k) the head-mounted display system includes two battery packs, each supplied to the occipital on a respective one of the two portions of the strap portion; (l) a positioning and stabilizing structure configured for holding the battery pack in a position covering the occiput of the user's head in use; and/or (m) positioning and The stabilizing structure is configured to hold the battery pack in a position adjacent to the occiput of the user's head and in or adjacent to the vertical axis of rotation of the user's head.

3.1.6 Retractable power cables

In further examples: (a) a portion of the power cable is located within the battery pack and can be extended from and retracted into the battery pack; (b) one or more layers of the top strap portion are partially located within the battery pack (c) The outer layer of the top strap part is located inside the battery pack and can be extended and retracted from the battery pack together with the power cable into the battery pack; (d) the substantially inextensible layer of the top strap portion is located within the battery pack and is capable of being extended from and retracted into the battery pack along with the power cables; (e) the top strap portion A user contact layer is positioned between the battery pack and the user's head; (f) the portion of the power cable that is inside the battery pack and the layer or layers of the top strap portion that are partially inside the battery pack form the optional top strap portion. a retractable portion, the retractable portion can be extended from and retracted into the battery pack to adjust the length of the top strap portion between the battery pack and the head-mounted display unit; (g) the retractable portion can selectively movable relative to the battery pack between a plurality of predetermined positions at which the position of the retractable portion can be fixed relative to the battery pack; and/or (h) the retractable portion can be fixed relative to the battery pack; The group moves continuously within a range of positions.

3.1.7 Arm

In a further example:

the head-mounted display unit includes: a display unit housing and a pair of arms extending from the display unit housing, the side strap portions are each attached to a corresponding one of the arms;

• Each side strap portion is connected to the rear end of a respective one of a pair of arms;

• Each side strap portion passes through an eyelet at the rear end of the respective arm and fastens back onto itself;

• Each side strap portion is attached to a respective one of a pair of arms near the front end of the arm;

• Each side strap portion passes through an eyelet at or near the rear end of the respective arm and through a hole near the front end of the arm and is fastened to the arm;

Each side strap portion is fastened to the side of the arm facing sideways;

• Each side strap portion is fastened to its own exposed portion within the arm;

• The eyelet at or near the rear end of the arm is partially open allowing the strap to move in/out of the eyelet in a lateral direction relative to the strap;

Each arm is covered in a sock, and each side strap is fastened to the sock;

each arm comprises a substantially rigid portion overmolded to the fabric portion; and/or

• Each of the pair of arms is pivotable relative to the display unit housing.

3.1.8 Adjusting rigid parts

In a further example:

the positioning and stabilizing structure further comprising an adjustment rigidizer comprising a substantially inextensible member configured to connect to the occipital strap portion, the adjustment rigidizer configured to reduce the length of the occipital strap portion;

· The occipital strap portion includes three or more occipital strap attachment points, the adjustment stiffener is selectively connectable to a first pair of occipital strap attachment points and to a second pair of occipital strap attachment points above, wherein the occipital strap portion has a first effective length when the adjustment stiffener is attached to the first pair of occipital strap attachment points, and wherein the occipital strap portion has a first effective length when the adjustment stiffener is attached to the second pair of occipital strap attachment points the strap portion has a second effective length that is longer than the first effective length;

· When the adjustment rigid member is connected to the connection point of the first pair of occipital straps, the adjustment rigid member constrains the occipital strap portion to a first effective length;

The adjustment rigidizer includes a pair of adjustment rigidity connection points configured to connect to the occipital strap connection points;

The occipital strap part includes four occipital strap connection points;

The attachment point of the second pair of occipital straps is located in the middle of the attachment point of the first pair of occipital straps;

the occipital strap portion includes a left portion separate from the right portion, and the adjustment rigidizer is configured to connect the left portion and the right portion;

·The adjusting rigid part includes an intermediate rigid part and a pair of transverse rigid parts extending laterally from the intermediate rigid part, and the connecting point of the adjusting rigid part is located on the transverse rigid part;

The adjustment rigid connection point is located on the transverse rigid part;

the intermediate rigid portion is configured to, in use, lie at the junction between covering the user's occipital bone and covering the user's parietal bone;

the intermediate rigid portion is configured to be located on the user's head, at or near the user's frontal bones, to cover the junction between the user's parietal bones and to connect to the occipital strap portion;

· Adjusting the rigid member to form part of the top strap portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure;

Adjusting the rigid member to form a substantially inextensible layer of the top strap portion;

· The adjustment stiffener is permanently attached within the top strap portion;

• The adjustment stiffener is permanently attached to the user-facing layer of the top strap portion;

The battery pack is configured to be connected to the adjustment rigid member;

The power cable is located between the adjustment rigid part and the outer layer of the top strap part in use;

The power cable can be inserted between the adjustment rigid part and the outer layer of the top strap part;

· The adjustment stiffener is detachable from the user-facing layer of the top strap portion;

· The adjustment rigidizer is insertable between the user-facing layer and the outer layer of the top strap portion;

Adjust the rigid member configuration to be connected to the user-facing layer;

the adjustment rigidizer includes hook material configured to form a hook and loop connection to the user-facing layer of the top strap portion;

The power cable is permanently attached to the adjustment rigid member;

· The battery pack is permanently attached to the adjustment rigid;

the adjustment stiffener includes an undercut between the pair of lateral stiffeners, the undercut allowing the adjustment stiffener to flex at or near the junction of the lateral stiffeners and the intermediate stiffener;

the adjustment stiffener includes lateral cutouts on opposite sides of the intermediate stiffener portion adjacent the lateral stiffeners to allow the adjustment stiffener to flex near the lateral cutouts; and/or

• The user-facing layer of the top strap portion includes cutouts that correspond to (eg align with) the lower cutouts in the adjustment stiffener.

3.1.9 Lockable and extendable connection part

In a further example:

The positioning and stabilizing structure comprises a first strap portion and a second strap portion connected by a lockable extendable connection comprising:

an elastically extensible connector strap portion configured to allow a predetermined amount of separation between the first strap portion and the second strap portion; and

a substantially inextensible connector strap portion configured for releasably attaching the first strap portion to the second strap portion to prevent contact between the first strap portion and the second strap portion Part from.

The substantially inextensible strap portion of the connector is adjustable in length;

the substantially inextensible connector strap portion includes a magnetic clip configured to magnetically attach to a connection point on the positioning and stabilizing structure;

The positioning and stabilizing structure includes a lockable extendable connection in each side strap portion;

each lockable extendable connection is located at an arm extending rearwardly from the head mounted display unit;

Each lockable extendable connection is located near the junction between each of the lateral, parietal and occipital straps; and/or

• The positioning and stabilizing structure includes a lockable extendable connection in the occiput strap.

3.1.10 Power cable strapping part

In a further example:

· The head-mounted display system includes power cables connected between the battery pack and the head-mounted display unit;

The power cable can be located in the top strap part during use;

The power cable can be located next to the top strap portion in use;

the power cable is attached to the power cable strap close to the head mounted display unit;

The power cable tie portion is extendable in length and the serpentine portion of the power cable is attached to the power cable tie in a serpentine pattern such that the power cable tie portion and the serpentine portion of the power cable extend in length Department; and/or

• The power cable is attached to the parietal bone strap.

3.1.11 Rigid parietal and/or occipital girdle

In a further example:

The parietal strap part includes a layered structure;

The parietal girdle is substantially inextensible;

The parietal strap portion includes a user-contacting layer and a substantially inextensible layer;

the user contact layer of the parietal strap portion is formed of a textile material;

The forward end of the substantially inextensible layer of the parietal girdle is at or near the junction between the parietal and occipital girdles;

The occipital strap part includes a layered structure;

The occipital girdle is essentially inextensible;

· The occipital strap portion includes a user-contacting layer and a substantially inextensible layer;

the user contact layer of the occipital strap part is formed of a textile material;

the forward end of the substantially inextensible layer of the occipital strap is at or near the junction between the parietal and occipital straps; and/or

• The substantially inextensible layer of the parietal girdle is connected to the substantially inextensible layer of the occiput girdle.

3.2 Lockable and extendable connection part

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a positioning and stabilizing structure configured for maintaining a head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:

a rear support configured to engage the rear of the user's head;

a pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to lie on a respective side of the user's head in use;

Wherein the first strap part and the second strap part of the positioning and stabilizing structure are connected by a lockable extendable connection part, the lockable extendable connection part comprising:

an elastically extensible connector strap portion configured to allow a predetermined amount of separation between the first strap portion and the second strap portion; and

a substantially inextensible connector strap portion configured for releasably attaching the first strap portion to the second strap portion to prevent contact between the first strap portion and the second strap portion Part from.

In the example:

The substantially inextensible strap portion of the connector is adjustable in length;

the substantially inextensible connector strap portion includes a magnetic clip configured to magnetically attach to a connection point on the positioning and stabilizing structure;

The positioning and stabilizing structure includes a lockable extendable connection in each side strap portion;

each lockable extendable connection is located at an arm extending rearwardly from the head mounted display unit;

the rear support portion comprises a parietal strap portion configured to, in use, cover the parietal bones of the user's head and an occipital strap portion configured to, in use, cover the occiput of the user's head or to be located below the occiput of the user's head;

Each lockable extendable connection is located adjacent the junction between each of the lateral, parietal and occipital straps;

The positioning and stabilizing structure includes a lockable extendable connection in the occiput strap;

· The occipital straps include side occipital straps and at least one intermediate occipital strap configured to connect to the side occipital straps, the intermediate occipital straps forming a substantially inextensible strap that is elastically extensible The strap part of the connector is connected between the middle occipital strap part and the side occipital strap part;

The elastically extendable connector straps are connected between the lateral occipital straps and the junction between the medial occipital straps and the parietal straps;

the positioning and stabilizing structure comprises a lockable extendable portion in at least one of the side strap portions; and/or

An elastically extensible connector strap configured to connect between the arm of the head-mounted display unit and the junction between one of the pair of side strap portions and the parietal strap portion, the side strap portions forming a substantially The upper non-extendable connector strap portion.

3.3 Front and rear of the top strap

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a positioning and stabilizing structure configured for maintaining a head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:

a rear support configured to engage the rear of the user's head;

a pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to lie on a respective side of the user's head in use; and

a top strap portion configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, the top strap portion being configured to cover the upper portion of the user's head in use;

Wherein the top strap portion comprises a front portion and a rear portion, the rear portion being configured to engage the user's head in use and the front portion being configured not to engage the user's head in use.

In the example:

the top strap portion includes a curved shape between the rear portion of the top strap portion and the front portion of the top strap portion;

the top strap portion is shaped to follow the curvature of the user's head at the rear of the top strap portion and to deviate from the curvature of the user's head at the front of the top strap portion;

• The top strap portion is stiffened to support the front portion in spaced relation to the user's head in use;

· The front of the top strap curves down towards the head mounted display unit;

the front portion of the top strap portion extends in a partially upward direction from the front end of the rear portion of the top strap portion;

the front of the top strap part is connected to the rear of the top strap part at the front of the rear part, the front of the rear part is located behind the edge area of the user's head;

· The front end of the rear portion of the top strap portion is positioned behind the user's frontal bone when in use;

the front end of the rear portion of the top strap portion is in use in the vicinity of the user's coronal plane, which is aligned with each of the user's upper ear bases;

the front end of the rear portion of the top strap portion is in use posterior to the coronal plane; and/or

• The front end of the rear portion of the top strap portion is located closest to the top strap portion in use.

In a further example:

·The top strap part is configured to be connected between the head-mounted display unit and the battery pack of the head-mounted display system for powering the head-mounted display system.

The length of the top strap can be adjusted;

the top strap portion is configured to be connected to the head mounted display unit through an eyelet connected to the display unit housing of the head mounted display unit, looped back and secured to itself;

The user-facing layer of the top strap portion is configured to pass through the eyelet and looped back and secured to itself, with the outer layer of the top strap portion not passing through the eyelet;

the top strap portion is substantially inextensible;

The top strap section includes a layered construction;

the top strap portion comprises a substantially inextensible layer;

the front end of the substantially non-extensible layer is spaced from the head mounted display unit along the length of the top strap portion;

The top strap section includes the fabric user-facing layer;

The top strap portion includes a fabric outer layer;

the top strap portion includes a power cable connecting the battery pack to the head mounted display unit to provide power from the battery to the head mounted display unit in use;

The power cable is inside the top strap;

the power cable is user-insertable through the interior of the top strap portion; and/or

• The power cable is insertable through the top strap portion, between the substantially inextensible layer and the fabric outer layer.

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;

a battery pack for powering the head-mounted display system;

The positioning and stabilizing structure according to any one of the above aspects or examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to hold the head mounted display unit in an operable position in use and to hold the battery in the position of the user's head in use. rear.

3.4 Power cable management

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

A head-mounted display unit, which includes:

a display unit housing that includes a display; and

an interface structure constructed and arranged to be in inverse relationship to and engage the user's face;

a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use;

a battery pack for powering the head-mounted display system; and

A power cable that connects the head-mounted display unit and the battery pack.

In the example:

Wherein, the power cable enters the display unit housing outside the periphery of the interface structure;

the display unit housing includes a rearwardly facing side and an interface structure extending rearwardly from the rearwardly facing side, the rearwardly facing side being larger than the perimeter of the interface structure, wherein the power cable enters the display unit housing through an opening in the rearwardly facing side;

the opening is located inside the perimeter of the display unit housing;

The opening is located on the periphery of the display unit housing;

the rear facing side comprises a rectangular shape and the interface structure comprises a circular shape, wherein the opening of the rear facing side is located near a corner of the rectangular shape of the rear facing side;

The head mounted display unit includes one or more power cable retention features configured to restrict the positioning and/or orientation of the power cable within the display unit housing;

The head mounted display unit includes two power cable retention features;

The power cable retention feature is the annular rigid portion through which the power cable passes;

The positioning and stabilizing structures include:

the rear support portion comprises a parietal strap portion configured to cover, in use, the parietal bones of the user's head and an occipital strap portion configured to, in use, cover the occiput of the user's head or be located below the occiput of the user's head;

a pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to lie on a respective side of the user's head in use; and

a top strap portion configured to be connected between the battery pack and the head-mounted display unit, the top strap portion configured to cover the upper portion of the user's head in use;

Wherein the power cable extends from the battery pack to the head-mounted display unit along the top strap;

wherein the power cable extends from the battery pack to the head mounted display unit along one of the parietal strap portion and the side strap portion;

· wherein the power cable is connected to the head-mounted display unit at its laterally facing side;

· wherein the power cable extends along the occipital strap portion and one of the side strap portions; and/or

- wherein the power cable includes slack configured to allow movement between the head mounted display unit and the battery pack.

3.5 Interface structure

A head-mounted display system comprising:

head-mounted display unit; and

Positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold a head mounted display unit in an operative position over a user's face in use, the head mounted display unit including interface structure constructed and arranged in opposing relationship to the user's face ,

wherein the interface structure comprises a resilient and flexible face engaging portion having a curved cross-section,

Wherein the face-engaging portion includes a front portion extending radially outward rearwardly, the front portion being curved into a rearward portion extending radially inwardly rearwardly, wherein a rearwardly facing surface of the rearward portion provides a user contact surface.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relationship to a user's face, the interface structure comprising a resilient and flexible face engaging surface having a curved cross-section portion; wherein the face engaging portion comprises a front portion extending in a radially outward rear direction, the front portion being bent into a rear portion extending in a radially inward rear direction, wherein the rear facing surface of the rear portion provides The user touches the surface.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relationship to a user's face, the interface structure comprising a resilient and flexible face having a curved cross-section An engaging portion, wherein the face engaging portion includes a forward portion extending radially outward from a rearward portion.

In examples: (a) the face engaging portion is configured such that the rear portion is biased into engagement with the user's face in use; (b) the face engaging portion comprises at least one closed loop portion having a closed cross-section; (c) the face engaging portion comprising a first closed loop portion and a second closed loop portion; (d) the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are disposed in use on respective sides of the user's nose; (e) the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are in use disposed proximate to the user's cheek; (f) the face engaging portion curves around itself and overlaps it to provide at least one closed loop; (g) the face engaging portion includes a base and a ring including a ring flange, wherein the ring flange overlaps the base to provide a ring portion; (h) the ring portion extends from the front position to the rear position; (i) the cross section of the ring portion tapers between the front position and the rear position; (j) the ring portion includes between the front position and the ring flange (k) the ring flange overlaps the forward facing surface of the base; (l) the ring flange is fastened to the base; (m) the base and the ring are integrally formed as a single part; (n) the interface structure comprising a visor nose spanning between the cheeks of the facial junction, wherein the visor nose comprises a protuberance extending radially and upwardly on a pronata of the user's nose, wherein the visor nose is further including a first bridge portion and a second nose bridge portion extending in an upward direction from the protuberance portion with a slot therebetween, the slot extending from the rear edge of the shade nose portion toward the front nose portion , and wherein the first bridge portion and the second bridge portion are configured to rest on respective sides of the bridge of the user's nose in use; (o) the interface structure includes a foam padding, and the rear portion extends over the foam padding; (p) the facial engagement The portion includes a cushion support flange extending from the radially inwardly facing surface of the face engaging portion; (q) a foam cushion is disposed between the cushion support flange and the rear portion; (r) the face engaging portion includes a plurality of regions , each of the plurality of regions has a corresponding cross-sectional thickness; (s) the face-joint portion includes a forehead portion, two cheek portions, and two side portions, which, in use, are close to the user's sphenoid region and connect the forehead (t) the plurality of regions of the face-joint portion including: a first region extending around the inner periphery of the face-joint portion; a second region extending around the outer periphery of the face-joint portion; a third region, It extends around the inner perimeter of the face joint, between the first and second regions; a fourth region on each cheek, which is bounded by the first and third regions; (u) the first region includes the forehead (v) the third area includes the upper forehead in the forehead, which extends above the center of the forehead to the front In the forehead portion; (w) the second area includes the upper side portion, each upper side portion extends from the corresponding side portion toward the upper forehead portion; (x) the second area includes the outer peripheral forehead portion; (y) the first area has Greater thickness than the fourth region; (z) the fourth region has a greater thickness than the third region; (aa) the third region has a greater thickness than the second region; (ab) the first region in the front-back direction The upper part of the forehead is wider than the cheeks or The width of the sides; and/or (ac) the width of the second region in the front-to-back direction through the forehead is greater than the width at the cheeks.

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

head-mounted display unit; and

a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use;

the head-mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged in relative relation to the user's face,

Wherein the interface structure comprises a rigid support part and a flexible and resilient face engaging part provided to the rigid support part, and wherein the face engaging part has a curved cross-section.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure comprising a rigid support and a A flexible and resilient face engaging portion, wherein the face engaging portion has a curved cross-section.

In examples: (a) the face engaging portion includes a support flange and an integral face engaging flange with a face engaging surface; (b) the overlapping portion of the face engaging portion is secured to a rigid support; (c) the rigid support includes a positioning (d) the face engaging portion includes a biasing portion configured to provide the face engaging portion with a biasing force in the direction of the user's face; (e) the biasing portion includes a spring; (f) the biasing portion is received in within the positioning portion; and/or (g) the face engaging portion includes a folded portion between the rigid support portion and the face engaging flange.

In a further example: (a) the interface structure includes a foam portion supported by a resilient and flexible face engaging portion, wherein the foam portion provides a face engaging surface; (b) the foam portion is permanently attached to the face engaging flange; ( c) the foam portion is releasably attached to the face engaging flange; and/or (d) the foam padding includes one of a fabric foam composite, flocked foam, or coarse foam.

In a further example: (a) the interface structure includes a fabric layer disposed to the elastic and flexible face engaging portion, wherein the fabric layer provides the face engaging surface; (b) the fabric layer is releasably attached to the face engaging portion; And/or (c) the fabric layer is permanently attached to the face engaging portion.

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

head-mounted display unit; and

a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use;

the head-mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged in relative relation to the user's face,

Wherein the interface structure includes a face engaging portion supported by a more rigid support portion, wherein the face engaging portion includes a foam pad and an elastomeric cover covering the foam pad.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relationship to a user's face, the interface structure comprising the face supported by a more rigid support A joint, wherein the face joint includes a foam pad and an elastomeric cover covering the foam pad.

In examples: (a) the face joint includes a support flange and a cushion support flange extending from the support flange; (b) a foam cushion is disposed on the cushion support flange; (c) the cushion cover is releasable (d) the gasket cover is permanently attached to the interface structure; the gasket cover is integrally formed (e.g., integrally formed) with the support flange and the gasket support flange; (e) the gasket The cushion cover does not extend around the foam cushion to the cushion support flange; (f) the cushion support flange extends from the rigid support and is made of a more rigid material than the cushion cover; (g) the cushion cover is in use Extends from a location on the cushion support flange close to the user's face; (h) the face engaging portion includes an overlap secured to the rigid support portion; (i) the cushion cover covers the foam cushion and support flange; (j) the cushion The edge of the cushion cover is located adjacent to the rigid support; and/or (k) the cushion cover is attached to the rigid support.

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

head-mounted display unit; and

a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use;

the head-mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged in relative relation to the user's face,

Wherein the interface structure includes a support structure and a face engaging portion integrally formed as a single component comprising different thicknesses to provide a desired level of rigidity and/or cushioning at the face engaging surface.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relationship to a user's face, the interface structure including a support structure and a face engaging portion, the face engaging portion Integral as a single component comprising varying thicknesses to provide a desired level of rigidity and/or cushioning at the face engaging surface.

In an example: (a) the interface structure comprises a forehead, two cheeks and two side portions which, in use, are close to the sphenoid region of the user and connect the forehead to the corresponding cheeks; (b) the convex A tab extends from the free end of each cheek; (c) the interface structure includes a first region extending around the inner periphery of the interface structure; (d) the interface structure includes a second region extending around the outer periphery of the interface structure; (e) the interface The structure includes a third region extending around the inner periphery of the interface structure, the third region is located between the first region and the second region; (f) the interface structure includes a fourth region on each cheek, the fourth region is formed by the first Regions and a third region are defined; (g) the first region includes a rear forehead portion in the forehead portion, and the rear forehead portion extends upwardly from the inner periphery of the interface structure; (h) the third region includes an upper forehead portion in the forehead portion The upper forehead extends into the front forehead above the center of the forehead; (i) the second region includes upper sides, each upper side extends from a respective side toward the upper forehead; (j) the second Regions include the outer peripheral forehead; (k) the first region has a greater thickness than the fourth region; (l) the fourth region has a greater thickness than the third region; (m) the third region has a greater thickness than the second region Greater thickness; (n) the first region has a thickness between 1.9mm to 2.3mm; (o) the first region has a thickness of about 2mm; (p) the fourth region has a thickness between 1.4mm to 1.8mm Thickness; (q) the fourth region has a thickness of about 1.5 mm; (r) the second region has a thickness between 0.9 mm to 1.2 mm; (s) the second region has a thickness of about 1 mm; (t) the third The region has a thickness between 0.4mm to 0.8mm; (u) the third region has a thickness of about 0.7mm; (v) the width of the first region through the forehead is wider than that of the first region of the cheeks or sides width; and/or (w) the width of the second region across the forehead is greater than the width of the cheeks.

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

head-mounted display unit; and

a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use;

the head-mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged in relative relation to the user's face,

Wherein the interface structure comprises a face engaging portion configured to be biased into engagement with a user's face in use.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relationship to a user's face, the interface structure comprising a face-engaging portion configured to In use, it is biased to engage the user's face.

In an example: (a) only selected areas of the face-engaging portion are biased toward engaging the user's face; (b) the interface structure is shaped such that when unloaded, the area of the face-engaging portion is not parallel to what the face-engaging portion will be engaging with the angle of the surface of the engaged user's face extends toward the user; (c) the first interface portion corresponding to a typical recessed area of the user's face is shaped to bias the face engaging flange toward engagement with the user's face; and/or (d ) The second interface portion corresponding to a typical protruding area of the user's face is shaped to avoid biasing the face engaging flange towards engagement with the user's face.

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

head-mounted display unit; and

a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use;

the head-mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged in relative relation to the user's face,

Wherein the interface structure includes a chassis configured to allow airflow into the space between the interface structure and the user.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relationship to a user's face, the interface structure comprising a chassis configured to allow airflow into the interface Space between structure and user.

In an example: (a) the chassis includes at least one opening; (b) the chassis includes one or more of a side opening, an upper opening, and a lower opening; (c) the chassis includes a main chassis portion and a side chassis portion, the main chassis portion configured to extend laterally across the user's face in use, the side chassis portions configured to extend in a generally rearward direction; (d) the chassis includes at least one opening between the main chassis portion and each side chassis portion; ( e) the head-mounted display unit includes a display unit housing, and an air passage to at least one opening is provided between the interface structure and the display unit housing; (f) the chassis includes a display unit provided between the main chassis portion and each side chassis portion (g) the chassis includes one or more reinforcement members spanning between the main chassis portion and each side chassis portion; (h) the interface structure includes a face joint; and/or (i) the face joint and The chassis is one piece.

3.6 Frontal bone support

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;

A positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold the head mounted display unit in an operable position on the user's head in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:

a rear support configured to engage the rear of the user's head;

a pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to lie on a respective side of the user's head in use;

a frontal bone support configured to, in use, engage the user's head at a location overlying the frontal bone of the user's head;

Wherein the frontal bone support part is connected to the head-mounted display unit.

3.6.1 The frontal bone support is connected to the head-mounted display unit

In the example:

The positioning and stabilizing structure includes a frontal connector connected between the frontal support and the head-mounted display unit;

The frontal connector is located substantially in the sagittal plane of the user's head;

The frontal bone connector is formed from a flexible material;

· Flexible materials include flexible non-elastic materials, such as thermoplastic materials;

Flexible materials include elastic materials such as silicone, TPE, or one of elastic fabric straps; and/or

• The frontal connector is formed from a substantially rigid material, such as a thermoplastic material.

3.6.2 Frontal bone support connected to posterior support

In a further example:

·The positioning and stabilizing structure includes a pair of side connectors, each side connector is connected between the frontal bone support part and the rear support part;

the rear support portion comprises a parietal strap portion configured to, in use, cover the parietal bones of the user's head and an occipital strap portion configured to, in use, cover the occiput of the user's head or to be located below the occiput of the user's head;

Each side connector is connected to a respective side of the posterior support adjacent to the occipital strap, or to a respective side of the occipital strap;

Each side connector is elastically extensible;

The length of the side connector can be adjusted;

• Each side link is fixedly connected to the frontal support and is releasably attached to the rear support;

Each side link is connected to the rear support by a snap button, clip or hook and loop connection;

Each side link is releasably attached to the frontal support and releasably attached to the rear support; and/or

• Each side link is releasably attached to the frontal support and fixedly connected to the rear support.

3.6.3 Frontal Bone Support Attached to Arm

In a further example:

the head-mounted display unit includes: a display unit housing and a pair of arms extending from the display unit housing, the side strap portions are each attached to a corresponding one of the arms;

• Each side strap portion is connected to the rear end of a respective one of a pair of arms;

• Each side strap portion passes through an eyelet at the rear end of the respective arm and fastens back onto itself; and/or

• Each arm of the pair of arms is pivotable relative to the display unit housing.

In a further example:

· The positioning and stabilizing structure includes a pair of side links, each side link connected between the frontal support and a corresponding one of the pair of arms;

Each side connector is elastically extensible;

The length of the side connector can be adjusted;

• Each side link is fixedly connected to the frontal bone support and is releasably attached to a respective one of the arms;

Each side link is attached to a corresponding one of the arms by a snap button, clip or hook and loop connection;

each side link is releasably attached to the frontal bone support and is releasably attached to a respective one of the arms; and/or

• Each side link is releasably attached to the frontal support and fixedly connected to a respective one of the arms.

3.7 Hair tie department

A positioning and stabilizing structure for a head-mounted display system, the positioning and stabilizing structure being configured to maintain a head-mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:

a rear support configured to engage the rear of the user's head;

one or more front supports configured to, in use, connect the rear support and the head mounted display unit; and

A hair strap portion connected to the rear support portion, the hair strap portion, in use, is positionable between the user's head and hair descending from the back of the user's head.

In the example:

the one or more front support portions include a pair of side strap portions connecting the rear support portion to the head mounted display unit;

the hair strap portion includes a pair of ends connected to respective sides of the rear support portion;

each end of the hair strap is in use close to the Frankfort level of the user's head;

• The hair strap portion is removably attached to the rear support portion at one or both ends;

· The hair band includes a left band and a right band removably attached thereto;

the left strap portion is removably attachable to the right strap portion in use close to the sagittal plane of the user's head;

·The hair band is elastic and extensible;

The hair band is substantially inextensible;

the rear support portion comprises a parietal strap portion configured to, in use, cover the parietal bones of the user's head and an occipital strap portion configured to, in use, cover the occiput of the user's head or to be located below the occiput of the user's head;

the hair strap is connected to the occipital strap when in use; and/or

• The hair strap is attached to the occipital strap near the end of the occipital strap.

3.8 Inwardly Biased Interface Structure

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head-mounted display unit, the head-mounted display unit being constructed and arranged in relative relation to a user's face, the interface structure comprising:

a chassis comprising a main chassis portion configured to extend laterally across the user's face in use and side chassis portions configured to extend in a generally rearward direction;

a face engaging portion attached around the perimeter of the chassis, the face engaging portion being configured to contact a user's face in use;

Wherein, each of the side chassis portions is biased medially toward the user's head to bias the face engaging portion into contact with the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid on each side of the user's head.

In the example:

the chassis is flexible allowing the side chassis portions to be deployed laterally by the user's head in use into the deployed configuration and to be centrally biased towards the undeployed configuration;

The side chassis portions are flexible so as to flex or pivot relative to the main chassis portion, thereby allowing the side chassis portions to be deployed laterally by the user's head in use into the deployed configuration and to be centrally biased towards the undeployed configuration type;

· The side chassis portions are capable of flexing or pivoting relative to the main chassis portion, allowing the side chassis portions to be deployed laterally by the user's head into the deployed configuration and in use to be centrally biased into the undeployed configuration, each side the chassis portion is centrally biased by the biasing member;

the biasing member includes a spring element configured to pull each side chassis portion centrally;

the biasing member includes a spring element configured for centrally urging each side chassis portion;

The face joint includes a face joint flange;

The face joint flange is bent inward from the chassis;

The face joint flange is formed of silicone;

the chassis includes at least one opening between the main chassis portion and each side chassis portion; and/or

the head mounted display unit comprises a display unit housing and provides an air passage to at least one opening between the interface structure and the display unit housing;

3.9 Positioning and stabilizing structure, which is connected to the interface structure

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

A head-mounted display unit, which includes:

a display unit housing that includes a display; and

an interface structure configured to, in use, contact a user's face;

A positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold the head mounted display unit in an operable position on the user's head in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:

a rear support configured to engage the rear of the user's head; and

A pair of side strap portions are connected to the rear support portion and are configured to connect to the interface structure of the head-mounted display.

3.10 Positioning and stabilizing structures pull the sides of the chassis inwards

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

A head-mounted display unit, which includes a display and an interface structure, and the interface structure includes:

a chassis comprising a main chassis portion configured to extend laterally across the face of a user in use and side chassis portions configured to extend in a generally rearward direction from a corresponding side of the main chassis portion extend up;

a face engaging portion attached around the perimeter of the chassis, the face engaging portion being configured to contact a user's face in use;

A positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold the head mounted display unit in an operable position on the user's head in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:

a rear support configured to engage the rear of the user's head;

a pair of side straps configured to, in use, connect the rear support and the head mounted display unit;

Wherein, in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure is connected to the head-mounted display unit, so that in use, the side chassis portions are pushed towards the middle of the user's head by the side strap portions, to provide support on each side of the user's head Push the face engaging portion into contact with the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone.

In the example:

· each side strap portion is configured to be connected to a corresponding one of the side chassis portions;

each side strap portion is configured to pull the corresponding side chassis portion rearwardly such that the side chassis portion flexes or pivots medially to force the face engaging portion into contact with the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid;

Each side strap portion is configured to push the corresponding side chassis portion centrally such that the side chassis portion flexes or pivots medially to force the face engaging portion to meet the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid touch;

each side strap portion is configured for medially urging the respective side chassis portion via a substantially rigid member;

the rear support portion comprises a parietal strap portion configured to, in use, cover the parietal bones of the user's head and an occipital strap portion configured to, in use, cover the occiput of the user's head or to be located below the occiput of the user's head;

The front support includes a pair of upper straps and a pair of lower straps, each upper strap configured to be attached in use to the rear support and a headset on the corresponding side of the user's head Between the display unit, each lower strap portion is configured to connect, in use, between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit on the corresponding side of the user's head;

The upper strap portions are each configured to apply force to the head mounted display unit having an upper part and a rear part;

each of the lower side strap portions is configured to be removably connected to a corresponding side chassis portion by a magnetic connection; and/or

• The rear support portion includes an annular strap portion having an upper portion covering the parietal bone of the user's skull and a lower portion covering the occipital bone of the user's skull.

3.11 Interface structures involving two or more components

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

head-mounted display unit; and

a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use;

the head-mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged in relative relation to the user's face,

Wherein the interface structure includes a chassis and a face engaging portion, wherein at least a portion of the face engaging portion is configured to be releasably attached to the chassis.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relationship to a user's face, the interface structure comprising a chassis and a face engaging portion, wherein the face engaging portion At least a portion of is configured to be releasably attachable to the chassis.

In examples: (a) releasable attachments of the face engaging portion may be provided to the chassis at discrete locations; (b) releasable attachments may be provided at the forehead area and/or one or more cheeks of the interface structure In one or more of the regions; (c) the releasable attachment of the interface structure may be provided to the entire perimeter of the chassis, or at least a substantial portion thereof; (d) the releasable attachment of the interface structure may be provided by One or more of: foam materials, elastomeric materials, textile materials and composite materials; (e) the face engaging portion of the interface structure may include at least one elastomeric portion and at least one foam portion; (f) at least one foam portion may be attached to the interface structure such that the elastomeric portion covers the foam portion to provide a face engaging surface; (g) at least one foam portion may be attached to the chassis, the elastomeric portion, or both the chassis and the elastomeric portion; (h ) a portion of the face engaging portion of the interface structure can be permanently attached to the chassis; and/or (i) a space in the permanently attached portion of the face engaging portion can be provided in which the removable attachment can be made relative to the chassis positioning and attachment.

3.12 Side arms inside the perimeter of the housing

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

Head-mounted display unit;

A positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:

a rear support configured to engage the rear of the user's head;

a pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to lie on a respective side of the user's head in use;

The head-mounted display unit includes:

a display unit housing that includes a display;

an interface structure configured to, in use, contact a user's face;

a pair of arms, each extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each arm being configured for connection to a respective one of the side strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure;

Where the display unit housing has a rear side with a perimeter, each of the arms extends from the display unit housing from within the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head-mounted display unit therefor.

In the example:

the interface structure has a perimeter, each arm being located between the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing and the perimeter of the interface structure;

each arm includes an eyelet configured to receive a respective one of the side strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure;

the eyelet of each arm is located at or near the rear end of the respective arm;

each arm of the pair of arms is pivotable relative to the display unit housing;

• each arm is configured to pivot in use about a horizontal axis perpendicular to the sagittal plane of the user's head;

Each arm is configured to pivot through an angular range of at least 9 degrees; and/or

• The angular range is at least 19 degrees.

In a further example:

each arm has a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement relative to the display unit housing;

each of the arms is configured to pivot between a plurality of predetermined incremental orientations, a predetermined resistance to pivotal motion needs to be overcome before the arms can pivot from one predetermined incremental orientation to another;

Each of the arms includes one or more first engagement features configured to sequentially engage with a plurality of second engagement features of the head mounted display unit during pivoting of the arms between predetermined incremental orientations;

· each arm comprises a single first engagement feature;

Each of the arms comprises a plurality of first engagement features, each first engagement feature being configured to engage a corresponding one of the second engagement features at a time and configured to pass between the second engagement features during pivoting of the arms move sequentially;

Each of the arms includes a plurality of first engagement features configured to engage with one or more second engagement features of the head-mounted display unit, the one or more second engagement features configured to engage in the sequentially engaging the first engagement feature during pivoting of the arm between predetermined incremental orientations;

· the first engagement feature is a protrusion and the second engagement feature is a depression; and/or

• The first engagement feature is a depression and the second engagement feature is a protrusion.

In a further example:

each arm comprising a hub pivotably connected to the display unit housing and an extension extending from the hub;

one or more first engagement features of each arm are provided to the elongate portion of the arm;

Each arm is configured to deform to allow one or more first engagement features to move sequentially between second engagement features during pivoting of the arms; and/or

• Each arm includes a spring configured to bias the elongate portion of the arm towards the second engagement feature such that the one or more first engagement features are biased into engagement with the second engagement feature.

In a further example:

the one or more first engagement features of each arm are provided to the hub of the arm in a circular arrangement and are configured to rotate with the hub about the pivot point of the arm;

the first engagement feature of each arm is radially facing away from the pivot point and the second engagement feature is radially facing the pivot point;

the first engagement feature of each arm is radially facing the pivot point and the second engagement feature is radially facing away from the pivot point;

the first engagement feature is provided to a deformable portion of the hub configured to deform when the arm is pivoted to allow sequential movement of the first engagement feature between the second engagement features;

the hub includes a raised portion raised relative to the arm and includes a deformable portion and a first engagement feature, the raised portion includes a hole adjacent each deformable portion, the holes allowing the deformable portion and the first engagement feature deforming toward the aperture to allow the first engagement feature to move sequentially between the plurality of second engagement features when the arm is pivoted;

Each deformable portion includes one or more cantilevered portions having at least one of the first engagement features thereon, the cantilevered portions being configured to deform to allow the first engagement feature to move between the second engagement features when the arm pivots move sequentially between

· each cantilevered portion has a single first engagement feature at its end;

• each cantilevered portion having a plurality of first engagement features thereon;

the raised portion has an S-shape; and/or

• The first engagement feature of the arm forms a snap fit connection to the head mounted display unit to connect the arm to the head mounted display unit.

In a further example:

• The first engagement feature faces away from the hub of the arm and faces the second engagement feature in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm.

the hub is configured to move parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm to move away from the second engagement feature, thereby allowing the first engagement feature to move sequentially between the plurality of second engagement features when the arm is pivoted; and/or

• The hub is spring biased towards the second engagement feature.

In a further example:

each arm is connected to the display unit housing such that pivoting of each arm relative to the display unit housing requires overcoming a predetermined static torque resistance;

Provide predetermined static torque resistance through static friction;

The head-mounted display system includes a pair of friction rings, each mounted in contact with a respective one of the arms and with an adjacent surface within the head-mounted display unit to provide the static friction that needs to be overcome so that each arm pivots relative to the display unit housing;

Each friction ring is located within a friction ring cavity defined partly by the respective arm and partly by the portion of the head mounted display unit to which the arm is mounted;

Each arm is attached to a respective one of a pair of arm mounts;

Each of the arms is attached to a corresponding one of a pair of arm mounts, the display unit housing includes a pair of side portions on opposite sides of the display unit housing, each of the arm mounts is attached to on the medial side of a respective one of the sides;

each arm is located between a respective arm mounting portion and a respective side portion of the display unit housing;

Each arm has a cross-sectional shape comprising a major axis and a minor axis, each arm being larger in the major axis than in the minor axis, wherein at a point along the length of each arm inside the housing of the display unit, in use The mid-major axis is oriented at an oblique angle to the sagittal plane of the user's head;

· at a point along the length of each arm located inside the display unit housing, the major axis of the cross-sectional shape has, in use, a medio-inferior orientation;

Each arm is shaped such that the major axis of the section changes orientation along the length of the arm; and/or

• At a point along the length of each arm located outside the display unit housing, the main axis is oriented substantially parallel to the sagittal plane of the user's head in use.

In a further example:

the head mounted display unit comprises a pair of electronic volumes, each electronic volume located on a respective side of the head mounted display unit and adjacent to a respective one of the arms, each electronic volume comprising one or more electronic components;

Each arm comprises a hub pivotably connected to the display unit housing at a pivot point and an elongated portion extending from the hub;

The elongated portion is curved to avoid interference with the electronic volume;

Each arm includes an eyelet for connection with a side strap portion, the elongate portion including an offset portion offset from an axis passing through the eyelet and the pivot point; and/or

• The electronics volume contains one or more of sensors, batteries, processors or audio speakers.

3.13 Arms have elastic connector elements connected to side strap portions

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

Head-mounted display unit;

A positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:

a rear support configured to engage the rear of the user's head;

a pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to lie on a respective side of the user's head in use;

The head-mounted display unit includes:

a display unit housing that includes a display;

an interface structure configured to, in use, contact a user's face;

a pair of arms, each arm extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each arm configured for releasable attachment directly to a respective one of the side strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure;

a pair of resilient connectors each configured to form a resilient connection connecting a respective one of the side strap portions to a respective one of the arms,

Wherein the elastic connector is configured to stretch during donning and removal of the head mounted display system when the side strap portions are not directly attached to the arms while maintaining the elastic connection between the side strap portions and the arms .

In the example:

each arm comprises a hub and an elongated portion, the elastic connector being connected to the elongated portion at the elastic connector connection point;

• each arm comprises an eyelet at the rear end of the arm, the eyelet being configured to connect to a corresponding side strap portion;

The connection point of the elastic connector is located in front of the hole;

· each elastic link is permanently connected to a corresponding arm; and/or

• Each elastic connector is removably attached to a respective side strap portion.

3.14 Arm configured to pivot through predetermined incremental orientation

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

Head-mounted display unit;

A positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:

a rear support configured to engage the rear of the user's head;

a pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to lie on a respective side of the user's head in use;

The head-mounted display unit includes:

a display unit housing that includes a display;

an interface structure configured to, in use, contact a user's face;

a pair of arms each extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each arm configured for connection to a respective one of the side strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure,

wherein each of the arms is configured to pivot between a plurality of predetermined incremental directions relative to the display unit housing, and wherein a predetermined step needs to be overcome before the arms can pivot from one predetermined incremental direction to another predetermined incremental direction. resistance to pivoting movement.

In the example:

the display unit housing has a rear side with a perimeter, each of the arms extending from the display unit housing within the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing;

Each of the arms includes one or more first engagement features configured to sequentially engage with a plurality of second engagement features of the head mounted display unit during pivoting of the arms between predetermined incremental orientations;

· each arm comprises a single first engagement feature;

Each of the arms comprises a plurality of first engagement features, each first engagement feature being configured to engage a corresponding one of the second engagement features at a time and configured to pass between the second engagement features during pivoting of the arms move sequentially;

Each of the arms includes a plurality of first engagement features configured to engage with one or more second engagement features of the head-mounted display unit, the one or more second engagement features configured to engage in the sequentially engaging the first engagement feature during pivoting of the arm between predetermined incremental orientations;

· the first engagement feature is a protrusion and the second engagement feature is a depression; and/or

• The first engagement feature is a depression and the second engagement feature is a protrusion.

In a further example:

each arm comprising a hub pivotably connected to the display unit housing and an extension extending from the hub;

one or more first engagement features of each arm are provided to the elongate portion of the arm;

Each arm is configured to deform to allow one or more first engagement features to move sequentially between second engagement features during pivoting of the arms; and/or

• Each arm includes a spring configured to bias the elongate portion of the arm towards the second engagement feature such that the one or more first engagement features are biased into engagement with the second engagement feature.

In a further example:

the one or more first engagement features of each arm are provided to the hub of the arm in a circular arrangement and are configured to rotate with the hub about the pivot point of the arm;

the first engagement feature of each arm is radially facing away from the pivot point and the second engagement feature is radially facing the pivot point;

the first engagement feature of each arm is radially facing the pivot point and the second engagement feature is radially facing away from the pivot point;

the first engagement feature is provided to a deformable portion of the hub configured to deform when the arm is pivoted to allow sequential movement of the first engagement feature between the second engagement features;

the hub includes a raised portion raised relative to the arm and includes a deformable portion and a first engagement feature, the raised portion includes a hole adjacent each deformable portion, the holes allowing the deformable portion and the first engagement feature deforming toward the aperture to allow the first engagement feature to move sequentially between the plurality of second engagement features when the arm is pivoted;

Each deformable portion includes one or more cantilevered portions having at least one of the first engagement features thereon, the cantilevered portions being configured to deform to allow the first engagement feature to move between the second engagement features when the arm pivots move sequentially between

· each cantilevered portion has a single first engagement feature at its end;

• each cantilevered portion having a plurality of first engagement features thereon;

the raised portion has an S-shape; and/or

• The first engagement feature of the arm forms a snap fit connection to the head mounted display unit to connect the arm to the head mounted display unit.

In a further example:

the first engagement feature faces away from the hub of the arm and faces the second engagement feature in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm;

the hub is configured to move parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm to move away from the second engagement feature, thereby allowing the first engagement feature to move sequentially between the plurality of second engagement features when the arm is pivoted; and/or

• The hub is spring biased towards the second engagement feature.

3.15 The arm is slidably and pivotally connected to the display unit housing

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

Head-mounted display unit;

A positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:

a rear support configured to engage the rear of the user's head;

a pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to lie on a respective side of the user's head in use;

The head-mounted display unit includes:

a display unit housing that includes a display;

an interface structure configured to, in use, contact a user's face;

a pair of arms, each extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each arm being configured for connection to a respective one of the side strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure;

Each of the arms is slidably connected to the display unit housing and configured to slidably move to pivot about a pivot point.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head-mounted display unit therefor.

In the example:

each arm is slidably connected to the display unit housing at a location spaced from a respective pivot point;

Each arm is slidably connected to a respective guide of a pair of guides of the display unit housing so as to slide along the respective guide and pivot about a respective pivot point;

· Each guide is elongated and curved;

the front end of each arm is located adjacent a respective one of the guides;

the display unit housing has a pair of rearmost points located on respective sides of the display unit housing, and each guide is located near a respective one of the rearmost points of the display unit housing;

the display unit housing has a rear side with a perimeter, each of the arms extending from the display unit housing within the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing;

the interface structure has a perimeter, each arm being located between the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing and the perimeter of the interface structure;

Each of the arms is attached to a corresponding one of a pair of arm mounts, the display unit housing includes a pair of side portions on opposite sides of the display unit housing, each of the arm mounts is attached to on the medial side of a respective one of the sides;

each arm is located between a respective arm mounting portion and a respective side portion of the display unit housing;

• each arm is configured to pivot in use about a horizontal axis perpendicular to the sagittal plane of the user's head;

· each arm is configured to pivot through an angular range of at least 9 degrees;

The angular range is at least 19 degrees;

each arm has a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement relative to the display unit housing;

each arm includes an eyelet configured to receive a respective one of the side strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure;

the eyelet of each arm is located at or near the rear end of the respective arm;

each arm has a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement relative to the display unit housing;

each of the arms is configured to pivot between a plurality of predetermined incremental orientations, a predetermined resistance to pivotal motion needs to be overcome before the arms can pivot from one predetermined incremental orientation to another;

the display unit housing includes a plurality of recesses corresponding to predetermined incremental orientations, each arm including a protrusion configured to fit into each recess;

Each arm is connected to the display unit housing such that pivoting of each arm relative to the display unit housing requires overcoming a predetermined static torque resistance; and/or

Provide predetermined static torque resistance through static friction;

3.16 Headgear buckle integrated into interface structure

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

head-mounted display unit; and

A positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:

a rear support configured to engage the rear of the user's head; and

a pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to lie on a respective side of the user's head in use;

a top strap portion configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit;

The head-mounted display unit includes:

display unit housing; and

an interface structure constructed and arranged in relative relation to the user's face, the interface structure comprising:

a facial engaging portion configured to, in use, engage a user's face; and

a chassis connected to the face joint, the chassis further connected to the display unit housing to attach the interface structure to the display unit housing;

Wherein the chassis is configured for attachment to the top strap portion.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head-mounted display unit therefor.

In the example:

· The chassis includes eyelets through which the top strap portion can be looped back and secured to itself;

• An eyelet is formed by both the chassis and the display unit housing, enabling the top strap portion to encircle both a part of the chassis and a part of the display unit housing;

an eyelet formed in the upper protrusion of the chassis; and/or

• The upper protrusion protrudes through an opening in the display unit housing.

3.17 Use releasable fasteners to attach lateral occipital straps

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;

A positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold the head mounted display unit in an operable position on the user's head in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:

a rear support configured to engage the rear of a user's head, the rear support comprising:

a parietal strap portion configured to, in use, cover the parietal bones of the user's head;

an intermediate occipital portion configured to, in use, cover or underlie the occiput of the user's head;

a pair of side occipital strap portions configured to connect between the parietal strap portion and the lateral occipital strap portions, each side occipital strap portion configured to be located in use on a respective side of the user's head;

a pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to lie on a respective side of the user's head in use; and

a top strap portion configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, the top strap portion being configured to cover the upper portion of the user's head in use;

Wherein each of the pair of lateral occipital straps is configured to be releasably attached to a lateral occipital strap.

In the example:

the head-mounted display system includes a battery pack for powering the head-mounted display system, the battery pack being configured to be located behind the user's head in use;

the battery pack is configured to be connected to the top strap portion in use;

The middle occipital part includes the occipital rigid part;

The middle occiput forms part of the parietal girdle of the positioning and stabilizing structure;

The middle occiput includes the middle occipital strap;

The middle occiput forms the substantially inextensible layer of the top girdle;

· The middle occiput is permanently attached within the top strap;

• The middle occipital portion is permanently attached to the user-facing layer of the top strap portion;

the positioning and stabilizing structure includes releasable fasteners between each of the pair of medial occipital straps and the medial occiput;

· each releasable fastener includes a fastener portion configured to attach to a corresponding connection point;

the middle occipital portion includes a pair of connection points configured to connect to corresponding fastener portions disposed on respective side occipital strap portions;

Each releasable fastener includes a magnetic fastener;

· each magnetic fastener includes a magnetic clip configured to magnetically attach to a respective one of the connection points;

each of the pair of lateral occipital straps is configured to be adjustable in length; and/or

• Each releasable fastener includes an eyelet, and a portion of each of the pair of lateral occipital strap portions passes through a respective one of the eyelets and fastens back onto itself.

3.18 The washable user contact layer is separable from the outer layer of the top strap portion

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;

A positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold the head mounted display unit in an operable position on the user's head in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:

a rear support portion configured to engage the rear of the user's head, the rear support portion comprising a parietal strap portion configured to cover the parietal bones of the user's head in use and an occipital or occiput configured to cover the user's head in use the occipital strap portion located below the occipital bone of the user's head;

a pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to lie on a respective side of the user's head in use;

a top strap portion configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, the top strap portion being configured to cover the upper portion of the user's head in use, the top strap portion comprising a user-facing layer and an outer Floor;

Wherein the user-facing layers of the top strap portion, parietal strap portion, occipital strap portion, and side strap portions are separable from the outer layer of the top strap portion.

In the example:

The user-facing layer of the top strap, the parietal strap, the occipital strap, and the side straps form a washable portion for positioning and stabilizing the structure, which can be separated from the outer layer of the top strap for cleaning cleaning;

The outer layer of the top strap part is configured to be connected to the head-mounted display unit;

- The occipital strap is removably attached to the top strap;

· the top strap portion is configured to connect to the occipital strap portion via a pivotable connection;

· Pivotable connections include snap connections;

· The occipital straps include a pair of side occipital straps configured to connect between the parietal strap and the parietal strap, each side occipital strap configured to be in use at on the corresponding side of the user's head;

·The length of each side occiput strap can be adjusted;

• Each side occipital strap portion is configured to connect to the top strap portion via a magnetic fastener;

The occipital strap is permanently attached to the parietal strap;

The occipital strap portion includes an occipital connection tab, the top strap portion includes an occipital connection tab hole, the occipital connection tab is configured to pass through the occipital connection tab hole and is secured to the top strap portion; and/or

• The occipital connection tab is attachable to the top strap portion by a snap connection.

In a further example:

the head-mounted display system includes a battery pack for powering the head-mounted display system, the battery pack being configured to be located behind the user's head in use, the top strap portion being connected to the battery pack in use;

the top strap portion includes an outer sleeve forming the outer layer of the top strap portion;

The outer sleeve is connected to the battery pack;

The head-mounted display system includes power cables connected between the battery pack and the user's head-mounted display unit, the power cables being located within the outer sleeve;

The power cable is able to slide within the outer sleeve along the length of the outer sleeve;

• The washable portion is releasably attached to the outer sleeve by one or more hook and loop connections;

The outer sleeve includes a plurality of hooks;

the washable portion comprises a surface formed from a continuous loop of material to which the hook portion can be attached;

the washable portion comprises a plurality of continuous loops corresponding to and attachable to the hooks;

the top strap portion comprises a substantially inextensible layer located in use between the outer layer and the user-facing layer;

the substantially non-extensible layer is semi-rigid;

the battery pack is removably attached to the substantially inextensible layer; and/or

• The substantially inextensible layer and the battery pack include respective first and second fastener portions configured to removably connect the battery pack to the substantially inextensible layer.

In a further example:

the substantially non-extensible layer is located within the outer sleeve; and/or

• The washable portion is separable from the substantially inextensible layer.

In a further example:

the substantially non-extensible layer forms part of the washable portion;

the top strap portion includes a user-contact portion forming a user-facing layer, the substantially non-extensible layer being provided to the user-contact portion;

the user-contact portion comprises a user-contact sleeve within which the substantially non-extensible layer is located;

the user contact sleeve comprises a rigid opening through which the substantially inextensible layer can be removably inserted;

When in use, the battery pack covers the opening of the rigid part;

the user contact sleeve includes fastener openings through which the battery pack can be removably attached to the substantially inextensible layer;

the substantially inextensible layer includes a first fastener portion extending through the fastener opening and configured to connect to a corresponding second fastener portion of the battery pack;

When in use, the battery pack covers the fastener opening;

the occipital connection tab is configured for connection to the user contact sleeve on the non-user facing side of the user contact sleeve;

The occipital connection tab is configured to pass through a first user-contact sleeve hole on the user-facing side of the user-contact sleeve and through a second user-contact sleeve hole on the non-user-facing side of the user-contact sleeve; and/or or

• The occipital connection tab is configured for connection to the user contact sleeve by a hook and loop connection.

3.18.1 Battery Pack Construction

In a further example:

The battery pack includes a battery pack housing connected to the base of the battery pack;

The top strap portion includes a user contact portion forming a user facing layer;

The base of the battery pack is configured to connect to the user contact portion of the top strap portion;

the battery pack includes a cable guide configured to guide the power cable;

the cable guide includes an elongated portion through which the power cable can slide into and out of the battery pack housing;

The elongated portion is rigid;

the cable guide includes a cable guide mount configured to connect to the base of the battery pack;

the battery pack base includes a cable guide mount for the cable guide, the cable guide mount being configured to connect to the cable guide mount;

the cable guide includes one or more teeth configured for engaging the top strap portion;

the top strap portion includes an outer sleeve forming the outer layer of the top strap portion, the outer sleeve being connected to the battery pack;

The power cable is located in the outer sleeve;

The power cable is able to slide within the outer sleeve along the length of the outer sleeve;

the teeth of the cable guide are configured to engage the outer sleeve to secure the outer sleeve to the battery pack;

The cable guide comprises a plurality of teeth;

The teeth are located on the elongated portion of the cable guide and face outwards;

The teeth of the cable guide clamp the jacket against the base of the battery pack;

- at least a part of the elongate portion of the cable guide is located within the outer sleeve in use;

the cable guide mount includes one or more teeth configured for engaging the top strap portion;

the teeth of the cable guide mount are configured to engage the outer sleeve to secure the outer sleeve to the battery pack;

The teeth of the cable guide mount clamp the outer sleeve against the cable guide;

the battery pack base includes a base recess configured to receive an occipital strap connection tab configured to connect the occipital strap to a user contact portion of the top strap;

the battery pack includes a cable stop secured to a power cable inside the battery pack, the cable stop configured to limit the extent to which the power cable can extend from the battery pack;

the cable stop is annular and includes an adjustment screw configured to allow the diameter of the cable stop to be reduced to engage the power cable; and/or

• The cable stop includes internal threads configured for engaging a power cable.

In a further example:

The battery pack housing includes a power cable opening through which the cable guide extends out of the battery pack housing;

the battery pack housing includes a power cable separator configured to accommodate a portion of the power cable and one or more cell separators configured to accommodate a plurality of battery cells;

The battery pack housing includes one or more partition walls separating the power cable separator from the one or more battery separators;

The power cable opening is aligned with the power cable spacer;

The battery pack includes two battery separators between which the power cable separator is located;

a battery pack comprising a plurality of battery cells which, in use, are vertically oriented and aligned in series along a left-right axis; and/or

• The battery unit slopes inward on the rear side on the back of the battery.

In a further example:

the power cable includes a service loop inside the battery pack configured to provide extension from and retraction into the battery pack of the power cable;

Power cables enter the battery pack in a direction substantially parallel to the base of the battery pack and are bent away from the base of the battery pack to form a service loop;

The power cable enters the battery pack in a direction oblique to the base of the battery pack and bends towards the base of the battery pack to form a service loop;

· Cable guide including fabric sleeve;

· The cable guide includes one or more lead-in members configured to lead the power cables into the fabric sleeve;

the cable guide comprises one or more rollers configured to reduce friction acting on the power cable at the entrance of the fabric sleeve;

The fabric cover is located inside the battery pack;

The fabric cover is located on the outside of the battery pack;

The battery pack includes one or more standoffs configured to constrain the shape and/or movement of power cables within the battery pack;

One or more sections of the power cable between the service circuit and the battery cell(s) connected to the power cable are secured in place within the battery pack; and/or

• The service loop of the power cable is shaped as a curve with a sufficiently small bend radius such that the service loop experiences no frictional contact with the battery case radially outward of the curve.

3.19 Hook and loop connection inside top strap section

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;

A positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold the head mounted display unit in an operable position on the user's head in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:

a rear support configured to engage the rear of the user's head;

a pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to lie on a respective side of the user's head in use;

a top strap portion configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, the top strap portion configured to cover the upper portion of the user's head in use, the top strap portion comprising a user contact portion and an outer layer ;

Wherein the user contact portion of the top strap portion and the outer layer of the top strap portion are detachably connected by one or more hook and loop connections.

In the example:

the rear support portion comprises a parietal strap portion configured to, in use, cover the parietal bones of the user's head and an occipital strap portion configured to, in use, cover the occiput of the user's head or to be located below the occiput of the user's head;

The parietal, occipital and side straps are detachable from the outer layer of the top strap by separation of the hook and loop connections together with the user contact portion;

The user-contact portion of the top strap, the parietal strap, the occipital strap, and the side straps form a washable portion with a positioning and stable structure, and the washable portion can be separated from the outer layer of the top strap for cleaning ;

The outer layer of the top strap part is configured to be connected to the head-mounted display unit;

· The occipital strap portion is removably connected to the user contact portion of the top strap portion;

the head-mounted display system includes a battery pack for powering the head-mounted display system, the battery pack being configured to be located behind the user's head in use, the top strap portion being connected to the battery pack in use;

the top strap portion includes an outer sleeve forming the outer layer of the top strap portion, the outer sleeve being connected to the battery pack;

The head-mounted display system includes power cables connected between the battery pack and the head-mounted display unit, the power cables being located within the outer sleeve;

The outer sleeve includes a plurality of hooks;

• the user contact portion comprises a surface formed from a continuous loop of material to which the hook portion can be attached;

the user contact portion comprises a plurality of continuous loop portions corresponding to the hook portions and to which the hook portions can be attached;

the outer sleeve comprises a plurality of loops and the user contact comprises a plurality of hooks corresponding to the loops and configured to be attached to the loops;

the top strap portion comprises a substantially inextensible layer; and/or

• The substantially inextensible layer is semi-rigid.

3.20 Interface construction including foam parts

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

head-mounted display unit; and

a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use;

the head-mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged in relative relation to the user's face,

Wherein, the interface structure includes a support part and a face joint part arranged on the support part,

wherein the support portion comprises a first foam portion and the face engaging portion comprises a second foam portion,

Wherein the first foam part has greater rigidity than the second foam part.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure comprising a support portion and a face-engaging portion disposed to the support portion wherein the support portion includes a first foam portion and the face engaging portion includes a second foam portion, and wherein the first foam portion has a greater stiffness than the second foam portion.

In further examples: (a) the first foam portion and the second foam portion can be made of the same material but with different densities; (b) the first foam portion can have a first density and the second foam portion can have a second density lower than the first density; (c) the foam portion may be made of viscoelastic foam or polyurethane foam; (d) the face engaging portion may comprise one of: raw foam, fabric foam composite, or flocked foam (e) the support portion may have a first support portion extending in a first direction, and a second support portion extending from the first support portion in a second direction; and/or (f) the first support portion may extend along The generally radial direction extends across the user's face, while the second support portion may extend in a generally rearward direction towards the user's face.

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

head-mounted display unit; and

a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use;

the head-mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged in relative relation to the user's face,

Wherein, the interface structure includes a support part and a face joint part arranged on the support part,

Wherein the support part and the face-joint part are integrally formed as a single part, and the support part and the face-joint part are made of a foam material.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure comprising a support and a face disposed to the support The joint, wherein the support and the face joint are integrally formed as a single part, the support and the face joint are made of a foam material.

In further examples: (a) the face engaging portion may be curved; (b) the interface structure may include a curved back transition between the support portion and the face engaging portion to create a generally hook-shaped cross-section; (c) the support The integral form of the body and face engaging portion may be thermoformed; and/or (d) the foam material may comprise one of the following: raw foam, fabric foam composite, or flocked foam.

3.21 Interface structures comprising at least one ring

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

head-mounted display unit; and

a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use;

the head-mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged in relative relation to the user's face,

wherein the interface structure comprises a flexible and resilient face engaging portion having a curved cross-section,

Wherein the face engaging portion comprises at least one ring portion having a closed cross-section.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure comprising a flexible and resilient face-engaging portion, the face-engaging The portion has a curved cross-section, wherein the face-engaging portion includes at least one loop portion with a closed cross-section.

In a further example: (a) the face engaging portion comprises a first closed loop portion and a second closed loop portion; (b) the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are disposed in use on respective sides of the user's nose; (c) The first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are disposed close to the user's cheeks in use; (d) the face engaging portion bends around itself and overlaps it to provide the closed loop portion; (e) the face engaging portion includes a base and a ring flange. a ring, wherein the ring flange overlaps the base to provide the ring; (f) the ring extends from a front position to a rear position; (g) the cross section of the ring tapers between the front position and the rear position; (h) the ring (i) the ring portion includes an arcuate portion between the front position and the ring flange; (j) the arcuate section is between the front position and the ring flange taper; (k) the ring flange overlaps the forward facing surface of the base; (l) the ring flange is fastened to the base; (m) the base and ring are provided as separate parts and are relative to each other fixed to provide a closed loop; and/or (n) the base and loop integrally formed as a single part.

3.22 Interface Structure Including Shade Nose

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

head-mounted display unit; and

a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use;

the head-mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged in opposing relation to the user's face, wherein the interface structure includes a support portion and a face-engaging portion disposed to the support portion,

wherein the interface structure includes a visor nose spanning between the cheeks of the facial junction,

wherein the shade nose portion includes a nose portion extending radially and upwardly on the nose point of the user's nose,

Wherein the shade nose portion further comprises a first nose bridge portion and a second nose bridge portion extending upwardly from the protruding point of the nose, a slot is arranged between the first nose bridge portion and the second nose bridge portion, and the slot extends from the rear edge of the shade nose portion extending towards the front of the nose, and wherein the first and second nasal bridge portions are configured to rest on respective sides of the user's nasal bridge in use.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, wherein the interface structure includes a support portion and a support portion disposed to the support portion. facial joints,

wherein the interface structure includes a visor nose spanning between the cheeks of the facial junction,

wherein the shade nose portion includes a nose portion extending radially and upwardly on the nose point of the user's nose,

Wherein the shade nose portion further comprises a first nose bridge portion and a second nose bridge portion extending upwardly from the protruding point of the nose, a slot is arranged between the first nose bridge portion and the second nose bridge portion, and the slot extends from the rear edge of the shade nose portion extending towards the front of the nose, and wherein the first and second nasal bridge portions are configured to rest on respective sides of the user's nasal bridge in use.

3.23 The interface structure is releasably attached relative to the head-mounted display unit

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

head-mounted display unit; and

a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use;

The head-mounted display unit includes:

an interface structure constructed and arranged in relative relation to the user's face, the interface structure comprising:

a facial engaging portion configured to, in use, engage a user's face; and

a chassis connected to the face engaging portion, the chassis releasably attachable to the chassis mounting portion of the head mounted display unit;

Wherein the chassis includes a plurality of chassis catches and the chassis mount includes a plurality of mount catches, wherein the chassis catch is configured to engage the mount catches to attach the chassis to the chassis mount.

In examples: (a) the chassis catch includes a catch protrusion; (b) the catch protrusion includes a rearwardly facing catch surface; (c) the rearwardly facing catch surface is angled on a radially outward front; (d) The capture protrusion includes a forward-facing guide surface; (e) the forward-facing guide surface is angled in a radially inward forward direction from the rearward-facing capture surface; (f) the chassis capture portion includes a front-facing guide surface extending from the capture protrusion. (g) the flange extends in a radially inward direction; (h) the mounting catch includes a forward facing catch surface; (i) the forward facing catch surface is formed in a radially inward forward direction. Angular; (j) the mounting catch includes a rearwardly facing guide surface; (k) the mounting catch includes a transition surface between the rearwardly facing guide surface and the forwardly facing capture surface; (l) the transition surface is radially Angled with the forward-facing capture surface on the inner rear; (m) the angle between the transition surface and the forward-facing capture surface is an acute angle; (n) when the chassis is fully inserted into the chassis mount along the front, the rear-facing capture surface A gap is provided in a front-rear direction between the surface and the forward-facing capture surface; (o) the chassis includes a main body portion, and the chassis mounting portion includes a chassis receiving portion configured to receive the main body portion; (p) the main body portion includes a U-channel section and/or (q) the chassis receiving portion includes an L channel section.

3.24 Ventilation of interface structures through tortuous paths

Another aspect of the technology relates to head-mounted display systems, including:

head-mounted display unit; and

a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use;

The head-mounted display unit includes:

Display unit housing;

an interface structure constructed and arranged in opposing relationship to the user's face, the interface structure comprising a face engaging portion configured to engage the user's face in use;

At least one tortuous airflow path between the interior of the interface structure and the exterior of the head-mounted display unit, wherein at least one tortuous airflow path passes between the exterior of the interface structure and the interior of the display unit housing.

In examples: (a) the interface structure includes a chassis connected to the face joint, and wherein the head-mounted display unit includes at least one airflow port through which at least one tortuous airflow path passes, wherein the at least one airflow port is disposed at the front of the connection between the chassis and the face engaging portion; (b) at least one airflow port comprising at least one chassis port provided in the chassis; (c) the chassis mount being releasably attached to the head mounted display unit, wherein at least one airflow port comprises at least one chassis mount port provided in a chassis mount; (d) at least one airflow port is provided in a radially facing wall; (e) the interface structure includes a flexible and resilient portion, flexible and resilient The portion includes a face engaging portion, and wherein the flexible and resilient portion includes one or more interface ports through which at least one tortuous airflow path passes; (f) the one or more interface ports of the interface structure are disposed on at least the flexible and resilient portion In a forward-facing portion; (g) one or more interface ports of the interface structure are disposed in at least one of the upper portion of the flexible and resilient portion and the lower portion of the flexible and resilient portion; (h) one or more interface ports of the interface structure The three interface ports are disposed in at least one side portion of the flexible and resilient portion that in use is close to the user's sphenoid region; and/or (i) the display unit housing is rearwardly above the one or more interface ports of the flexible and resilient portion Extend upwards.

Also disclosed is a head-mounted display system comprising any of the aforementioned positioning and stabilizing structures and/or interface structures, and a display unit connected thereto.

Another aspect is a positioning and stabilizing structure for a head-mounted display, the head-mounted display includes a rear (or rear) support structure (or part), and the rear (or rear) support structure (or part) is used The center is arranged to contact the rear area of the user's head.

In some forms, the rear support is disposed behind the base of the user's upper ear.

In some forms, the rear support is biased into contact with the user's occiput region.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure further includes opposing connectors disposed on opposite sides of the user's head and extending along a temporal region of the user's head to interconnect the rear support to the head mounted display unit. In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes connecting the rear support to the front support of the head mounted display unit.

The present technology may also relate to providing interface structures for use in supporting, cushioning, stabilizing, positioning, and/or sealing head-mounted displays in relation to a user's face.

Another aspect relates to an apparatus for supporting, cushioning, stabilizing, positioning and/or sealing a head mounted display in relative relation to a user's face.

Another aspect relates to a method for supporting, cushioning, stabilizing, positioning and/or sealing a head mounted display in relative relation to a user's face.

Another form of the technology includes a head-mounted display system for a person, the head-mounted display system comprising:

a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;

a control system for the operation of the head mounted display system; and

A positioning and stabilizing structure configured for holding the head mounted display unit in front of the user's eyes such that the display is viewable by the user in use.

The head-mounted display system can be helmet-mounted, can be configured for a virtual reality display, can be configured for an augmented reality display, can be configured for a mixed reality display.

Another form of the technology includes a head-mounted display system for a person, the head-mounted display system comprising:

a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;

a control system for the operation of the head mounted display system; and

A positioning and stabilizing structure comprising a front support and a rear support, wherein:

the rear portion is configured for engaging a rear region of a human head in use;

The front support includes:

a left side portion configured to interconnect the rear support portion and the head mounted display system; and

A right side portion configured for interconnecting the rear portion with the head mounted display system.

In some examples: a) the head-mounted display device further includes a light shield; b) the light shield is constructed and arranged to, in use, substantially block receipt of ambient light to the eye region of a person; c) the light shield configured for virtual reality display; d) the head mounted display system includes an interface structure constructed and arranged to contact the eye region of a person's face in use; e) the interface structure is made of foam, silicone and/or gel constituted; f) the interface structure is composed of a light absorbing material; and/or g) the interface structure is configured to act as a light shield.

In some examples: a) the head mounted display device further includes a sound system; b) a left ear transducer; and/or c) a right ear transducer.

In some examples: a) the head mounted display unit includes a binocular display unit; and/or b) the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to maintain the binocular display unit in an operative position in use.

In some examples: a) the control system includes a visual display controller and at least one battery; b) the at least one battery includes a first battery and a second battery; c) the first battery is a lower power system configured to power the RT clock battery; d) a second battery as the primary battery; e) a battery support configured to hold the battery; f) a battery support connected to a positioning and stabilizing structure using a tether; g) an orientation sensor configured to sense measuring the orientation of the person's head; and/or h) controlling the support system.

In some examples: a) the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a frontal bone support configured to contact the area of the frontal bone covering the human head; and/or (b) the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a length adjustment mechanism for adjusting the positioning and the length of a part of the stable structure.

Another form of the present technology includes a head-mounted display device for a person, the head-mounted display device comprising: a display unit; a light shield; a control system including a visual display controller, at least one battery, a battery support, Orientation sensors and control support system; sound system; and positioning and stabilizing structure, which includes anterior, frontal, left, right, posterior, and length adjustment mechanisms, where: anterior includes eye pads, eye The cushion is constructed and arranged to contact the eye region of the user in use; the rear portion is configured for engaging, in use, an area of the human head adjacent to the junction between the occipital bone and the trapezius muscle; the left side portion is configured For interconnecting the front with the rear; the right side is configured for interconnecting the front and the rear; the frontal portion is configured for interconnecting the front with the rear; and a length adjustment mechanism, which is adjustable to a first position and a second position; wherein the display unit comprises a binocular display unit; the light shield is constructed and arranged to, in use, substantially block the reception of ambient light to the eye region of a person; the orientation sensor is configured to In use the system senses the orientation of the person's head, the orientation sensor comprising left and right ear transducers; and the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to maintain the binocular display unit in an operative position in use. A head-mounted display device may include positioning and stabilizing structure and/or interface structure substantially as described in any of the examples disclosed herein.

Another form of the technology includes a head-mounted display interface, the head-mounted display interface comprising:

an electronic display screen configured to output multiple images to a user;

a display housing configured to at least partially house an electronic display screen; and

A positioning and stabilizing structure coupled to the display housing and supporting the display housing and electronic display screen in an operative position, the positioning and stabilizing structure being configured to provide a force against the user's head to counteract the force exerted by the electronic display screen and the display the moment created by the combined weight of the housing and, when in the operating position, the position of the electronic display screen held in front of the user's eyes;

Wherein the positioning and stabilizing structure is substantially as in any example disclosed herein.

Another form of the technology includes a positioning and stabilizing structure for supporting an electronic display screen of a head-mounted display interface, the positioning and stabilizing structure being configured to provide a force to a user's head to counteract the force generated by the weight of the electronic display screen. moment, and maintain the position of the electronic display screen in front of the user's eyes when in use, the positioning stabilization structure includes:

A rear strap configured to contact an area of the user's head behind a coronal plane of the user's head, the rear strap configured to anchor the head-mounted display interface to the user's head.

Another form of the present technology includes a positioning and stabilizing structure for supporting an electronic display unit, the positioning and stabilizing structure being configured to provide a force against a user's head so as to counteract the moment generated by the weight of the electronic display unit, and To maintain the position of the electronic display unit in front of the user's eyes, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes:

A headband configured to couple to the housing of the electronic display unit and engage the user's head to support the housing. Another aspect of the technology includes a display interface comprising:

a display screen configured to output user-observable computer-generated images;

a display housing at least partially supporting a display screen;

an interface structure coupled to the display screen and/or the display housing, the interface structure configured to be positioned and/or arranged to conform to at least a portion of the user's face;

A positioning and stabilizing structure configured to maintain the position of the display screen and/or display housing relative to the user's eyes, the positioning and stabilizing structure configured to apply a force to the user's head to counteract the weight of the display screen and/or display housing the resulting moment; and

A control system configured to assist in controlling the computer-generated image viewable by a user, the control system includes at least one sensor.

Another aspect of the technology includes a virtual reality display interface comprising:

a display screen configured to output user-observable computer-generated images;

a display housing at least partially supporting a display screen;

an interface structure coupled to the display housing, the interface structure configured to be positioned and/or arranged to conform to at least a portion of the user's face, the interface structure comprising a light shield configured to at least partially block ambient light from reaching the user's eyes;

A positioning and stabilizing structure coupled to the display housing and configured for providing a force against the user's head to counteract the moment produced by the weight of the display screen and/or the display housing, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising,

a pair of temporal links, each temporal link of the pair of temporal links directly coupled to the display housing, each temporal link configured to cover a corresponding temporal bone when contacting the user's head, and

a rear support coupled to each of the temporal links, the rear support configured to contact the back of the user's head; and

A control system configured to help control the computer-generated image viewable by the user, the control system includes at least one sensor configured to measure motion of the user.

In some forms, the light shield is configured to seal against the user's face and prevent ambient light from reaching the user's eyes.

In some forms, the display screen is completely enclosed within the display housing.

In some forms, the light shield is constructed of an opaque material.

In some forms, the interface structure is composed of an elastic material.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a rotation controller configured to allow the display housing and/or the display interface to pivot relative to the rear support.

For example, the temporal arm can rotate with the display housing and/or the display interface. In other examples, a rotary controller may couple the display housing to each temporal link such that the display housing and/or the display interface pivot relative to the temporal links.

In some forms, the temporal connector may include an adjustable length.

Another aspect of the technology includes an augmented reality display interface, the augmented reality display interface comprising:

A display screen configured to output computer-generated images viewable by a user, the display screen comprising at least one optical lens constructed from a transparent and/or translucent material, the at least one optical lens configured to allow a user to observe the computer-generated images while viewing them the physical environment;

a display housing at least partially supporting a display screen;

an interface structure coupled to the display housing and/or the display interface, the interface structure configured to be positioned and/or arranged to conform to at least a portion of the user's face;

A positioning and stabilizing structure coupled to the display housing and configured for providing a force against the user's head to counteract the moment generated by the weight of the display screen and/or the display housing, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising,

a pair of temporal links, each temporal link of the pair directly coupled to the display housing, each temporal link configured to cover a corresponding temporal bone when in contact with the user's head; and

A control system configured to help control the computer-generated image viewable by the user, the control system includes at least one sensor configured to measure motion of the user.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure further includes a rear support configured to cover the occiput of the user, each temporal link coupled to the rear support.

In some forms, the augmented reality display interface further includes a power source coupled to the display interface and/or the positioning and stabilizing structure.

For example, the power source may be a rechargeable battery.

In some forms, the display screen is configured to selectively output a computer-generated image viewable by a user.

For example, computer-generated images can be displayed on transparent and/or translucent materials. Users are able to observe their physical environment regardless of whether computer-generated images are displayed on transparent and/or translucent materials.

Another aspect of the technology includes a virtual reality display interface including instances of aspects of the head-mounted display system described above.

In an example of aspects of the head-mounted display system described above, the display unit includes a display configured to selectively output a computer-generated image visible to the user in the operating position.

In an example of the aspect of the head-mounted display system described above, the display unit includes a housing.

In some forms, the housing supports the display.

In an example of the aspect of the head-mounted display system described above, the display unit includes an interface structure coupled to the housing and arranged in an opposing relationship to a user's face in the operative position.

In some forms, the interface structure at least partially forms a viewing opening configured to at least partially receive a user's face in the operative position.

In some forms, the interface structure is at least partially constructed of an opaque material configured to at least partially block ambient light from reaching the viewing opening in the operative position.

In an example of the aspect of the head mounted display system described above, the display unit includes at least one lens coupled to the housing and disposed within the viewing opening and aligned with the display so as to be in the operative position.

In some forms, a user can view the display through at least one lens.

In an example of the aspect of the head mounted display system described above, the control system has at least one sensor in communication with the processor.

In some forms, at least one sensor is configured to measure a parameter and communicate the measured value to the processor.

In some forms, the processor is configured to alter the computer-generated image output by the display based on the measurements.

Another aspect of the technology includes an augmented reality display interface that includes instances of aspects of the head-mounted display system described above.

In an example of aspects of the head-mounted display system described above, the display unit includes a display constructed of a transparent or translucent material and configured to selectively provide a computer-generated image viewable by a user.

In an example of the aspect of the head-mounted display system described above, the display unit includes a housing.

In some forms, the housing supports the display.

In an example of the aspect of the head-mounted display system described above, the display unit includes an interface structure coupled to the housing and arranged in an opposing relationship to a user's face in the operative position.

In an example of the aspect of the head mounted display system described above, in the operating position, the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to support the display unit.

In an example of the aspect of the head-mounted display system described above, the display is configured to be aligned with the user's eyes in the operative position such that the user can at least partially view the physical environment through the display regardless of computer-generated images output by the display.

In an example of the aspect of the head-mounted display system above, the head-mounted display system further includes a control system having at least one sensor in communication with the processor.

In some forms, at least one sensor is configured to measure a parameter and communicate the measured value to the processor.

In some forms, the processor is configured to alter the computer-generated image output by the display based on the measurements.

In some forms, the at least one lens includes a first lens configured to align with the user's left eye in the operative position and a second lens configured to align with the user's right eye in the operative position

In some forms, the first lens and the second lens are Fresnel lenses.

In some forms, the display includes a binocular display segmented into a first segment aligned with the first lens and a second segment aligned with the second lens.

In some forms, the controller has at least one button selectively engageable by a user's finger, the controller is in communication with the processor and is configured to send a signal to the processor when the at least one button is engaged, the processor is configured to change the A computer-generated image output by a monitor.

In some forms, the at least one lens includes a first lens configured to align with the user's left eye in the operative position and a second lens configured to align with the user's right eye in the operative position.

Another aspect of one form of the present technology is a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to have a shape that is complementary to the shape of an intended wearer.

Another aspect of one form of the present technology is an interface structure configured to have a shape that is complementary to a shape of an intended wearer.

One aspect of one form of the technology is a method of manufacturing a device.

An aspect of some forms of the present technology is ease of use by positioning and stabilizing structures, such as by persons with limited dexterity, vision, or by persons with limited experience in using head-mounted displays.

One aspect of some forms of the present technology is an interface structure that is easy to use, eg, by persons with limited dexterity, limited vision, or by persons with limited experience in using head mounted displays.

The described methods, systems, devices and devices can be implemented to improve the functionality of head mounted displays such as electronic displays or computers. Additionally, the described methods, systems, devices, and apparatus may provide improvements in the technical field of virtual reality, augmented reality, and/or mixed reality.

Of course, some of these aspects may form sub-aspects of the present technology. Individual aspects of the sub-aspects and/or aspects may be combined in various ways and also constitute other aspects or sub-aspects of the present technology.

Other features of the technology will become apparent from a consideration of the information contained in the following detailed description, abstract, drawings, and claims.

Description of drawings

The present technology is illustrated by way of example and not limitation in the various figures of the drawings, in which like reference numbers refer to like elements, including:

4.1 Head Mounted Display System

FIG. 1A shows a system including a user 100 wearing a head-mounted display system 1000 in the form of a face-mounted virtual reality (VR) headset that displays various images to the user 100 . The user stands while wearing the head mounted display system 1000 .

FIG. 1B shows a system including a user 100 wearing a head-mounted display system 1000 in the form of a floating virtual reality (VR) headset that displays various images to the user. The user sits while wearing the display interface 100 .

FIG. 1C shows a system including a user 100 wearing a head-mounted display system 1000 in the form of a floating augmented reality (AR) headset that displays various images to the user. The user stands while wearing the head mounted display system 1000 .

4.2 Respiratory system and facial anatomy

Figure 2A shows the human upper airway including the nasal cavity, nasal bones, extranasal cartilage, greater alar cartilage, nostrils, upper lip, lower lip, larynx, hard palate, soft palate, oropharynx, tongue, epiglottis, vocal cords, esophagus, and trachea. view.

2B is a front view of a face with several superficial anatomical features identified, including upper lip, upper lip vermilion, lower lip vermilion, lower lip, mouth width, inner canthus, nasal ala, nasolabial folds, and corners of mouth. The directions of up, down, radially inward, and radially outward are also indicated.

Figure 2C is a side view of a head with several surface anatomical features identified, including the glabella, nasal bridge point, nasal prominence point, subnasal septal point, upper lip, lower lip, supramental point, nasal ridge, alar apex, ear The upper base point and the lower base point of the ear. Up-down and front-back directions are also indicated.

Figure 2D is another side view of the head. The approximate location of the Frankfort level and the nasolabial angle are indicated. The coronal plane is also indicated.

Figure 2E shows a bottom view of the nose with several features identified, including nasolabial folds, lower lip, vermilion upper lip, nostrils, subseptal point, columella, pronasal point, nostril major axis, and midsagittal flat.

Figure 2F shows a side view of nasal superficial features.

Figure 2G shows the subcutaneous structures of the nose, including lateral cartilage, septal cartilage, greater alar cartilage, lesser alar cartilage, sesamoid cartilage, nasal bone, epidermis, adipose tissue, maxillary frontal process, and fibrofatty tissue.

Figure 2H shows a medial anatomical view of the nose approximately a few millimeters from the midsagittal plane showing, among other things, the medial crura of the septal cartilage and greater alar cartilage.

Figure 2I shows a front view of the skull, including the frontal, nasal, and zygomatic bones. The turbinates are also indicated, along with the maxilla and mandible.

Figure 2J shows a side view of the skull with head surface contours and several muscles. The following bones are shown: frontal, sphenoid, nasal, zygomatic, maxilla, mandible, parietal, temporal, and occiput. The chin protuberance is also indicated. The following muscles are shown: digastricus, masseter, sternocleidomastoid and trapezius.

Figure 2K shows an anterolateral view of the nose. The following bones are shown: frontal bone, supraorbital foramen, nose, septal cartilage, lateral cartilage, orbit and infraorbital foramen.

Figure 2L shows another frontal view of the face including several features of the identified superficial anatomy such as the parietal muscles, sphenoid, nasal ridge, outer and inner buccal regions, zygomatic arch, and nasal ridge.

Figure 2M shows another side view of the face with several features of the identified superficial anatomy including the parietal muscles, sphenoid, nasal ridge, outer and inner buccal regions, zygomatic arch, and nasal ridge.

4.3 The shape of the structure

Figure 3A shows a schematic view of a section through the structure at one point. Indicates the outward normal at the point. The curvature at the point has a positive sign and a relatively large magnitude when compared to the magnitude of the curvature shown in Figure 3B.

Figure 3B shows a schematic view of a section through the structure at one point. Indicates the outward normal at the point. The curvature at the point has a positive sign and a relatively small magnitude when compared to the magnitude of the curvature shown in Figure 3A.

Figure 3C shows a schematic view of a section through the structure at one point. Indicates the outward normal at the point. The curvature at the point has zero value.

Figure 3D shows a schematic view of a section through the structure at one point. Indicates the outward normal at the point. The curvature at the point has a negative sign and a relatively small magnitude when compared to the magnitude of the curvature shown in Figure 3E.

Figure 3E shows a schematic view of a section through the structure at one point. Indicates the outward normal at the point. The curvature at the point has a negative sign and a relatively large magnitude when compared to the magnitude of the curvature shown in Figure 3D.

Figure 3F shows the surface of a structure with one-dimensional pores on the surface. The illustrated planar curves form the boundaries of a one-dimensional hole.

Figure 3G shows a section through the structure of Figure 3F. The surfaces shown define two-dimensional pores in the structure of Figure 3F.

Figure 3H shows a perspective view of the structure of Figure 3F, including two-dimensional holes and one-dimensional holes. Also shown are the surfaces defining the two-dimensional pores in the structure of Figure 3F.

3I-3J illustrate seal-forming structures. The outer surface of the liner is indicated. The edges of the surface are shown. A path on the surface between points A and B is indicated. The linear distance between A and B is indicated. Two saddle regions and one dome region are indicated.

Figure 3K shows the left-hand rule.

Figure 3L shows the right hand rule.

Figure 3M shows the left ear, including the left ear helix.

Figure 3N shows the right ear, including the right ear helix.

Figure 3O shows a right-handed spiral.

4.4 Head-mounted virtual reality display

4A illustrates a front perspective view of a head-mounted display interface in accordance with one form of the present technology.

Figure 4B shows a rear perspective view of the head mounted display of Figure 4A.

4C shows a perspective view of a positioning and stabilizing structure for use with the head-mounted display of FIG. 4A.

Figure 4D shows a front view of the user's face showing the position of the interface structure in use.

4.5 Head Mounted Augmented Reality Display

5A illustrates a front perspective view of a head-mounted display interface in accordance with one form of the present technology.

5B shows a side view of the head mounted display interface of FIG. 5A.

4.6 Control

Figure 6 shows a schematic diagram of a control system of one form of the present technology.

4.7 Head-mounted display system of this technology

7A is a schematic side view of a head mounted display system in use according to another example of the present technology.

FIG. 7B is a schematic rear view of the head-mounted display system shown in FIG. 7A in use.

FIG. 7C illustrates components of the positioning and stabilizing structure of the head-mounted display system shown in FIG. 28A.

8 is a schematic side view of a head mounted display system in use according to another example of the present technology.

Fig. 9 shows a schematic side view of a portion of a head-mounted display system in use according to another example of the present technology.

10A, 10B and 10C are side, rear and front views, respectively, of another example of an interface structure.

11A-11C are side cross-sectional views illustrating a further embodiment of an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

12A-12C are side cross-sectional views illustrating a further embodiment of an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

13A and 13B are side cross-sectional views illustrating a further embodiment of an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

14A-14E are side cross-sectional views illustrating a further embodiment of an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

15A-15E illustrate a further implementation of an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

15F-15K illustrate a further implementation of an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

16A and 16B illustrate a further embodiment of an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

17A-17C illustrate a further implementation of an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

17D and 17E illustrate another embodiment of an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

FIG. 18A shows an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

18B-18C illustrate an interface structure and positioning and stabilizing structure according to another example of the present technology.

Figure 18D illustrates an interface structure and positioning and stabilizing structure according to another example of the present technology.

FIG. 19A illustrates a head-mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

FIG. 19B illustrates a head-mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

20A-20B illustrate a head-mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

21A-21E illustrate a head-mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

22A-22C illustrate battery packs according to examples of the present technology.

23A-23D illustrate a head-mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

24A-24D illustrate components of a positioning and stabilizing structure according to examples of the present technology.

25A-25C illustrate a head-mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

26A-26B illustrate a power cord tie according to another example of the present technology.

FIG. 27 illustrates a head-mounted display unit according to an example of the present technology.

28A-28E illustrate a head-mounted display system with a power cord according to examples of the present technology.

29A-29D illustrate an arm according to an example of the present technology.

30A-30B illustrate an arm according to another example of the present technology.

31A-31B illustrate a head-mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

32A-32H illustrate a head-mounted display system according to examples of the present technology.

FIG. 33 illustrates a head-mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

34A-34I illustrate a head-mounted display unit according to another example of the present technology.

FIG. 34J illustrates a head-mounted display unit according to another example of the present technology.

34K-34M illustrate connections between arms and guides of a head mounted display unit according to examples of the present technology.

35A-35B illustrate the connection between the top strap portion and the display unit housing according to examples of the present technology.

36A-36D illustrate a head-mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

37A-37B illustrate a display unit housing according to further examples of the present technology.

38A illustrates an arm and arm mount according to another example of the present technology.

38B-38N illustrate the connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an example of the present technology.

39A-39C illustrate the positioning and stabilizing structure of the head-mounted display system shown in FIGS. 36A-36D in isolation.

40A-40B illustrate positioning and stabilizing structures according to another example of the present technology.

41A-41B illustrate positioning and stabilizing structures according to another example of the present technology.

Figures 42A-42D illustrate components of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in Figures 41A-41B.

Figures 43A-43C illustrate the sleeve of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in Figures 41A-41B.

43D is a cross-sectional view of a substantially inextensible member according to another example of the present technology.

44A-44D illustrate an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

45A and 45B illustrate an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

46 shows an exploded view of a battery pack according to an example of the present technology.

47A and 47B show internal views of the battery pack shown in FIG. 67 .

48A and 48B illustrate the cable guide of the battery pack shown in FIG. 67 .

49A and 49B illustrate the mounting portion of the battery pack shown in FIG. 46 .

FIG. 50 shows a cable stopper for the battery pack shown in FIG. 46 .

51A-51D illustrate the housing of the battery pack shown in FIG. 46 .

52A and 52B illustrate a case for a battery pack according to another example of the present technology.

53A-53G illustrate internal views of a battery pack according to further examples of the present technology.

54 illustrates a cross-sectional view of a side arm joint according to another example of the present technology.

55A-55C illustrate views of portions of a head mounted display unit according to another example of the present technology.

56A-56B illustrate the connection between the occipital strap portion and the parietal strap portion according to another example of the present technology.

56C illustrates the connection between the occipital strap portion and the parietal strap portion according to yet another example of the present technology.

Fig. 57 shows a buckle according to another example of the present technology.

58A and 58B illustrate views of a portion of a head-mounted display unit according to another example of the present technology.

59A-59H illustrate views of portions of a head mounted display unit according to another example of the present technology.

60A-60H illustrate views of a chassis of an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

61A-61G illustrate views of portions of a head mounted display unit according to another example of the present technology.

62A-62C illustrate a head-mounted display system according to further examples of the present technology.

FIG. 63 illustrates a head-mounted display system according to a further example of the present technology.

FIG. 64A illustrates a head-mounted display system according to a further example of the present technology.

FIG. 64B illustrates a head-mounted display system according to a further example of the present technology.

FIG. 64C illustrates the positioning and stabilizing structure of the head-mounted display system of FIG. 64B in isolation.

Figure 64D shows a positioning and stabilizing structure according to a further example of the present technology.

FIG. 64E illustrates a head-mounted display system according to a further example of the present technology.

FIG. 64F illustrates the positioning and stabilizing structure of the head-mounted display system of FIG. 64E in isolation.

Figure 64G illustrates a positioning and stabilizing structure according to a further example of the present technology.

65A and 65B illustrate a head-mounted display system according to further examples of the present technology.

FIG. 66 shows a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

67A and 67B illustrate a head-mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

68A and 68B illustrate positioning and stabilizing structures according to further examples of the present technology.

68C and 68D illustrate positioning and stabilizing structures according to further examples of the present technology.

69A and 69B illustrate the connection between the substantially inextensible layer of the top strap portion and the battery pack case in a further example of the present technology.

70A and 70B illustrate the connection between the substantially inextensible layer of the top strap portion and the battery pack case in a further example of the present technology.

71A and 71B illustrate the connection between the substantially inextensible layer of the top strap portion and the battery pack case in a further example of the present technology.

72A and 72B illustrate the connection between the substantially inextensible layer of the top strap portion and the battery pack housing in a further example of the present technology.

5 specific implementation

Before the present technology is described in further detail, it is to be understood that the technology is not limited to particular examples described herein, which may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used in this disclosure is for the purpose of describing particular examples described herein only and is not intended to be limiting.

The following description is provided in relation to various examples that may share one or more common features and/or characteristics. It should be understood that one or more features of any one example may be combined with one or more features of another example or other examples. Additionally, in any of the examples, any single feature or combination of features can constitute a further example.

In the following Detailed Description, reference is made to the accompanying drawings which form a part hereof. The illustrative embodiments described in the detailed description, depicted in the drawings, and defined in the claims are not intended to be limiting. Other embodiments may be utilized, and other changes may be made, without departing from the spirit or scope of the presented subject matter. It will be readily understood that the aspects of the present disclosure as generally described herein and illustrated in the accompanying drawings can be arranged, substituted, combined, separated and designed into many different configurations which are encompassed by the present invention .

5.1 Immersive Technology

Immersive technology can present to the user a combination of the virtual environment and the user's physical environment or the real world. Users can interact with the resulting immersive or combined realities.

The device immerses the user by augmenting or replacing stimuli associated with one of the user's five senses with virtual stimuli. Typically, this is a virtual stimulus, although there may be additional stimuli that augment or replace stimuli associated with one of the other four senses.

In some forms, certain immersive technologies may present the user with a combination of the virtual environment and the user environment. At least a portion of the resulting environment may include a virtual environment. In some examples, the entire resulting environment may be a virtual environment (eg, meaning that the user's environment may be occluded or otherwise obscured). In other forms, at least a portion of the user's physical environment is still visually observable.

In some forms, users may use different types of input technologies, which may include, but are not limited to, virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), or mixed reality (MR). Each type of input technique may present a different environment to the user and/or a different way of interacting with the environment.

In some forms, the display system can be used with every type of immersion technique. The display screens of the display system may provide a virtual environment component to the composite environment (ie, the combination of the virtual environment and the user environment). In some forms, the display screen may be an electronic screen.

In at least some types of immersive technologies (eg, VR, AR, MR, etc.), positioning and stabilizing electronic screens can be used to operate the corresponding devices. For example, users may desire electronic screens to be positioned close enough to their eyes to allow easy viewing, but far enough away not to cause discomfort. Additionally, the electronic screens may need to be spaced far enough apart that the user can wear corrective lenses, such as eyeglasses, at the same time. Additionally, users may seek to maintain the orientation of the electronic screen relative to their eyes. In other words, users who walk or otherwise move while using these devices may not want the device to bounce or otherwise move on their head (e.g., especially relative to their eyes), as this may cause the user to become dizzy and/or discomfort. Accordingly, these devices may be supported snugly on the user's head to limit relative movement between the user's eyes and the device.

In one form, the technology includes a method for using a VR device, the method comprising supporting the device on the user's head proximate to at least one of the user's eyes and within the user's line of sight.

In some examples of the present technology, the head-mounted display unit is supported in front of the user's eyes so as to block, block, and/or limit ambient light from reaching the user's eyes.

Any features disclosed below in the context of a device configured for VR should be understood to be applicable to a device configured for AR, unless the context clearly requires otherwise. The same features disclosed below in the context of a device configured for AR will be understood to apply to a device configured for VR, unless the context clearly requires otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, features disclosed in the context of a device without a transparent display through which a user can view the real world should be understood to apply to devices with such a transparent display unless the context clearly requires. Likewise, features disclosed in the context of a device with a transparent display through which the real world can be viewed should be understood to apply to devices where the display is electronic and the real world cannot be directly viewed through the transparent material.

5.2 Virtual reality display interface

As shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B , a display device, display system, display interface, or head-mounted display system 1000 according to an aspect of the present technology includes the following functional aspects: interface structure 1100, head-mounted display unit 1200, and positioning and stabilization Structure 1300. In some forms, functional aspects may be provided by one or more physical components. In some forms, one or more physical components may provide one or more functional aspects. The head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display. In use, the head mounted display unit 1200 is arranged to be positioned near and in front of the user's eyes to allow the user to view the display.

In other aspects, head mounted display system 1000 may also include display unit housing 1205 , optical lens 1240 , controller 1270 , speaker 1272 , power supply 1274 and/or control system 1276 . In some examples, these may be an integral part of the head mounted display system 1000, while in other examples these may be modular and incorporated into the head mounted display system 1000 according to the needs of the user.

5.2.1 Head Mounted Display Unit

The head mounted display unit 1200 may include structures for providing observable output to a user. Specifically, the head mounted display unit 1200 is arranged to be held (eg manually, by positioning and stabilizing structures, etc.) in an operating position in front of the user's face.

In some examples, head mounted display unit 1200 may include display screen 1220 , display unit housing 1205 , interface structure 1100 and/or optical lens 1240 . These components may be permanently assembled into a single head-mounted display unit 1200 , or they may be detachable and selectively connected by a user to form the head-mounted display unit 1200 . Additionally, display screen 1220 , display unit housing 1205 , interface structure 1100 , and/or optical lens 1240 may be included in head-mounted display system 1000 but may not be part of head-mounted display unit 1200 .

5.2.1.1 Display screen

Some forms of head-mounted display unit 1200 include a display, such as a display screen (not shown in Figure 4B, but disposed within display housing 1205). The display screen may include electrical components that provide an observable output to the user.

In one form of the present technology, a display screen provides an optical output viewable by a user. The optical output allows the user to observe the virtual environment and/or virtual objects.

The display screen may be positioned proximate to the user's eyes in order to allow the user to view the display screen. For example, the display screen may be positioned in front of the user's eyes. The display screen can output computer-generated images and/or virtual environments.

In some forms, the display screen is an electronic display. The display screen may be a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) or Light Emitting Diode (LED) screen.

In some forms, the display screen may include a backlight, which may help illuminate the display screen. This can be especially beneficial when viewing the display screen in a dark environment.

In some forms, the display screen may extend a wider distance between the user's pupils. The display screen may also be wider than the distance between the user's cheeks.

In some forms, the display screen may display at least one image viewable by a user. For example, the display screen may display images that change based on predetermined conditions (eg, lapse of time, user's movement, input from the user, etc.).

In some forms, portions of the display screen may only be visible to one eye of the user. In other words, a portion of the display screen may be positioned near and in front of only one eye of the user (eg, the right eye), and blocked from viewing from the other eye (eg, the left eye).

In one example, the display screen can be divided into two sides (eg, left and right), and two images can be displayed at a time (eg, one image on either side).

Similar images can be displayed on each side of the display screen. In some examples, the images may be the same, while in other examples the images may be slightly different.

Together, the two images on the display screen can form a binocular display, which can provide users with a more realistic VR experience. In other words, the user's brain can process the two images from the display screen 1220 together into a single image. Providing two (eg, non-identical) images may allow the user to view virtual objects around them and expand their field of view within the virtual environment.

In some forms, the display screen may be positioned so that both eyes of the user are visible. The display screen can output a single image at a time, and the single image is visible to both eyes. This simplifies processing compared to multi-image display screens.

5.2.1.2 Display housing

In some forms of the present technology as shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B , the display unit housing 1205 provides a support structure for the display screen in order to maintain the position of at least some components of the display screen relative to each other and may additionally protect the display screen. screen and/or other components of the head-mounted display unit 1200 . The display unit housing 1205 may be constructed of a material suitable for providing impact protection to the display screen. The display unit housing 1205 may also contact the user's face, and may be constructed of a biocompatible material suitable to limit irritation to the user.

Display unit housing 1205 in accordance with some forms of the present technology may be constructed of a rigid, rigid, or semi-rigid material such as plastic.

In some forms, the rigid or semi-rigid material may be at least partially covered with a soft and/or flexible material (eg, textile, silicone, etc.). This may improve biocompatibility and/or user comfort, since at least a portion of the display unit housing 1205 that the user engages (eg, grasps with their hand) includes a soft and/or flexible material.

Other forms of display unit housing 1205 according to the present technology may be constructed of a soft, flexible, resilient material, such as silicone rubber.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may have a substantially rectangular or substantially elliptical profile. The display unit housing 1205 may have a three-dimensional shape, having a substantially rectangular or substantially elliptical outline.

In some forms, display unit housing 1205 may include upper side 1230 , lower side 1232 , lateral left side 1234 , lateral right side 1236 , and front side 1238 . In use, the display screen 1220 may remain within the face.

In some forms, upper face 1230 and lower face 1232 may have substantially the same shape.

In one form, the upper face 1230 and the lower face 1232 may be substantially planar and extend along parallel planes (eg substantially parallel to the horizontal Frankfurt in use).

In some forms, lateral left side 1234 and lateral right side 1236 may have substantially the same shape.

In one form, lateral left side 1234 and lateral right side 1236 may be curved and/or rounded between upper side 1230 and lower side 1232 . Rounded and/or curved surfaces 1234, 1236 may be more comfortable for a user to grasp and hold when putting on and/or taking off head mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, front face 1238 may extend between upper face 1230 and lower face 1232 . Front face 1238 may form the frontmost portion of head mounted display system 1000 .

In one form, front face 1238 may be a substantially planar surface, and may be substantially parallel to the coronal plane while head mounted display system 1000 is worn by a user.

In one form, front face 1238 may not have a corresponding opposing face (eg, rear face) of substantially the same shape as front face 1238 . The rear of the display unit housing 1205 may be at least partially open (eg, recessed on the front) to receive the user's face.

In some forms, the display screen is permanently integrated into the head mounted display system 1000 . The display screen may be a device usable only as part of the head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may surround the display screen, which may protect the display screen and/or limit user interference (eg, removal and/or destruction) of components of the display screen.

In some forms, the display screen may be substantially sealed within the display unit housing 1205 so as to limit the collection of dirt or other debris on the display screen surface, which may adversely affect the user's ability to view images output by the display screen . Since the display screen cannot be removed from the display unit housing 1205, the user may not need to break the seal and access the display screen.

In some forms, the display screen is removably integrated into head mounted display system 1000 . The display screen may be a device usable independently of the head mounted display system 1000 as a whole. For example, a display screen may be provided on a smartphone or other portable electronic device.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may include a compartment. A portion of the display screen may be removably housed within the compartment. For example, a user may removably position the display screen in the compartment. This may be useful if the display screen performs additional functions external to the head mounted display unit 1200 (eg, is a portable electronic device such as a cell phone). Additionally, removal of the display screen from the display unit housing 1205 may assist the user in cleaning and/or replacing the display screen.

Some forms of display housings include openings to the compartments, allowing the user to more easily insert and remove the display screen into and out of the compartments. The display screen may be retained within the compartment via a frictional engagement.

In some forms, the cover may selectively cover the compartment and may provide additional protection and/or security for the display screen 1220 when located within the compartment.

In some forms, the compartment is openable on the top. When the display interface 3000 is worn by the user, the display screen may be inserted into the compartment in a substantially vertical orientation.

5.2.1.3 Interface structure

As shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B , some forms of the present technology include an interface structure 1100 that is positioned and/or arranged to conform to the shape of a user's face and that can provide information to the user while wearing and/or using the head-mounted display system 1000 . Provides added comfort.

In some forms, interface structure 1100 is coupled to a surface of display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 can extend at least partially around the display unit housing 1205 and can form a viewing opening. The viewing opening may in use at least partially receive the user's face. In particular, the user's eyes may be received within the viewing opening formed by interface structure 1100 .

In some forms, an interface structure 1100 according to the present technology may be constructed of biocompatible materials.

In some forms, an interface structure 1100 in accordance with the present technology may be constructed of soft, flexible, and/or resilient materials.

In some forms, an interface structure 1100 according to the present technology may be constructed of silicone rubber and/or foam.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 may contact sensitive areas of the user's face, which may be an uncomfortable position. The material forming interface structure 1100 cushions these sensitive areas and limits user discomfort when head mounted display system 1000 is worn.

In some forms, these sensitive areas may include the user's forehead. Specifically, this may include areas of the user's head adjacent to the frontal bone, such as the cranial parietal muscles and/or the glabella. This area may be sensitive because there is limited natural cushioning from muscle and/or fat between the user's skin and bone. Similarly, the ridge of the user's nose may also include little or no natural cushioning.

In some forms, interface structure 1100 may comprise a single element. In some embodiments, interface structure 1100 may be designed for mass manufacturing. For example, interface structure 1100 can be designed to comfortably fit a variety of different facial shapes and sizes.

In some forms, interface structure 1100 may include different elements covering different regions of the user's face. Different portions of the interface structure 1100 may be constructed of different materials and provide different textures and/or cushioning to the user in different areas.

5.2.1.3.1 Light shields

Some forms of head-mounted display system 1000 may include a light shield, which may be constructed of an opaque material and may block ambient light from reaching the user's eyes. The light shield may be part of the interface structure 1100 or may be a separate element. In some examples, in addition to providing a comfortable contact for contact between the head mounted display 1200 and the user's face, the interface structure 1100 may also form a light shield by shielding the user's eyes from ambient light. In some examples, the light shield may be formed from multiple components that work together to block ambient light.

In some forms, the light shield may block ambient light from reaching the eye region, which may be formed on the cranial parietal muscle, the region of the user's sphenoid, spanning the outer cheek region between the sphenoid and the left or right zygomatic arch, Above the zygomatic arch, across the inner cheek area from the zygomatic arch towards the ala crest, and on the nasal ridge below the user's nasal fovea to enclose a portion of the user's face therebetween.

In one form, the light shield may not contact the user's face around its entire perimeter. For example, the light shield may be spaced from the user's nasal ridge. The width of this space may be substantially small so as to substantially limit the entry of ambient light. However, the user's nasal ridges may be sensitive and easily irritated. Therefore, avoiding direct contact with the user's nasal ridges may improve user comfort while wearing the head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the light shield may be part of the display unit housing 1205 and may be integrally or removably coupled to the display unit housing 1205 . In one form, if the display unit housing 1205 can be used with a display screen that outputs AR or MR and VR, the light shield can be removed from the display unit housing 1205 and only coupled to the display unit when VR is used Housing 1205.

5.2.1.3.1.1 Seal forming structure

As shown in Figure 4D, in one form of the present technology, an interface structure 1100 serves as a seal-forming structure and provides a targeted seal-forming area. Target seal-forming regions are regions on the seal-forming structure where sealing is likely to occur. The area where the seal actually occurs - the actual sealing surface - can vary from day to day and from user to user within a given session, depending on a number of factors, including where the display unit housing 1205 is placed on the face, the positioning and the tension in the stabilizing structure 1300 and the shape of the patient's face.

In one form, the target seal forming area is located on the outer surface of the interface structure 1100 .

In some forms, the light shield may form a seal-forming structure and seal against the user's face.

In some forms, the entire perimeter of the light shield or interface structure 1100 can seal against the user's skin and can block ambient light from reaching the eye area. The ocular region may be formed on the parietal muscle, the region of the user's sphenoid, spanning the outer cheek region between the sphenoid and the left or right zygomatic arch, above the zygomatic arch, spanning the inner cheek region from the zygomatic arch toward the crest of the wing, and on the nasal ridge under the user's nasal dimple to enclose a portion of the user's face therebetween.

When used as a seal-forming structure, the light shielding or interface structure 1100 may contact sensitive areas of the user's face, such as the user's nasal ridge. This contact completely prevents the entry of ambient light. Sealing around the entire perimeter of the display unit housing 1205 can improve the performance of the head mounted display system 1000 . In addition, biocompatible materials may be selected such that direct contact with the nasal crest of the user does not significantly reduce user comfort when the head mounted display system 1000 is worn.

In some forms of the present technology, a system is provided that includes more than one interface structure 1100, each interface structure configured to correspond to a different range of sizes and/or shapes. For example, the system may include one form of interface structure 1100 that is suitable for large sized heads but not suitable for small sized heads, another form of interface structure that is suitable for small sized heads, and Not suitable for large size heads. Different interface structures 1100 can be removable and replaceable so that different users with different sized heads can use the same head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the seal-forming structure may form on the cranial parietal muscle, the region of the user's sphenoid, spanning the outer buccal region between the sphenoid and the left or right zygomatic arch, above the zygomatic arch, from the zygomatic arch toward the crest of the wing Across the inner cheek area, and on the nasal ridge under the user's nasal dimples to enclose a portion of the user's face therebetween. The defined area may be the eye area.

In some forms, this may seal around the user's eyes. The seal formed by the seal-forming structure or interface structure 1100 can form a light seal to limit ambient light from reaching the user's eyes.

5.2.1.3.2 Material biocompatibility

According to the ISO 10993-1 standard, a biocompatible material is considered to be a material whose biological response has been adequately evaluated in relation to its safety in use. When used, the evaluation takes into account the nature and duration of the expected contact with human tissue. In some forms of the present technology, materials used in positioning and stabilizing structures and interface structures may undergo at least some of the following biocompatibility tests: Cytotoxicity - Elution Test (MeM Extract): ANSI/AAMI/ISO 10993 -5; Skin Sensitization: ISO 10993-10; Irritation: ISO 10993-10; Genotoxicity-Bacterial Mutagenicity Test: ISO 10993-3; Implantation: ISO 10993-6.

5.2.1.4 Optical lens

As shown in FIG. 4B , at least one lens 1240 may be disposed between the user's eyes and the display screen 1220 . A user may view an image provided by the display screen 1220 through the lens 1240 . At least one lens 1240 can help space the display screen 1220 from the user's face to limit eye strain. The at least one lens 1240 can also help to better view images displayed by the display screen 1220 .

In some forms, lens 1240 is a Fresnel lens.

In some forms, lens 1240 may have a substantially frusto-conical shape. In use, the wider end of the lens 1240 may be positioned closer to the display screen 1220 and the narrower end of the lens 1240 may be positioned closer to the user's eye.

In some forms, the lens 1240 may have a substantially cylindrical shape and, in use, may have substantially the same width near the display screen 1220 and near the user's eyes.

In some forms, at least one lens 1240 may also magnify the image on display screen 1220 to assist the user in viewing the image.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 includes two lenses 1240 (eg, a binocular display), one lens for one eye of the user. In other words, each eye of the user can be viewed through a separate lens located in front of the corresponding pupil. Each lens 1240 may be identical, although in some examples one lens 1240 may be different (eg, have a different magnification) than the other lens 1240 .

In some forms, display screen 1220 may output two images simultaneously. Each eye of the user can only see one of the two images. Images may be displayed side by side on the display screen 1220 . Each lens 1240 allows each eye to view only images that are close to the corresponding eye. Users can view the two images together as a single image.

In some forms, the posterior perimeter of each lens 1240 may approximate the size of a user's eye socket. The posterior perimeter may be slightly larger than the size of the user's eye socket to ensure that the user's entire eye can see the corresponding lens 1240 . For example, the outer edge of each lens 1240 may align superiorly (eg, near the user's eyebrows) with the user's frontal bone, and may align inferiorly (eg, near the outer cheek region) with the user's maxilla.

The positioning and/or sizing of the lens 1240 may allow the user to have approximately 360° peripheral vision in the virtual environment in order to closely simulate the physical environment.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 includes single lens 1240 (eg, a monocular display). Lens 1240 can be positioned in front of both eyes (e.g., so that both eyes view images from display screen 1220 through lens 1240), or can be positioned in front of only one eye (e.g., when only one eye can view images from display screen 1220). when shifting the image of the screen 1220).

5.2.1.4.1 Lens installation

Lens 1240 may be coupled to a spacer located near display screen 1220 (e.g., between display screen 1220 and interface structure 1100) such that lens 1240 is not in direct contact with display screen 1220 (e.g., to limit lens 1240 from scratching display screen 1220 ).

For example, lens 1240 may be recessed relative to interface structure 1100 such that lens 1240 is disposed within the viewing opening. In use, each eye of the user is aligned with a corresponding lens 1240 when the user's face is received within the viewing opening (eg, operating position).

In some forms, the front perimeter of each lens 1240 may surround approximately half of the display screen 1220 . There may be a substantially small gap between the two lenses 1240 along the centerline of the display screen 1220 . This may allow a user viewing through both lenses 1240 to view substantially the entire display screen 1220 with all images output to the user.

In some forms, the center of the display screen 1220 (eg, along the centerline between the two lenses 1240) may not output an image. For example, in a binocular display (eg, where each side of display screen 1220 outputs substantially the same image), each image may be spaced apart on display screen 1220 . This may allow the two lenses 1240 to be positioned very close to the display screen 1220 while allowing the user to view the entire image displayed on the display screen 1220 .

In some forms, a protective layer 1242 may be formed around at least a portion of the lens 1240 . In use, the protective layer 1242 may be positioned between the user's face and the display screen 1220 .

In some forms, a portion of each lens 1240 may protrude through protective layer 1242 in a rearward direction. For example, the narrow end of each lens 1240 may protrude further rearwardly than the protective layer 1242 in use.

In some forms, protective layer 1242 may be opaque such that light from display screen 1220 cannot pass through. Additionally, a user may not be able to view display screen 1220 without looking through lens 1240 .

In some forms, protective layer 1242 may be non-planar, and may include a contour that substantially matches the contour of the user's face. For example, a portion of protective layer 1242 may be recessed in the forward direction to accommodate the user's nose.

In some forms, a user may not touch protective layer 1242 while wearing head mounted display system 1000 . This can help reduce irritation due to additional contact with the user's face (eg, against the sensitive nasal ridge area).

5.2.1.4.2 Correction lens

In some examples, an additional lens may be coupled to lens 1240 such that a user sees an image output by display screen 1220 through lens 1240 and the additional lens.

In some forms, the additional lens is further rearward than lens 1240 in use. Accordingly, the additional lens is positioned closer to the user's eye, and the user sees through the additional lens before viewing through lens 1240 .

In some forms, the additional lens may have a different power than lens 1240 .

In some forms, the add-on lens may be a prescription strength lens. Additional lenses may allow a user to view display screen 1220 without glasses, which may be uncomfortable to wear when using head mounted display system 1000 . The additional lens may be removable so that a user who does not need the additional lens can still view the display screen 1220 clearly.

5.2.2 Positioning and stabilizing structures

As shown in Figures 4A and 4B, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 of the head mounted display system 1000 of the present technology may be held in place by a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 during use.

In order to maintain the display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 in its correct operating position, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 ideally fits comfortably against the user's head in order to minimize facial marks and/or damage from prolonged use. Painful way to adapt to the load caused by the weight of the display unit. There is also a need to allow for a universal fit without sacrificing comfort, usability and manufacturing cost. Design criteria may include tunability over a predetermined range of low-touch simple setup solutions with low dexterity thresholds. Further considerations include catering to the dynamic environments in which head mounted display system 1000 may be used. As part of the immersive experience of the virtual environment, the user can communicate, ie speak, while using the head mounted display system 1000 . In this way, the user's jaw or mandible can move relative to the other bones of the skull. Additionally, the entire head may move during use of the head mounted display system 1000 . For example, the movement of the user's upper body and, in some cases, the lower body, and specifically, movement of the head relative to the upper and lower body.

In one form, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 provides retention to overcome the effects of gravity on display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 .

In one form of the present technology, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is provided that is configured in a manner consistent with comfortable wearing by a user. In one example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 has a smaller side or cross-sectional thickness to reduce the sensed or actual bulk of the instrument. In one example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes at least one strap with a rectangular cross-section. In one example, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes at least one flat strap.

In one form of the present technology, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is provided that is configured not to be too large and bulky to prevent a user from comfortably moving their head side to side.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 comprises a strap constructed from a laminate of a fabric user contact layer, an inner foam layer, and an outer fabric layer. In one form, the foam is porous to allow moisture (eg, sweat) to pass through the strap. In one form, the skin contacting layer of the strap is formed from a material that helps wick moisture away from the user's face. In one form, the fabric outer layer includes loop material for engaging the hook material portion.

In some forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a strap that is extendable, eg, elastically extendable. For example, the straps may be configured to be tensioned in use, and the guiding force pulls the display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 toward a portion of the user's face, particularly near the user's eyes and in line with their field of view. In one example, the strap may be configured as a strap.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a first tether constructed and arranged such that in use at least a portion of the lower edge of the first tether passes over the upper ear of the user's head. base and covers part of the parietal bone but not the occiput.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a second strap constructed and arranged such that, in use, at least a portion of the upper edge of the second strap passes the lower ear of the user's head. base and covers or is located below the occipital bone of the user's head.

In one form of the present technology, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a third tether constructed and arranged to interconnect the first and second tethers to reduce the tension between the first and second tethers. The tendency for laces to separate from each other.

In some forms of the present technology, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes straps that are bendable and, for example, non-rigid. An advantage of this is that the strap is more comfortable relative to the user's head.

In some forms of the present technology, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes straps configured to be breathable to allow moisture to be transported through the straps,

In some forms of the present technology, a system is provided that includes more than one positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, each positioning and stabilizing structure configured to provide retention to correspond to a different range of sizes and/or shapes. For example, the system may include one form of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that is suitable for large sized heads but not small sized heads, and another form of positioning and stabilizing structure suitable for small sized heads, not for large sized heads.

In some forms, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include cushioning material (eg, a foam pad) for contacting the user's skin. The cushioning material may provide increased wear resistance to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, especially if the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is constructed of a rigid or semi-rigid material.

5.2.2.1 Temporal connectors

As shown in Figure 4C, some versions of the head mounted display system 1000 or positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 include temporal links 1250, each of which may cover a respective one of the user's temporal bones in use. In use, a portion of the temporal connector 1250 is in contact with the area of the user's head near the supra-auricular attachment point (ie, above each user's ear). In some examples, the temporal connector is a strap portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . In other examples, the temporal link is an arm of the head mounted display unit 1200 . In some examples, the temporal connector of head-mounted display system 1000 may be formed in part by strap portions (e.g., side strap portions 1330 ) of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and in part by head-mounted display unit 1200 . The arm 1210 is formed.

Temporal links 1250 may be lateral to positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, as each temporal link 1250 is positioned on the left or right side of the user's head.

In some forms, the temporal link 1250 can extend in an anterior-posterior direction, and can be substantially parallel to the sagittal plane.

In some forms, temporal connector 1250 may be coupled to display unit housing 1205 . For example, the temporal connector 1250 may be connected to the side of the display unit housing 1205 . For example, each temporal link 1250 may be coupled to a respective one of the lateral left side 1234 and the lateral right side 1236 .

In some forms, the temporal links 1250 may be pivotally connected to the display unit housing 1205 and relative rotation may be provided between each temporal link 1250 and the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be removably connected to the display unit housing 1205 (eg, via magnets, mechanical fasteners, hook and loop material, etc.).

In some forms, the temporal link 1250 may be arranged, in use, to extend generally along or parallel to the Frankfort level of the head and above the cheekbones (eg, above the user's cheekbones).

In some forms, the temporal connectors 1250 may be positioned against the user's head, similar to the arms of eyeglasses, and positioned better than the reverse helix of each respective ear.

In some forms, temporal link 1250 may have a generally elongated and planar configuration. In other words, each time connector 1250 is longer than thick (direction into the plane of the paper) and wider (direction from top to bottom in the plane of the paper).

In some forms, each temporal link 1250 may have a three-dimensional shape with curvature in all three axes (X, Y, and Z). While the thickness of each temporal link 1250 may be substantially uniform, its height varies throughout its length. The purpose of the shape and size of each temporal link 1250 is to closely conform to the user's head so as to remain unobtrusive and maintain a low profile (eg, without looking overly bulky).

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be constructed from a rigid or semi-rigid material, which may include plastic, fiber (thermoplastic polyester elastomer), or other similar materials. Rigid or semi-rigid materials may be self-supporting and/or capable of retaining their shape without being worn. This may make it more intuitive or obvious to the user how to use the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and may be in contrast to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 being completely floppy and not retaining its shape. Leaving temporal link 1250 in use prior to use may prevent or limit deformation while positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is donned by the user, and allows the user to quickly install or don head-mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the temporal link 1250 may be a rigid member, which may allow for more efficient (eg, direct) translation of tension through the temporal link 1250, since the rigid member limits elongation or deformation of the arm in use. Amplitude.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be designed such that the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 'pops out of the case' and generally enters its use configuration. Furthermore, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be arranged to retain its in-use shape once out of the case (eg, as rigid members may be formed to maintain the shape of some or portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300). Advantageously, the orientation of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is clear to the user, since the shape of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally curved, much like the back of the user's head. That is, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally dome-shaped.

In some forms, flexible and/or resilient material may be disposed around the rigid or semi-rigid material of temporal link 1250 . The flexible material may fit more comfortably against the user's head in order to improve wear resistance and provide soft contact with the user's face. In one form, the flexible material is a fabric sleeve that is permanently or removably coupled to each temporal link 1250 .

In one form, the fabric may be overmolded onto at least one side of the rigid member. In one form, the rigid member can be formed separately from the elastic member, and then a protective cover of user-contacting material (eg, Breath-O-Prene ^™ ) can be wrapped or slipped over the rigid member. In alternative forms, the user contacting material may be provided to the rigid member by adhesive, ultrasonic welding, sewing, hook and loop material and/or a stud connection.

In some forms, the user-contacting material may be on both sides of the rigid member, or may be only on the user-contacting side (eg, the user-contacting side) of the rigid member to reduce material bulk and cost.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 is constructed of a flexible material (eg, fabric) that may be comfortable against the user's skin and may not require additional layers for added comfort.

5.2.2.2 Rear support part

As shown in FIG. 4C, some forms of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a rear support 1350 to help support the display screen and/or display unit housing 1205 (shown in FIG. 4B) near the user's eyes. Rear support 1350 can help anchor the display screen and/or display unit housing 1205 to the user's head in order to properly orient the display screen close to the user's eyes.

In some forms, rear support 1350 may be coupled to display unit housing 1205 via temporal connector 1250 .

In some forms, the temporal link 1250 may be directly coupled to the display unit housing 1205 and the rear support 1350 .

In some forms, rear support 1350 may have a three-dimensional contour curve to fit the shape of the user's head. For example, the three-dimensional shape of the rear support portion 1350 may have a generally circular three-dimensional shape adapted to cover a portion of the parietal and occiput bones of the user's head in use.

In some forms, rear support 1350 may be the rear of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . The rear support 1350 may provide an anchoring force directed at least in part in a forward direction.

In some forms, rear support portion 1350 is the lowermost portion of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, rear support 1350 may contact the area of the user's head between the occiput and trapezius muscles. Posterior support 3008 may hook against the lower edge of the occiput (eg, occiput). The rear support portion 1350 may provide an upwardly and/or anteriorly directed force to maintain contact with the user's occiput.

In some forms, the rear support portion 1350 is the lowest portion of the entire head mounted display system 1000 . For example, rear support 1350 may be positioned at the base of the user's neck (e.g., covering the occiput and trapezius muscles lower than the user's eyes) such that rear support 1350 is lower than display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the rear support portion 1350 can include a cushion material that can contact the user's head (eg, covering the area between the occiput and trapezius muscles). The padding material can provide additional comfort to the user and limit marks caused by the rear support 1350 being pulled toward the user's head.

5.2.2.3 Forehead support

Some versions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a forehead support or frontal bone support 1360 configured to contact the user's head higher than the user's eyes in use. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIG. 5B includes a forehead support 1360 . In some examples, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIG. 4A may include forehead support 1360 . The forehead support 1360 may cover the frontal bones of the user's head. In some forms, forehead support 1360 may also be higher than the sphenoid and/or temporal bones. This may also position the forehead support 1360 higher than the user's eyebrows.

In some forms, forehead support 1360 may be a front portion of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and may be positioned further forward on the user's head than any other portion of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . Rear support 1350 may provide at least a portion of the force directed in a rearward direction.

In some forms, forehead support 1360 may include a cushioning material (eg, fabric, foam, silicone, etc.) that may contact the user and may help limit marking caused by the straps of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . The forehead support 1360 and the interface structure 1100 can work together to provide comfort to the user.

In some forms, forehead support 1360 may be separate from display unit housing 1205 and may contact the user's head at a different location (eg, a higher location) than display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, forehead support 1360 can be adjusted to allow positioning and stabilizing structure 3000 to adapt to the shape and/or configuration of the user's face.

In some forms, temporal link 1250 may be coupled to forehead support 1360 (eg, on the side of forehead support 1360). Temporal link 1250 may extend at least partially in an inferior direction for coupling to rear support 1350 .

In some forms, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include multiple pairs of temporal links 1250 . For example, a pair of temporal links 1250 may be coupled to forehead support 1360 and a pair of temporal links 1250 may be coupled to display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, forehead support 1360 may be presented at an angle generally parallel to the user's forehead to provide improved comfort to the user. For example, forehead support 1360 may position the user in an orientation overlying the frontal bones, and substantially parallel to the coronal plane. Positioning the forehead support substantially parallel to the coronal plane can reduce the likelihood of decubitus ulcers that may result from uneven presentation.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be offset from the rear support or rear support that contacts the rear area of the user's head (eg, the area covering the occiput and trapezius muscles). In other words, the axis along the rear straps will not intersect the forehead support 1360, which can be positioned lower and more forward than the axis along the rear straps. The resulting offset between forehead support 1360 and rear straps may create a moment opposing the gravitational force of display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 . A greater offset can create a greater moment and thus be more helpful in maintaining the proper position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 . The offset can be increased by moving the forehead support 1360 closer to the user's eyes (e.g., further forward and lower along the user's head) and/or increasing the angle of the rear straps so that they are more vertical .

5.2.2.4 Adjustable straps

As shown in Figure 4C, portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be adjustable to apply selective tension on the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 in order to secure the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing The location of body 1205.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may include at least one loop or eyelet 1254, and the at least one temporal link 1250 may pass through the loop and be folded in half on itself. The user may select the length of the temporal link 1250 through the corresponding eyelet 1254 in order to adjust the tension provided by the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, passing a greater length of temporal link 1250 through eyelet 1254 can provide greater pull.

In some forms, at least one of the temporal links 1250 can include an adjustment portion 1256 and a receiving portion 1258 . The adjustment portion 1256 can be positioned through the aperture 1254 on the display unit housing 1205 and can be coupled to the receiving portion 1258 (eg, by being folded in half on itself). Adjustment portion 1256 may comprise hook material and receiver portion 1258 may comprise loop material (or vice versa) such that adjustment portion 1256 may be removably retained in a desired position. In some examples, the hook material and loop material may be Velcro.

In some forms, adjusting the position of the adjustment portion 1256 relative to the receiving portion 1258 can apply a rear force to the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 and increase or decrease the sealing force of the light shield relative to the user's head ( For example, when the light shield is used as a seal-forming structure).

In some forms, the adjustment portion 1256 may be constructed of a flexible and/or resilient material, which may conform to the shape of the user's head and/or may allow the adjustment portion to pass through the eyelet 1254 . For example, the adjustment portion 1256 can be made of elastic fabric, which can provide elastic tension. The remainder of the temporal connector 1250 may be constructed of the rigid or semi-rigid materials described above (although it is contemplated that additional portions of the temporal connector 1250 may also be constructed of flexible materials).

5.2.2.4.1 Head straps

In some forms, positioning and stabilizing structure 3000 may include top strap portion 1340, which may cover the upper region of the user's head.

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may extend between the front of head mounted display system 1000 and the rear area of head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 can be constructed of a flexible material and can be configured to conform to the shape of a user's head.

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may be connected to display unit housing 1205 . For example, top strap portion 1340 may be coupled to upper face 1230 . The top strap portion 1340 may also be coupled to the display unit housing 1205 near the rear end of the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may be coupled to forehead support 1360 . For example, top strap portion 1340 may be coupled to forehead support 1360 near the upper edge. Top strap portion 1340 may be connected to display unit housing 1205 through forehead support 1360 .

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may be connected to rear support portion 1350 . For example, top strap portion 1340 may be attached near an upper edge of rear support portion 1350 .

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may cover the frontal and parietal bones of the user's head.

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may extend along a sagittal plane as it extends between the front and back of head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 can exert a pulling force directed at least in part in an upward direction, which can be opposed to the force of gravity.

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 can apply tension that is at least partially oriented in a rearward direction, which can pull the interface structure 1100 toward the user's face (and provide a portion of the sealing force when the light shield 3304 acts as a seal-forming structure. ).

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may be adjustable to apply selective pulling force on display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 to secure the position of display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 and/or forehead support 1360 (as the case may be) may include at least one loop or eyelet 1254, and the top strap portion 1340 may pass through the eyelet 1254 and be folded in half upon itself. A user may select the length of top strap portion 1340 passing through eyelet 1254 in order to adjust the tension provided by positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, threading a greater length of top strap portion 1340 through eyelet 1254 may provide greater tension.

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may include an adjustment portion and a receiving portion. The adjustment portion can be positioned through the eyelet 1254 and can be coupled to the receiving portion (eg, by being folded in half on itself). The adjustment portion may comprise hook material and the receiving portion may comprise loop material (or vice versa) so that the adjustment portion may be removably retained in a desired position. In some examples, the hook material and loop material may be Velcro.

5.2.2.5 Rotation Control

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 and/or display screen 1220 may pivot relative to the user's face when the positioning and stabilizing structure is worn by the user. This may allow a user to view the physical environment while still wearing user interface 3000 . This may be useful for users who wish to take a break to view the virtual environment, but do not wish to leave the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 .

In some forms, a pivot connection 1260 may be formed between an upper portion of the display unit housing 1205 and the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, pivot connection 1260 may be formed on upper face 1230 of display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, pivot connection 1260 may be coupled to forehead support 1360 . The display unit housing 1205 can pivot about the lower edge of the forehead support 1360 .

In one form, the temporal link 1250 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 to allow the display unit housing 1205 to pivot.

In some forms, the pivot connection 1260 may be a ratchet connection and may retain the display unit housing 1205 in the raised position without additional user intervention.

5.2.3 Controller

As shown in FIG. 6 , some forms of head-mounted display system 1000 include a controller 1270 that may be engaged by a user to provide user input to the virtual environment and/or to control the operation of head-mounted display system 1000 . The controller 1270 may be connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 and provide the user with the ability to interact with a virtual object output from the head mounted display unit 1200 to the user.

5.2.3.1 Handheld Controller

In some forms, controller 1270 may comprise a handheld device and may be easily grasped by a user with one hand.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 may include two handheld controllers. The handheld controllers may be substantially identical to each other, and each handheld controller may be actuated by a respective hand of the user.

In some forms, a user may interact with the handheld controller to control and/or interact with virtual objects in the virtual environment.

In some forms, the handheld controller includes buttons actuatable by the user. For example, a user's finger can press a button while holding the handheld controller.

In some forms, the handheld controller may include directional controls (eg, joystick, control pad, etc.). The user's thumb is able to engage the directional controls while holding the handheld controller.

In some forms, the controller 1270 may be wirelessly connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 . For example, the controller 1270 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected via Bluetooth, Wi-Fi or any similar means.

In some forms, the controller 1270 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected with a wired connection.

5.2.3.2 Fixed controller

In some forms, at least a portion of controller 1270 may be integrally formed on display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, controller 1270 may include control buttons integrally formed on display unit housing 1205 . For example, control buttons may be formed on the upper face 1230 and/or the lower face 1232 so as to be engageable by the user's fingers when holding the user's palm against the lateral left or right face 1234, 1236 of the display unit housing 1205. Control buttons may also be arranged on other surfaces of the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, a user may interact with control buttons in order to control at least one operation of head mounted display system 1000 . For example, the control button may be an on/off button, which can selectively control whether the display screen 1220 is outputting an image to the user.

In some forms, the control buttons and head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected with a wired connection.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 may include both a handheld controller and control buttons.

5.2.4 Loudspeaker

Referring to FIG. 6 , in some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a sound system or speakers 1272 that may be connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 and may be positioned proximate to the user's ears to provide audible output to the user.

In some forms, the speakers 1272 may be positioned around the user's ears and may block or limit the user from hearing ambient noise.

In some forms, speaker 1272 may be wirelessly connected to head mounted display unit 1200 . For example, the speaker 1272 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected via Bluetooth, Wi-Fi or any similar means.

In some forms, speaker 1272 includes left and right ear transducers. In some forms, the left and right ear transducers may output different signals so that the user may hear a different volume and/or noise in one ear (e.g., the left ear) than the user hears in the other ear (e.g., the left ear). For example, the volume and/or noise heard in the right ear).

In some forms, the controller 1270 may be used to control the speaker 1272 (eg, the volume of the speaker 1272).

5.2.5 Power supply

Referring to FIG. 6 , some versions of the head mounted display system 1000 may include a power supply 1274 that may provide power to the head mounted display unit 1200 and any other electrical components of the head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the power supply 1274 may include a wired electrical connection couplable to an external power source, which may be secured to a particular location.

In some forms, power source 1274 may include a removable battery that may provide power to head mounted display unit 1200 . Portable batteries may allow greater mobility for users compared to wired electrical connections.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 and/or other electronic components of head mounted display system 1000 may include internal batteries and may be used without power source 1274 .

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 may include power supply 1274 in a location remote from head mounted display unit 1200 . Wires may extend from a remote location to the display unit housing 1205 to electrically connect the power source 1274 to the head mounted display unit 1200 .

In some forms, power source 1274 may be coupled to positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, power source 1274 may be permanently or removably coupled to a strap of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . Power source 1274 may be coupled to the rear of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 such that it may be generally opposite display unit housing 1205 and/or head mounted display unit 1200 . The weight of the power supply 1274 and the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 and the display unit housing 1205 can thus be spread throughout the head mounted display system 1000 rather than being concentrated at the front of the head mounted display system 1000 . Shifting weight to the rear of the head-mounted display system 1000 can limit the moment generated on the user's face, which can improve comfort and allow the user to wear the head-mounted display system 1000 for a longer period of time.

In some forms, the power source 1274 may be supported by the user away from the user's head. For example, the power source 1274 may be connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 and/or the display unit housing 1205 only through electrical connections (eg, wires). The power source 1274 may be stored in the user's pant pocket, on a belt clip, or in a similar manner to support the weight of the power source 1274. This removes the weight that needs to be supported by the user's head and can make wearing the head mounted display system 1000 more comfortable for the user.

In some forms, head mounted display unit 1200 may include a power source 1274 . For example, display unit 1220 may be a cellular telephone or other similar electronic device that includes internal power supply 1274 .

5.2.6 Control system

Referring to FIG. 6, some forms of head mounted display system 1000 include a control system 1276 to help control the output received by the user. In particular, control system 1276 may control visual output from display screen 1220 and/or audible output from speaker 1272 .

In some forms, the control system 1276 may include sensors that monitor different parameters (eg, in the physical environment) and communicate the measured parameters to the processor. The output received by the user may be influenced by the measured parameters.

In some forms, control system 1276 is integrated into head mounted display unit 1200 . In other forms, the control system 1276 is housed in a control system support 1290 that is separate from the head mounted display unit 1200 but connected (eg, electrically connected) to the head mounted display unit.

5.2.6.1 Power supply

In some forms, the control system 1276 may be powered by a power source 1274 , which may be at least one battery for powering the components of the control system 1276 . For example, sensors of control system 1276 may be powered by power supply 1274 .

In some forms, the at least one battery of power source 1274 may be low power system battery 1278 and main battery 7008 .

In some forms, a low power system battery 1278 may be used to power a real time (RT) clock 1282 of the control system 1276 .

5.2.6.1.1 Integrated Power Support Section

In some forms, battery support 1288 may support low power system battery 1278 and/or main battery 7008 . The battery supporting part 1288 can be directly supported on the head-mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, battery support 1288 may be disposed within display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, battery support 1288 may be disposed on positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, the battery support part 1288 may be coupled to the rear support part 1350 . The weight of the head mounted display system 1000 can be better balanced around the user's head. One form of battery support 1288 is a battery pack housing, which will be described in greater detail herein.

5.2.6.1.2 Remote power support unit

In some forms, battery support 1288 may support low power system battery 1278 and/or main battery 7008 . The battery support 1288 may be coupled to the user independently of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and/or the display unit housing 1205 (eg, it may be coupled via a belt clip). Battery support 1288 may also be supported away from the user's body (eg, if head mounted display system 1000 receives power from a computer or video game console). A tether may couple battery support 1288 to control system 1276 and/or other electronic devices. The positioning of the battery support may improve user comfort since the weight of the low power system battery 1278 and/or main battery 7008 is not supported by the user's head.

5.2.6.2 Orientation sensor

In some forms, the control system 1276 includes an orientation sensor 1284 that can sense the orientation of the user's body. For example, orientation sensor 1284 may sense when a user rotates their body and/or their head as a whole. In other words, orientation sensor 1284 may measure the angular position of the user's body (or any similar parameter). By sensing rotation, sensor 1284 may communicate with display screen 1220 to output a different image.

In some examples, external orientation sensors may be positioned in the physical environment where head mounted display system 1000 is worn by the user. External position sensors may track the movement of the user similarly to the orientation sensor 1284 described above. Using an external orientation sensor can reduce the weight that needs to be supported by the user.

5.2.6.2.1 Camera

In some forms, the control system 1276 may include at least one camera, which may be positioned to observe the user's physical environment.

In some forms, the orientation sensor 1284 is a camera that may be configured to observe the user's physical environment in order to determine the orientation of the user's head (eg, in the direction the user's head has been tilted).

In some forms, orientation sensor 1284 includes multiple cameras positioned throughout head mounted display system 1000 in order to provide a more complete view of the user's physical environment and more accurately measure the orientation of the user's head.

In some forms, a camera 1284 is coupled to the front 1238 of the display unit housing 1205 . Camera 1284 may be positioned so as to provide a "first person" view.

In some forms, the display screen 1220 can display the user's physical environment by using the camera 1284 so that the user can feel as if they are viewing their physical environment without assistance from the head mounted display system 1000 (i.e., a first-person view ). This may allow a user to move around their physical environment without removing the head mounted display system 1000 .

In one form, the virtual object may be displayed while the display screen 1220 is displaying the user's physical environment. Camera 1284 may allow head mounted display system 1000 to operate as an MR device. Control system 1276 may include a controller for switching operation between the VR device and the MR device.

5.2.6.3 Eye sensor

In some forms, the control system 1276 may include an eye sensor capable of tracking the movement of the user's eyes. For example, the eye sensor can measure the position of at least one of the user's eyes and determine in which direction at least one of the user's eyes is looking.

In some forms, control system 1276 may include two eye sensors. Each sensor may correspond to one eye of the user.

In some forms, these eye sensors may be disposed in or near lens 1240 .

In some forms, eye sensors may measure the angular position of a user's ear in order to determine visual output from display screen 1220 .

5.2.6.4 Processing system

In some forms, control system 1276 includes a processing system that can receive measurements from various sensors of control system 1276 .

In some forms, the processing system may receive measurements recorded by the orientation sensor 1284 and/or the eye sensor. Based on these measurements, the processor may communicate with the display screen 1220 to alter the image being output. For example, if the user's eyes and/or the user's head are pivoted in an upward direction, display screen 1220 may display an upper portion of the virtual environment (eg, in response to directions from the processing system).

5.3 Augmented Reality Display Interface

As shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B , a display device or head-mounted display system 1000 according to one aspect of the present technology includes the following functional aspects: a display screen 1220 , a display housing 3200 , and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . In some forms, functional aspects may be provided by one or more physical components. In some forms, one or more physical components may provide one or more functional aspects. In use, the display 3100 is positioned near and in front of the user's eyes to allow the user to view the display 3100 .

In other aspects, head mounted display system 1000 may also include interface structure 1100 , controller 1270 , speaker 1272 , power supply 1274 and/or control system 1276 . In some examples, these may be an integral part of the head mounted display system 1000, while in other examples these may be modular and incorporated into the head mounted display system 1000 according to the needs of the user.

5.3.1 Display unit

The head mounted display unit 1200 may include structures for providing observable output to a user. Specifically, the head mounted display unit 1200 is arranged to be held (eg manually, by positioning and stabilizing structures, etc.) in an operating position in front of the user's face.

In some examples, head mounted display unit 1200 may include display screen 1220 , display unit housing 1205 and/or interface structure 1100 . These components may be integrally formed in a single head-mounted display unit 1200 , or they may be detachable and selectively connected by a user to form the head-mounted display unit 1200 . Additionally, display screen 1220 , display unit housing 1205 and/or interface structure 1100 may be included in head mounted display system 1000 but may not be part of head mounted display unit 1200 .

5.3.1.1 Display screen

Some forms of head mounted display unit 1200 include a display screen 1220 as shown in FIG. 5A . Display screen 1220 may include electronic components that provide observable output to a user.

In one form of the present technology, shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B , a display screen 1220 provides an optical output viewable by a user. The optical output allows the user to observe the virtual environment and/or virtual objects.

The display screen 1220 may be located near the user's eyes so as to allow the user to view the display screen 1220 . For example, display screen 1220 may be positioned in front of the user's eyes. The display screen 1220 may display computer-generated images that may be viewed by the user in order to enhance the user's physical environment (eg, the computer-generated images may appear as if they are present in the user's physical environment).

In some forms, display screen 1220 is an electronic display. The display screen 1220 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD) or a light emitting diode (LED) screen.

In some forms, computer-generated images may be projected onto display screen 1220 .

In some forms, the display screen 1220 may extend wider than the distance between the user's pupils. The display screen 1220 may also be wider than the distance between the user's cheeks.

In some forms, display screen 1220 may display at least one image viewable by a user. For example, the display screen 1220 may display an image changed based on a predetermined condition (eg, lapse of time, user's movement, input from the user, etc.).

In some forms, portions of the display screen 1220 may only be visible to one eye of the user. In other words, a portion of the display screen 1220 may be positioned near and in front of only one eye of the user (eg, the right eye), and blocked from viewing from the other eye (eg, the left eye).

In one example, display screen 1220 may be divided into two sides (eg, left and right), and two images may be displayed at a time (eg, one image on either side).

Each side of the display screen 1220 may display similar images. In some examples, the images may be the same, while in other examples the images may be slightly different.

Together, the two images on the display screen 1220 can form a binocular display, which can provide a more realistic AR or MR experience to the user. In other words, the user's brain can process the two images from the display screen 1220 together into a single image. Providing two (eg, non-identical) images may allow the user to view virtual objects around them and expand their field of view within the virtual environment.

In some forms, display screen 1220 may be positioned so that both eyes of the user are visible. The display screen 1220 may output a single image at a time, which is visible to both eyes. This can simplify processing compared to the multi-image display screen 1220 .

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 includes single lens 1240 (eg, a monocular display). Lens 1240 can be positioned in front of both eyes (e.g., so that both eyes view images from display screen 1220 through lens 1240), or can be positioned in front of only one eye (e.g., when only one eye can view images from display screen 1220). when shifting the image of the screen 1220). This may be particularly useful in AR or MR, where the user may desire limited virtual stimulation and may wish to observe the physical environment without overlaid virtual objects.

In some forms, particularly when using display screen 1220 in an AR or MR environment, display screen 1220 may be turned off while the user continues to wear display screen 1220 and interact with the physical environment. This could allow users to selectively choose when to receive virtual stimuli and when to simply observe the physical environment.

In some forms, display screen 1220 may be transparent (or translucent). For example, the display screen 1220 can be glass so that the user can see through the display screen 1220 . This could be particularly beneficial in AR or MR applications, so that the user can continue to see the physical environment.

5.3.1.1.1 Optical lens

As shown in FIG. 5A , the display screen 1220 may be disposed within the lens 1240 . A user may view an image provided by the display screen 1220 through the lens 1240 . Lens 1240 may be transparent and/or translucent along with display screen 1220 such that a user may view their physical environment while looking through lens 1240 . In some examples, users are able to observe (eg, visually observe) their physical environment regardless of the presence or absence of computer-generated images output by display screen 1220 .

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 includes two lenses 1240, one for one eye of the user. In other words, each eye of the user can be viewed through a separate lens located in front of the corresponding pupil. Each lens 1240 may be identical, although in some examples one lens 1240 may be different (eg, have a different magnification) than the other lens 1240 . For example, lens 1240 may be a prescription lens 1240, and each eye of the user may have a different prescription.

In some forms, display screen 1220 may output two images simultaneously. Each eye of the user can only see one of the two images. Images may be displayed side by side on the display screen 1220 . Each lens 1240 allows each eye to view only images that are close to the corresponding eye. Users can view the two images together as a single image.

In some forms, each lens 1240 may include a separate display screen 1220 that outputs a different image. For example, different computer-generated images may be displayed to the user's eyes.

In one form, the user may control both, one, or none of the display screens 1220 to output simultaneously. This may be beneficial to the user if they wish to switch which eye is viewing the computer-generated image.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 includes single lens 1240 (eg, a monocular display). Lens 1240 can be positioned in front of both eyes (e.g., so that both eyes view images from display screen 1220 through lens 1240), or can be positioned in front of only one eye (e.g., when only one eye can view images from display screen 1220). when shifting the image of the screen 1220).

5.3.1.2 Display housing

In some forms of the present technology as shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B , the display unit housing 1205 provides a support structure for the display screen 1220 in order to maintain the position of at least some components of the display screen 1220 relative to each other, and may additionally The display screen 1220 and/or other components of the head mounted display unit 1200 are protected. The display unit housing 1205 may be constructed of a material suitable for providing impact protection to the display screen 1220 . The display unit housing 1205 may also contact the user's face, and may be constructed of a biocompatible material suitable to limit irritation to the user.

Display unit housing 1205 in accordance with some forms of the present technology may be constructed of a rigid, rigid, or semi-rigid material such as plastic.

In some forms, the rigid or semi-rigid material may be at least partially covered with a soft and/or flexible material (eg, textile, silicone, etc.). This may improve biocompatibility and/or user comfort, since at least a portion of the display unit housing 1205 that the user engages (eg, grasps with their hand) includes a soft and/or flexible material.

Other forms of display unit housing 1205 according to the present technology may be constructed of a soft, flexible, resilient material, such as silicone rubber.

In some forms, display screen 1220 may at least partially protrude from display unit housing 1205 . For example, unlike the VR head-mounted display system 1000 , the display screen 1220 in the AR (or MR) head-mounted display system 1000 may not be completely surrounded by the display unit housing 1205 . A user can directly view display screen 1220 and can view display screen 1220 (eg, if display screen 1220 is transparent or translucent).

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may support sensors or other electronics described below. The display unit housing 1205 can provide protection to the electronic device without substantially preventing a user from viewing the display screen 1220 .

5.3.1.3 Interface structure

As shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B , some forms of the present technology include an interface structure 1100 that is positioned and/or arranged to conform to the shape of a user's face and that can provide information to the user when wearing and/or using the head-mounted display system 1000 . Provides added comfort.

In some forms, interface structure 1100 is coupled to a surface of display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, an interface structure 1100 according to the present technology may be constructed of biocompatible materials.

In some forms, an interface structure 1100 in accordance with the present technology may be constructed of soft, flexible, and/or resilient materials.

In some forms, an interface structure 1100 according to the present technology may be constructed of silicone rubber and/or foam.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 may contact sensitive areas of the user's face, which may be an uncomfortable position. The material forming interface structure 1100 cushions these sensitive areas and limits user discomfort when head mounted display system 1000 is worn.

In some forms, these sensitive areas may include the user's forehead. Specifically, this may include areas of the user's head adjacent to the frontal bone, such as the cranial parietal muscles and/or the glabella. This area may be sensitive because there is limited natural cushioning from muscle and/or fat between the user's skin and bone. Similarly, the ridge of the user's nose may also include little or no natural cushioning.

In some forms, interface structure 1100 may comprise a single element. In some embodiments, interface structure 1100 may be designed for mass manufacturing. For example, interface structure 1100 can be designed to comfortably fit a variety of different facial shapes and sizes.

In some forms, interface structure 1100 may include different elements covering different regions of the user's face. Different portions of the interface structure 1100 may be constructed of different materials and provide different textures and/or cushioning to the user in different areas.

In some forms, interface structure 1100 may include nose pads (eg, as used in eyeglasses) that may contact the sides of a user's nose. The nose pads may apply slight pressure to the user's nose to maintain the position of the head-mounted display system 1000, but may not apply forces that cause significant discomfort (eg, the nose pads may not receive rearward tension).

5.3.2 Positioning and stabilizing structures

As shown in FIGS. 5A-5B , the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 of the head mounted display system 1000 of the present technology may be held in place by a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 during use.

In order to maintain the display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 in its correct operating position, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 ideally fits comfortably against the user's head in order to minimize facial marks and/or damage from prolonged use. Painful way to adapt to the load caused by the weight of the display unit. There is also a need to allow for a universal fit without sacrificing comfort, usability and manufacturing cost. Design criteria may include tunability over a predetermined range of low-touch simple setup solutions with low dexterity thresholds. Further considerations include catering to the dynamic environments in which head mounted display system 1000 may be used. As part of the immersive experience of the virtual environment, the user can communicate, ie speak, while using the head mounted display system 1000 . In this way, the user's jaw or mandible can move relative to the other bones of the skull. Additionally, the entire head may move during use of the head mounted display system 1000 . For example, the movement of the user's upper body and, in some cases, the lower body, and specifically, movement of the head relative to the upper and lower body.

In one form, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 provides retention to overcome the effects of gravity on display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 .

In one form of the present technology, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is provided that is configured in a manner consistent with comfortable wearing by a user. In one example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 has a smaller side or cross-sectional thickness to reduce the sensed or actual bulk of the instrument. In one example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes at least one strap with a rectangular cross-section. In one example, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes at least one flat strap.

In one form of the present technology, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is provided that is configured not to be too large and bulky to prevent a user from comfortably moving their head side to side.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 comprises a strap constructed from a laminate of a fabric user contact layer, an inner foam layer, and an outer fabric layer. In one form, the foam is porous to allow moisture (eg, sweat) to pass through the strap. In one form, the skin contacting layer of the strap is formed from a material that helps wick moisture away from the user's face. In one form, the fabric outer layer includes loop material for engaging the hook material portion.

In some forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a strap that is extendable, eg, elastically extendable. For example, the straps may be configured to be tensioned in use, and the guiding force pulls the display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 toward a portion of the user's face, particularly near the user's eyes and in line with their field of view. In one example, the strap may be configured as a strap.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a first tether constructed and arranged such that in use at least a portion of the lower edge of the first tether passes over the upper ear of the user's head. base and covers part of the parietal bone but not the occiput.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a second strap constructed and arranged such that, in use, at least a portion of the upper edge of the second strap passes the lower ear of the user's head. base and covers or is located below the occipital bone of the user's head.

In one form of the present technology, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a third tether constructed and arranged to interconnect the first and second tethers to reduce the tension between the first and second tethers. The tendency for laces to separate from each other.

In some forms of the present technology, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes straps that are bendable and, for example, non-rigid. An advantage of this is that the strap is more comfortable relative to the user's head.

In some forms of the present technology, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes straps configured to be breathable to allow moisture to be transported through the straps,

In some forms of the present technology, a system is provided that includes more than one positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, each positioning and stabilizing structure configured to provide retention to correspond to a different range of sizes and/or shapes. For example, the system may include one form of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that is suitable for large sized heads but not small sized heads, and another form of positioning and stabilizing structure suitable for small sized heads, not for large sized heads.

In some forms, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include cushioning material (eg, a foam pad) for contacting the user's skin. The cushioning material may provide increased wear resistance to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, especially if the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is constructed of a rigid or semi-rigid material.

5.3.2.1 Temporal connectors

As shown in Figure 5B, some versions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 include temporal links 1250, each of which, in use, may cover a respective one of the user's temporal bones. In use, a portion of the temporal connector 1250 is in contact with the area of the user's head near the supra-auricular attachment point (ie, above each user's ear).

Temporal links 1250 may be lateral to positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, as each temporal link 1250 is positioned on the left or right side of the user's head.

In some forms, the temporal link 1250 can extend in an anterior-posterior direction, and can be substantially parallel to the sagittal plane.

In some forms, temporal connector 1250 may be coupled to display unit housing 1205 . For example, the temporal connector 1250 may be connected to the side of the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the temporal link 1250 may be arranged, in use, to extend generally along or parallel to the Frankfort level of the head and above the cheekbones (eg, above the user's cheekbones).

In some forms, the temporal connectors 1250 may be positioned against the user's head, similar to the arms of eyeglasses, and positioned better than the reverse helix of each respective ear.

In some forms, temporal link 1250 may have a generally elongated and planar configuration. In other words, each time connector 1250 is longer than thick (direction into the plane of the paper) and wider (direction from top to bottom in the plane of the paper).

In some forms, each temporal link 1250 may have a three-dimensional shape with curvature in all three axes (X, Y, and Z). While the thickness of each temporal link 1250 may be substantially uniform, its height varies throughout its length. The purpose of the shape and size of each temporal link 1250 is to closely conform to the user's head so as to remain unobtrusive and maintain a low profile (eg, without looking overly bulky).

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be constructed from a rigid or semi-rigid material, which may include plastic, Hytre (thermoplastic polyester elastomer), or other similar materials. Rigid or semi-rigid materials may be self-supporting and/or capable of retaining their shape without being worn. This may make it more intuitive or obvious to the user how to use the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and may be in contrast to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 being completely floppy and not retaining its shape. Leaving temporal link 1250 in use prior to use may prevent or limit deformation while positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is donned by the user, and allows the user to quickly install or don head-mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the temporal link 1250 may be a rigid member, which may allow for more efficient (eg, direct) translation of tension through the temporal link 1250, since the rigid member limits elongation or deformation of the arm in use. Amplitude.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be designed such that the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 'pops out of the case' and generally enters its use configuration. Furthermore, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be arranged to retain its in-use shape once ejected from the case (eg, because rigid members may be formed to maintain the shape of some or portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300). Advantageously, the orientation of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is clear to the user, since the shape of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally curved, much like the back of the user's head. That is, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally dome-shaped.

In some forms, flexible and/or resilient material may be disposed around the rigid or semi-rigid material of temporal link 1250 . The flexible material may fit more comfortably against the user's head in order to improve wear resistance and provide soft contact with the user's face. In one form, the flexible material is a fabric sleeve that is permanently or removably coupled to each temporal link 1250 .

In one form, the fabric may be overmolded onto at least one side of the rigid member. In one form, the rigid member can be formed separately from the elastic member, and then a protective cover of user-contacting material (eg, Breath-O-Prene ^™ ) can be wrapped or slipped over the rigid member. In alternative forms, the user contacting material may be provided to the rigid member by adhesive, ultrasonic welding, sewing, hook and loop material and/or a stud connection.

In some forms, the user-contacting material may be on both sides of the rigid member, or may be only on the user-contacting side (eg, the user-contacting side) of the rigid member to reduce material bulk and cost.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 is constructed of a flexible material (eg, fabric) that may be comfortable against the user's skin and may not require additional layers for added comfort.

Some versions of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include only temporal link 1250 . The temple attachment 1250 may be shaped like the temple or arm of glasses, and may rest against the user's head in a similar manner. For example, the temporal arm 3304 may provide a force directed toward the side of the user's head (eg, toward the corresponding temporal bone).

5.3.2.2 Rear support part

As shown in FIG. 5B, some forms of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a rear support, such as rear support portion 1350, to help support display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 close to the user's eyes. Rear support 1350 can help anchor display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 to the user's head so as to properly orient display screen 1220 proximate to the user's eyes.

In some forms, rear support 1350 may be coupled to display unit housing 1205 via temporal connector 1250 .

In some forms, the temporal link 1250 may be directly coupled to the display unit housing 1205 and the rear support 1350 .

In some forms, rear support 1350 may have a three-dimensional contour curve to fit the shape of the user's head. For example, the three-dimensional shape of the rear support portion 1350 may have a generally circular three-dimensional shape adapted to cover a portion of the parietal and occiput bones of the user's head in use.

In some forms, rear support 1350 may be the rear of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . The rear support 1350 may provide an anchoring force directed at least in part in a forward direction.

In some forms, rear support portion 1350 is the lowermost portion of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, rear support 1350 may contact the area of the user's head between the occiput and trapezius muscles. Posterior support 1350 may hook against the lower edge of the occipital bone (eg, the occiput). The rear support portion 1350 may provide an upwardly and/or anteriorly directed force to maintain contact with the user's occiput.

In some forms, the rear support portion 1350 is the lowest portion of the entire head mounted display system 1000 . For example, rear support 1350 may be positioned at the base of the user's neck (e.g., covering the occiput and trapezius muscles lower than the user's eyes) such that rear support 1350 is lower than display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the rear support portion 1350 can include a cushion material that can contact the user's head (eg, covering the area between the occiput and trapezius muscles). The padding material can provide additional comfort to the user and limit marks caused by the rear support 1350 being pulled toward the user's head.

5.3.2.3 Forehead support

As shown in Figures 5A and 5B, some versions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a forehead support 1360 which, in use, may contact the user's head above the user's eyes. For example, forehead support 1360 may cover the frontal bones of the user's head. In some forms, forehead support 1360 may also be higher than the sphenoid and/or temporal bones. This may also position the forehead support 1360 higher than the user's eyebrows.

In some forms, forehead support 1360 may be a front portion of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and may be positioned further forward on the user's head than any other portion of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . Rear support 1350 may provide at least a portion of the force directed in a rearward direction.

In some forms, forehead support 1360 may include a cushioning material (eg, fabric, foam, silicone, etc.) that may contact the user and may help limit marking caused by the straps of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . The forehead support 1360 and the interface structure 1100 can work together to provide comfort to the user.

In some forms, forehead support 1360 may be separate from display unit housing 1205 and may contact the user's head at a different location (eg, a higher location) than display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, forehead support 1360 can be adjusted to allow positioning and stabilizing structure 3000 to adapt to the shape and/or configuration of the user's face.

In some forms, temporal link 1250 may be coupled to forehead support 1360 (eg, on the side of forehead support 1360). Temporal link 1250 may extend at least partially in an inferior direction for coupling to rear support 1350 .

In some forms, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include multiple pairs of temporal links 1250 . For example, a pair of temporal links 1250 may be coupled to forehead support 1360 and a pair of temporal links 1250 may be coupled to display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, forehead support 1360 may be presented at an angle generally parallel to the user's forehead to provide improved comfort to the user. For example, forehead support 1360 may position the user in an orientation overlying the frontal bones, and substantially parallel to the coronal plane. Positioning the forehead support substantially parallel to the coronal plane can reduce the likelihood of decubitus ulcers that may result from uneven presentation.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be offset from the rear support that contacts the rear area of the user's head (eg, the area covering the occiput and trapezius muscles). In other words, the axis along the rear straps will not intersect the forehead support 1360, which can be positioned lower and more forward than the axis along the rear straps. The resulting offset between forehead support 1360 and rear straps may create a moment opposing the gravitational force of display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 . A greater offset can create a greater moment and thus be more helpful in maintaining the proper position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 . The offset can be increased by moving the forehead support 1360 closer to the user's eyes (e.g., further forward and lower along the user's head) and/or increasing the angle of the rear straps so that they are more vertical .

5.3.2.4 Adjustable straps

Portions of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be adjustable to apply selective tension on display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 to fix the position of display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may include at least one loop or eyelet 1254, and the at least one temporal link 1250 may pass through the loop and be folded in half on itself. The user may select the length of the strap through the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 of the corresponding eyelet 1254 in order to adjust the tension. For example, threading a longer length of wire through eyelet 1254 can provide greater pulling force.

In some forms, at least one of the temporal links 1250 can include an adjustment portion 1256 and a receiving portion 1258 . The adjustment portion 1256 can be positioned through the aperture 1254 on the display unit housing 1205 and can be coupled to the receiving portion 1258 (eg, by being folded in half on itself). Adjustment portion 1256 may comprise hook material and receiver portion 1258 may comprise loop material (or vice versa) such that adjustment portion 1256 may be removably retained in a desired position. In some examples, the hook material and loop material may be Velcro.

In some forms, the strap may be constructed at least in part of a flexible and/or elastic material, which may conform to the shape of the user's head and/or may allow the adjustment to pass through the eyelet 1254 . For example, the adjustment portion 1256 can be made of elastic fabric, which can provide elastic tension. The remainder of the temporal link 1250 may be constructed of the rigid or semi-rigid materials described above (although it is contemplated that additional portions of the temporal link 1250 may also be constructed of flexible materials).

5.3.2.4.1 Top Strap

In some forms, positioning and stabilizing structure 3000 may include top strap portion 1340, which may cover the upper region of the user's head.

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may extend between the front of head mounted display system 1000 and the rear area of head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 can be constructed of a flexible material and can be configured to conform to the shape of a user's head.

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may be connected to display unit housing 1205 . For example, top strap portion 1340 may be coupled to upper face 1230 . Top strap portion 1340 may also be coupled to display housing 3528 near the rear end of display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may be coupled to forehead support 1360 . For example, top strap portion 1340 may be coupled to forehead support 1360 near the upper edge. Top strap portion 1340 may be connected to display unit housing 1205 through forehead support 1360 .

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may be connected to rear support portion 1350 . For example, top strap portion 1340 may be attached near an upper edge of rear support portion 1350 .

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may cover the frontal and parietal bones of the user's head.

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may extend along a sagittal plane as it extends between the front and back of head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 can exert a pulling force directed at least in part in an upward direction, which can be opposed to the force of gravity.

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may be adjustable to apply selective pulling force on display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 to secure the position of display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 and/or forehead support 1360 may include at least one loop or eyelet 1254, and the top strap portion 1340 may pass through the eyelet 1254 and be folded in half upon itself. A user may select the length of top strap portion 1340 passing through eyelet 1254 in order to adjust the tension provided by positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, threading a greater length of top strap portion 1340 through eyelet 1254 may provide greater tension.

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may include an adjustment portion and a receiving portion. The adjustment portion can be positioned through the eyelet 1254 and can be coupled to the receiving portion (eg, by being folded in half on itself). The adjustment portion may comprise hook material and the receiving portion may comprise loop material (or vice versa) so that the adjustment portion may be removably retained in a desired position. In some examples, the hook material and loop material may be Velcro.

5.3.2.5 Rotation Control

In some forms, display unit housing 1205 and/or display screen 1220 may pivot relative to the user's face when positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is worn by the user. This may allow a user to view the physical environment without viewing through the head mounted display unit 1200 (eg, without viewing computer generated images). This may be useful for users who wish to take a break to view the virtual environment, but do not wish to leave the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 .

In some forms, pivot connection 1260 may be coupled to temporal connection 1250 . The head mounted display unit 1200 may be able to pivot about an axis extending between the temporal links 1250 (eg, a substantially horizontal axis which in use may be substantially perpendicular to the Frankfurt horizon).

In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 includes a pair of arms 1210 that extend away from the display screen 1220 (eg, in a cantilever configuration), and which in use may extend in a rearward direction.

In some forms, the pair of arms 1210 can extend at least partially along the temporal link 1250 and can be connected to the temporal link 1250 at a pivot connection 1260 .

In some forms, the pivot connection 1260 may be a ratchet connection and may retain the display unit housing 1205 in the raised position without additional user intervention.

In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 may include a neutral position (see eg FIG. 5B ; substantially horizontal in use) and a pivoted position (eg, pivoted relative to a horizontal axis in use).

In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot relative to the temporal link 1250 between about 0° and about 90°. In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot relative to the temporal link 1250 between about 0° and about 80°. In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot relative to the temporal link 1250 between about 0° and about 70°. In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot relative to the temporal link 1250 between about 0° and about 60°. In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot relative to the temporal link 1250 between about 0° and about 50°. In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot relative to the temporal link 1250 between about 0° and about 45°. At least in its maximum pivot position, the display screen 1220 may be better than the user's eyes so that the user does not have to see through the display screen 1220 to view the physical environment.

5.3.3 Controller

As shown in FIG. 6 , some forms of head-mounted display system 1000 include a controller 1270 that may be engaged by a user to provide user input to the virtual environment and/or to control the operation of head-mounted display system 1000 . The controller 1270 may be connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 and provide the user with the ability to interact with a virtual object output from the head mounted display unit 1200 to the user.

5.3.3.1 Handheld Controller

In some forms, controller 1270 may comprise a handheld device and may be easily grasped by a user with one hand.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 may include two handheld controllers. The handheld controllers may be substantially identical to each other, and each handheld controller may be actuated by a respective hand of the user.

In some forms, a user may interact with the handheld controller to control and/or interact with virtual objects in the virtual environment.

In some forms, the handheld controller includes buttons actuatable by the user. For example, a user's finger can press a button while holding the handheld controller.

In some forms, the handheld controller may include directional controls (eg, joystick, control pad, etc.). The user's thumb is able to engage the directional controls while holding the handheld controller.

In some forms, the controller 1270 may be wirelessly connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 . For example, the connector 1270 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected via Bluetooth, Wi-Fi or any similar means.

In some forms, the controller 1270 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected with a wired connection.

5.3.3.2 Fixed controller

In some forms, at least a portion of controller 1270 may be integrally formed on display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, controller 1270 may include control buttons integrally formed on display unit housing 1205 . For example, control buttons may be formed on the upper face 1230 and/or the lower face 1232 so as to be engageable by the user's fingers when holding the user's palm against the lateral left or right face 1234, 1236 of the display unit housing 1205. Control buttons may also be arranged on other surfaces of the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, a user may interact with control buttons in order to control at least one operation of head mounted display system 1000 . For example, the control button may be an on/off button, which can selectively control whether the display screen 1220 is outputting an image to the user.

In some forms, the control buttons and head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected with a wired connection.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 may include both a handheld controller and control buttons.

In some forms, it may be preferable to have only control buttons in an AR or MR device. While wearing the AR or MR head-mounted display system 1000, users can interact with their physical environment (eg, move around, use tools, etc.). Therefore, users may prefer to keep their hands free of the controller 1270.

5.3.4 Loudspeaker

As shown in FIG. 6, some forms of head mounted display system 1000 include a sound system or speakers 1272 that may be connected to head mounted display unit 1200 and may be positioned proximate to the user's ears to provide audible output to the user.

In some forms, the speakers 1272 are positioned around the user's ears and may block or limit the user from hearing ambient noise.

In some forms, speaker 1272 may be wirelessly connected to head mounted display unit 1200 . For example, the speaker 1272 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected via Bluetooth, Wi-Fi or any similar means.

In some forms, speaker 1272 includes left and right ear transducers. In some forms, the left and right ear transducers may output different signals so that the user may hear a different volume and/or noise in one ear (e.g., the left ear) than the user hears in the other ear (e.g., the left ear). For example, the volume and/or noise heard in the right ear).

In some forms, the controller 1270 may be used to control the speaker 1272 (eg, the volume of the speaker 1272).

5.3.5 Power supply

As shown in FIG. 6 , some versions of head mounted display system 1000 may include a power supply 1274 that may provide power to head mounted display unit 1200 and any other electrical components of head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the power supply 1274 may include a wired electrical connection couplable to an external power source, which may be secured to a particular location.

In some forms, power source 1274 may include a removable battery that may provide power to head mounted display unit 1200 . Portable batteries may allow greater mobility for users compared to wired electrical connections.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 and/or other electronic components of head mounted display system 1000 may include internal batteries and may be used without power source 1274 .

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 may include power supply 1274 in a location remote from head mounted display unit 1200 . Wires may extend from a remote location to the display unit housing 1205 to electrically connect the power source 1274 to the head mounted display unit 1200 .

In some forms, power source 1274 may be coupled to positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, power source 1274 may be permanently or removably coupled to a strap of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . Power source 1274 may be coupled to the rear of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 such that it may be generally opposite display unit housing 1205 and/or head mounted display unit 1200 . Therefore, the weight of the power supply 1274 and the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 and the display unit housing 1205 can be spread over the head mounted display system 1000 instead of being concentrated at the front of the head mounted display system 1000 . Shifting weight to the rear of the display interface can limit the moment generated on the user's face, which can improve comfort and allow the user to wear the head mounted display system 1000 for a longer period of time.

In some forms, the power source 1274 may be supported by the user away from the user's head. For example, the power source 1274 may be connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 and/or the display unit housing 1205 only through electrical connections (eg, wires). The power source 1274 may be stored in the user's pant pocket, on a belt clip, or in a similar manner to support the weight of the power source 1274. This removes the weight that needs to be supported by the user's head and can make wearing the head mounted display system 1000 more comfortable for the user.

5.3.6 Control system

In some forms, the control system 1276 may be powered by a power source 1274 (eg, at least one battery) for powering components of the control system 1276 . For example, sensors of control system 1276 may be powered by power supply 1274 .

In some forms, the at least one battery of power source 1274 may be low power system battery 1278 and main battery 7008 .

In some forms, a low power system battery 1278 may be used to power a real time (RT) clock 1282 of the control system 1276 .

5.3.6.1.1 Integrated Power Support Section

In some forms, battery support 1288 may support low power system battery 1278 and/or main battery 7008 . The battery supporting part 1288 can be directly supported on the head-mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, battery support 1288 may be disposed within display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, battery support 1288 may be disposed on positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, the battery support part 1288 may be coupled to the rear support part 1350 . The weight of the head mounted display system 1000 can be better balanced around the user's head.

5.3.6.1.2 Remote power support unit

In some forms, battery support 1288 may support low power system battery 1278 and/or main battery 1280 . The battery support 1288 may be coupled to the user independently of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and/or the display unit housing 1205 (eg, it may be coupled via a belt clip). Battery support 1288 may also be supported away from the user's body (eg, if head mounted display system 1000 receives power from a computer or video game console). A tether may couple battery support 1288 to control system 1276 and/or other electronic devices. The positioning of the battery support may improve user comfort since the weight of the low power system battery 1278 and/or main battery 7008 is not supported by the user's head.

5.3.6.2 Orientation sensor

In some forms, the control system 1276 includes an orientation sensor 1284 that can sense the orientation of the user's body. For example, orientation sensor 1284 may sense when a user rotates their body and/or their head as a whole. In other words, orientation sensor 1284 may measure the angular position of the user's body (or any similar parameter). By sensing rotation, sensor 1284 may communicate with display screen 1220 to output a different image.

In some examples, external orientation sensors may be positioned in the physical environment where head mounted display system 1000 is worn by the user. External position sensors may track the movement of the user similarly to the orientation sensor 1284 described above. Using an external orientation sensor can reduce the weight that needs to be supported by the user.

5.3.6.2.1 Camera

In some forms, the control system 1276 may include at least one camera, which may be positioned to observe the user's physical environment.

In some forms, orientation sensor 1284 is a camera that may be configured to observe the user's physical environment in order to measure and determine the orientation of the user's head (eg, in the direction the user's head has been tilted).

In some forms, orientation sensor 1284 includes multiple cameras positioned throughout head mounted display system 1000 in order to provide a more complete view of the user's physical environment and more accurately measure the orientation of the user's head.

5.3.6.3 Eye sensor

In some forms, the control system 1276 may include an eye sensor capable of tracking the movement of the user's eyes. For example, the eye sensor can measure the position of at least one of the user's eyes and determine in which direction at least one of the user's eyes is looking.

In some forms, control system 1276 may include two eye sensors. Each sensor may correspond to one eye of the user.

In some forms, these eye sensors may be disposed in or near lens 1240 .

In some forms, eye sensors may measure the angular position of a user's ear in order to determine visual output from display screen 1220 .

In some forms, the user's eyes can act as controllers, and the user can move their eyes to interact with virtual objects. For example, a virtual cursor may follow the position of the user's eyes. Eye sensors may track and measure the movement of the user's eyes and communicate with processing system 1286 (described below) to move the virtual cursor.

5.3.6.4 Processing system

In some forms, control system 1276 includes a processing system 1286 (eg, a microprocessor) that can receive measurements from various sensors of control system 1276 .

In some forms, the processing system 1286 may receive measurements recorded by the orientation sensor 1284 and/or the eye sensor. Based on these measurements, the processor may communicate with the display screen 1220 to alter the image being output. For example, if the user's eyes and/or the user's head are pivoted in an upward direction, display screen 1220 may display an upper portion of the virtual environment (eg, in response to directions from processing system 1286).

5.4 Head-mounted display systems, which may include separate battery packs

7A-7C, 8, 9, 21A-21E, 23A-23D, 28A-28E, 31A-31B, 32A-32C, and 33 illustrate examples of a head mounted display system 1000 . In these particular examples, head mounted display system 1000 is configured for use as a virtual reality (VR) headset. The head mounted display system 1000 in each of these examples includes a head mounted display unit 1200 and a battery pack 1500 . The head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display configured for VR. The battery pack 1500 is configured to power the head mounted display system 1000 . Although various features are described herein in the context of a head-mounted display system 1000 that includes a battery pack 1500 separate from the head-mounted display unit 1200, it should be understood that unless the context requires otherwise, Each feature is also applicable in a head-mounted display system 1000 that does not include a battery pack 1500 separate from the head-mounted display unit, or that includes a battery pack 1500 located elsewhere than behind the user's head.

Each head mounted display system 1000 includes a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 configured to hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in front of the user's eyes so that the display is viewable by the user in use. The head mounted display unit 1200 may also be configured to hold the battery on the back of the user's head during use.

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage the rear of the user's head, the rear support portion 1350 in these examples includes a parietal bone strap portion configured to cover the parietal bones of the user's head in use 1310 and an occipital strap portion 1320 configured to cover or underlie the occiput of the user's head in use.

In these examples, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 also includes a pair of side strap portions 1330 configured to connect between rear support portion 1350 and head-mounted display unit 1200, each side strap portion configured to Located in use on the corresponding side of the user's head.

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may further include a top strap portion 1340 configured to be connected between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200 . The top strap portion 1340 may be configured to cover the upper portion of the user's head in use.

5.4.1 Parietal strap

In the examples shown in FIGS. 7A-7C, 8, 9, 21A-21E, 23A-23D, 28A-28E, 31A-31B, 32A-32C, and 33, the parietal bone strap portion 1310 can be positioned relative to the The part 1340 moves in the front-rear direction. That is, the user is able to move parietal strap portion 1310 through a range of positions on their head without moving parietal strap portion 1340 . The ability to move parietal strap portion 1310 may advantageously allow a user to spread parietal strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 1320 apart without moving parietal strap portion 1340 . Deploying parietal strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 3120 may advantageously create hoop stress within the loop formed by these two portions, thereby providing a secure fit with the back surface of the user's head. In particular, the angle between the parietal strap portion 1310 and the occipital strap portion 1320 can be adjusted by the user.

In this example, parietal bone strap portion 1310 passes under parietal strap portion 1340 . By passing underneath, parietal strap portion 1310 may advantageously be able to securely (eg, sufficiently tightly) engage the user's head without restricting the ability of parietal strap portion 1340 to move in the anteroposterior direction.

As shown particularly in FIGS. 7B and 7C , top strap portion 1340 may be threaded through buckle 1312 connected to parietal bone strap portion 1310 . Buckle 1312 may be configured to limit lateral movement of top strap portion 1340, which may advantageously keep top strap portion 1340 centered on the user's head in use. In an example, the buckle 1312 is located in the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. In this example, buckle 1312 is substantially rigid and may be formed, for example, from a thermoplastic material. Buckle 1312 may alternatively be formed from a flexible material, such as a fabric material.

In other examples, parietal bone strap portion 1310 may be immovable relative to parietal strap portion 1340 . In some examples, parietal bone strap portion 1310 is fixedly connected to parietal strap portion 1340 .

5.4.2 Top strap part

As shown particularly in FIGS. 7A and 7B , in an example, top strap portion 1340 is connected to occipital strap portion 1320 .

In this example, top strap portion 1340 is adjustable in length. This may advantageously allow a user to achieve a more secure, stable and/or comfortable fit while wearing the head mounted display system 1000 . The top strap portion 1340 may be adjustable in length between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the battery pack 1500 . Alternatively or additionally, the length of the top strap portion 1320 can be adjusted between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the occipital strap portion 1320 .

In an example, the top strap portion 1340 is connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 through eye holes 1202 which are connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 and looped back and secured to itself. An end of top strap portion 1340 may be secured to another portion of top strap portion 1340 by a hook and loop fastener connection.

In the example shown in FIGS. 7A and 8 , outer layer 1341 of top strap portion 1340 is configured to pass through eyelet 1202 and looped back and secured onto itself. However, the user-facing layer 1344 does not pass through the aperture. User-facing layer 1344 remains in contact with the user's head. Top strap portion 1340 may be substantially inextensible.

As shown in FIGS. 7A and 8 , top strap portion 1340 includes a layered construction. That is, top strap portion 1340 may be formed from multiple layers. In these examples, the top strap portion 1340 includes a substantially inextensible layer 1343 that prevents the top strap portion 1340 from extending in length (optionally along with also preventing the top strap portion 1340 from extending in length). Extended other components or layers together). As shown in FIGS. 7A and 8 , the front end of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 is spaced from the head mounted display unit along the length of the top strap portion. This may advantageously allow the length of the top strap portion 1340 to be adjusted without the head mounted display unit 1200 interfering with the substantially inextensible layer 1343 .

In these examples, the top strap portion includes a fabric user-facing layer 1344 . That is, user-facing layer 1344 may be formed from a fabric material. Additionally or alternatively, top strap portion 1340 may include a fabric outer layer 1341 .

In the example shown in FIGS. 7A-7C and FIG. 8 , the top strap portion 1340 includes a power cable 1510 that connects the battery pack 1500 to the head-mounted display unit 1200 for transmission from the battery pack to the head-mounted display unit 1200 in use. The display unit 1200 provides power. The battery pack 1500 can power the display and other electronic components. In these examples, power cable 1510 is inside top strap portion 1340 .

22A-22D illustrate another example of the present technology where power cable 1510 is inside top strap portion 1340 . In an example, power cable 1510 may be inserted by a user through the interior of top strap portion 1340 . In particular, power cable 1510 may be inserted through top strap portion 1340 between substantially inextensible layer 1343 and outer layer 1341 . FIG. 21E shows positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in an exploded state, and FIGS. 21A and 21C show head mounted display system 100 assembled. 21B is a cross-sectional view showing the interior of top strap portion 1340 with internal power cable 1510 visible.

5.4.3 Front and rear of top strap

Fig. 33 shows another example of the present technology. In an example, top strap portion 1340 includes front portion 1345 and rear portion 1346 . The rear portion 1346 is configured to engage a user's head in use. However, the front portion 1345 is configured not to engage the user's head in use. Front portion 1345 is spaced from the user's head. Advantageously, the spacing partially or completely prevents the front portion 1345 from pinching, striking or otherwise disturbing the hair on the user's head in the area of use where the front portion 1345 is located.

Excessive compression or interference with the user's hair can lead to a lack of comfort during use or drowsiness when the user takes the head-mounted display system off. A top strap portion 1340 having a front portion 1345 that does not engage the user's head (eg, does not press against the user's head) in use may at least partially address these issues or problems. The amount of contact the front portion 1345 has with a particular user's hair will depend on the length and style of the user's hair. The front portion 1345 may not engage the user's head, but the user's hair may still contact the front portion 1345 if the user has sufficiently long hair length and/or hairstyle. However, because the front portion 1345 does not engage the user's head, it does not overly compress, interfere with, or disturb the user's hair.

By, for example, not making contact with the user's head (e.g., if the user does not have hair, it will not be in contact with the user's skin), by not pressing against, wrapping around and/or fitting on and/or in the user's head Applying force on the portion, the front portion 1345 may not engage the user's head. By contact with the user's head (for example, if the user does not have hair it will be in contact with the user's skin), by pressing against, wrapping and/or fitting and/or exerting force on the user's head, the posterior 1346 may engage the user's head.

As shown in FIG. 33 , in a particular example, top strap portion 1340 includes a shape with a bend between rear portion 1346 and front portion 1345 . The top strap portion 1340 may be shaped to follow the curvature of the user's head in the rear portion 1346 of the top strap portion 1340 and to deviate from the curvature of the user's head in the front portion 1345 of the top strap portion 1340 . In some examples, top strap portion 1340 is reinforced to support front portion 1345 in spaced relation to the user's head. Front portion 1345 may be spaced superiorly from the edge of the user's head, forehead and/or frontal bone area.

As shown in FIG. 33 , the front portion 1345 is curved downward toward the head mounted display unit 1200 . Additionally, front portion 1345 of top strap portion 1340 may extend in a partially upward direction from rear portion 1346 of top strap portion 1340 (eg, from front end 1347 of rear portion 1346 ).

Front portion 1345 of top strap portion 1340 may be connected to rear portion 1346 of top strap portion 1340 at front end 1347 of rear portion 1346 .

In various examples of the present technology, front end 1347 of rear portion 1346 may be located in a number of different positions relative to the user's head. The front end 1347 may be located behind the fringe region of the user's head. For example, the front end 1347 may, in use, be located between the marginal region of the user's head and the coronal suture. In some examples, the front end 1347 is located in use on the back of the frontal bone of the user's head. In some examples, the front end 1347 is, in use, located near a coronal plane of the user's head, which is aligned with each upper ear cardinal point of the user's head. In some examples, the front end 1347 is located behind a coronal plane aligned with each upper ear base point of the user's head, in use. In some examples, the forward end 1347 of the posterior portion 1346 may be located proximate to the parietal bone strap portion 1310 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 3300 in use. As above, top strap portion 1340 may include a bend. The bend may be located at or near the front end 1347 of the rear portion 1346 , such as shown in FIG. 33 .

As shown in FIG. 33 , the top strap part 1340 is connected between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the battery pack 1500 for powering the head mounted display system 1000 . The battery pack 1500 may be positioned against the back surface of the user's head in use. Top strap portion 1340 may advantageously transfer the downward gravitational force of battery pack 1500 to the upward support force on head mounted display unit 1200 as opposed to the downward gravitational force of head mounted display unit 1200 .

The length of the top strap portion 1340 may be adjustable. As shown in FIG. 33 , the top strap portion 1340 is configured to connect to the head mounted display unit 1200 through an eyelet 1202 that is connected to the display unit housing 1205 of the head mounted display unit 1200 and looped back and secured to itself ( such as by hook and loop fasteners or buckles). In particular, user-facing layer 1344 of top strap portion 1340 is configured to pass through eyelet 1202 and looped back and secured to itself (eg, by hook and loop fasteners, buckle, or the like). In a particular example, the outer layer of top strap portion 1340 does not pass through eyelet 1202 .

User-facing layer 1344 may be a user-contact layer (eg, it may be a user-contact layer) or a non-user-contact layer (eg, it may be a non-user-contact layer). Some or all of the user-facing layer 1344 may contact the user (eg, against the user's hair/head). At least some of the user-facing layers 1344 may not contact the user and/or may not engage the user's head. For example, in positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 of FIG. 33 , a portion of user-facing layer 1344 (eg, front portion 1345 ) does not contact the user (eg, it is spaced from the user's head). Additionally, in the example of FIG. 33 , a portion of user-facing layer 1344 (eg, back 1346 ) contacts the user (eg, it contacts the user's hair/head).

Top strap portion 1340 (eg, both front portion 1345 and rear portion 1346 ) can be substantially inextensible and can include a layered construction. In the example shown in FIG. 33 , top strap portion 1340 includes a substantially inextensible layer 1343 . In this example, substantially inextensible layer 1343 at least partially reinforces top strap portion 1340 . In some examples (such as the example of FIG. 33 and in other examples), the substantially inextensible layer can function as a rigidizer. For example, substantially inextensible layer 1343 may stiffen top strap portion 1340 by imparting shape to top strap portion 1340 . It should be understood that a stiffened strap may still be bendable, but may be stiffened in the sense that it is self-supporting or more rigid than the soft strap portion. Substantially inextensible layer 1343 extends along both front portion 1345 and rear portion 1346 . The substantially inextensible layer 1343 can stiffen the front portion 1345 to support the front portion 1345 in spaced relation to the user's head. That is, the front portion 1345 may be rigidized such that it is supported away from the user's head such that it does not engage the user's head in use. As shown in FIG. 33 , the forward end of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 is spaced apart from the head mounted display unit 1200 along the length of the top strap portion 1340 . For example, there is a gap between the front end of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 and the head mounted display unit 1200 . In some examples, top strap portion 1340 includes fabric user-facing layer 1344 . In some examples, top strap portion 1340 includes a fabric outer layer, eg, covering substantially inextensible layer 1343 .

In some examples, the top strap portion 1340, which includes a front portion 1345 that does not engage the user's head, includes a strap for connecting the battery pack 1500 to the head-mounted display unit 1200 to transfer from the battery pack 1500 to the head-mounted display unit 1200 in use. 1200 provides power cables 1510 (not shown in FIG. 33 ). The power cable 1510 may be inside the top strap portion 1340 . For example, a user may insert power cable 1510 through the interior of top strap portion 1340 . In some examples, the power cable 1510 can be inserted through the top strap portion 1340 between the substantially inextensible layer 1343 and the fabric outer layer.

Substantially inextensible layer 1343 may be part of adjustment stiffness 1380 . The accommodation rigidizer 1380 is described below with features applicable to the accommodation rigidizer forming the substantially inextensible layer 1343 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIG. 33 .

It should be understood that the top strap portion 1340 described with reference to FIG. 33 (e.g., the top strap portion 1340 having a front portion 1345 that does not engage the user's head in use) may have any other exemplary top strap portion described herein. any one or more of the features described above. Likewise, the top strap portion 1340 having the front portion 1345 that does not engage the user's head may be applied to any of the other head-mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

5.4.4 Battery Pack

As shown in the example in FIG. 7A , battery pack 1500 in some examples of the present technology is connected to top strap portion 1340 at upper location 1501 and lower location 1502 . In other examples, battery pack 1500 may be connected to top strap portion 1340 at only one of these locations and/or to a different component.

Positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be configured to hold battery pack 1500 (or other weight) in a low position on the user's head. In some examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to hold the battery pack 1500 in a position covering the occiput of the user's head in use. In some examples of the present technology, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to hold battery pack 1500 proximate to the occiput of the user's head and at or proximate to the vertical axis of rotation of the user's head. Supporting the battery pack 1500 in a low position on the user's head may allow the battery pack 1500 to be positioned close to the rotational axis of the user's head, given that the back surface of the user's head curves inwardly (forward and downward) toward the user's spine . The axis of rotation may be at or near the user's spine. Supporting the battery pack as close as possible to the axis of rotation of the user's head can advantageously keep damaging forces on the battery pack low when the user rotates or moves their head violently, such as during gaming.

In the example of FIG. 7A , battery pack 1500 is removably attached to top strap portion 1340 . The battery pack 1500 may be connected to the top strap portion 1340 by a hook and loop connection. Alternatively, the battery pack 1500 may be connected via buttons, studs (eg, domes), or the like. In an example, the battery pack 1500 is connected to the top strap portion 1340 at a lower location 1502 proximate to the occipital strap portion 1320 .

Attaching battery pack 1500 in this manner may advantageously allow parietal strap portion 1310 and/or occipital strap portion 1320 to engage the user's head without being obstructed by battery pack 1500 .

The battery pack 1500 may include a concave inner surface configured to generally correspond to the curvature of a user's head.

22A-22C illustrate battery packs 1500 according to various examples of the present technology, which are suitable for use in, for example, FIGS. - In the head-mounted display system 1000 shown in 32C and 33 . The rear surface of the user's head is indicated at 1010 to illustrate the location of use of each battery pack 1500 and its internal components. In these examples, as shown in the various views, battery pack 1500 includes a battery pack housing 1505 and a plurality of battery cells 1502 housed within housing 1505 . The battery cells 1502 may be spaced equidistantly within the battery pack housing 1505 from the front wall of the battery pack housing 1505, as shown in FIG. 22A. One of the plurality of battery cells 1502 may be farther from the front wall of the battery pack housing 1505 than the other battery cell or cells 1502, as shown in Figure 22B. Spacing the unit 1502 further back may advantageously enable the battery pack 1500 to generate greater torque to counteract the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 . Alternatively or additionally, each of the plurality of battery cells 1502 may be spaced apart from the front wall of the battery pack housing 1505, as shown in Figure 22C.

The battery pack housing may contain a counterweight 1512 configured to facilitate weight balance between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1500, as shown in Figure 22C. In the example of FIG. 22C , the battery pack housing 1505 is spaced from the back surface 1010 of the user's head (in the particular example by a pad 1511 , which may be designed for comfort). The counterweight 1512 may be a net weight formed of metal, water, sand, or other dense material in a permanent or removable configuration. In some examples, the battery pack 1500 may be replaced by only counterweights, such as if the battery is located in the head mounted display unit 1200 . The battery pack housing 1505 may also include supports to increase the offset distance from the rear surface 1010 of the user's head.

FIG. 62A shows a head-mounted display system 1000 according to another example of the present technology. Similar to other examples disclosed herein, it includes a head-mounted display unit 1200 and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that includes a rear support portion 1350 that includes a parietal strap portion 1310 and an occipital strap portion 1320 , the occipital strap portion is connected to a pair of side strap portions 1330 that are connected to the arms 1210 of the head mounted display unit 1200 at the eyelets 1212 . Also like other examples described herein, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes top strap portion 1340 and battery pack 1500 . Top strap portion 1340 includes a user-facing layer 1344 and a substantially inextensible layer 1343 . In an example, both the user-facing layer 1344 and the substantially inextensible layer 1343 of the top strap portion 1340 are connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 .

As also shown in FIG. 62A , the battery pack 1500 is in an example connected to the top strap portion 1340 on the upper side (e.g., the upper end) of the battery pack 1500 and is connected (or connectable) to the occipital strap portion on the lower side of the battery pack 1500 1320. An example is one in which top strap portion 1340 is not connected to occipital strap portion 1320 . In an example, battery pack 1500 is connected to occipital strap portion 1320 by lower battery pack strap portion 1515 . Lower battery pack strap portion 1515 may be releasably connected to occipital strap portion 1320 by a hook and loop connection, snap studs, magnetic clips, or other suitable fasteners. In other examples, lower battery pack strap portion 1515 may be permanently connected to occipital strap portion 1320 .

In the example of FIG. 62A , head-mounted display system 100 includes pad 1511 configured to contact the rear surface of the user's head, which may be a partially rear-facing and partially upward-facing surface, or in some examples a partially rear-facing and partially upward-facing surface. A partially downward facing surface. The battery pack housing 1505 is spaced apart from the back surface of the user's head by a pad 1511 . Pad 1511 may be formed from silicone or foam, which may make the presence of battery pack 1500 more comfortable for the user. In an example, the battery pack housing 1505 is placed against the pad, which itself is placed against the user's head. Pad 1511 may conform to the user's head and evenly distribute the force exerted by battery pack 1500 on the user's head over a large surface area.

5.4.4.1 Vertically Oriented Battery Packs

In some examples, such as those described with reference to FIGS. For example, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to maintain battery pack 1500 in a vertical orientation in use. Battery pack 1500 may have a length, width and depth. Length, width and depth may be substantially perpendicular to each other. It should be appreciated that battery pack 1500 may be curved along its length (eg, as shown in FIG. 62A ) and/or may not have, eg, a uniform width or depth. Battery pack 1500 may generally be longer than it is wide or deep.

As shown in many of the figures referenced above, the positioning and stabilizing structures are configured to maintain the battery pack 1500 in an orientation in which the length of the battery pack 1500 is substantially vertically aligned in use. The length of the battery pack may be aligned with the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. Since the majority of the weight of the battery pack 1500 is supported in use by the top strap portion 1340, a battery pack 1500 that is longer than its width and oriented such that the length axis is substantially vertical can advantageously provide a stable fit because the battery pack 1500 More of the weight is aligned directly under the connection to the top strap than on either side of it.

5.4.4.2 Horizontally Oriented Battery Packs

In FIG. 62A and many other illustrative examples of the present technology described herein, the parietal bone strap portion 1310 is configured to cover the parietal bones at a posterior and superior location on the user's head. That is, the parietal strap portion 1310 is configured such that in use it is spaced from the junction between the parietal and frontal bones (e.g., the coronal suture) and is also spaced from the junction between the parietal and occipital bones (e.g., the lambda suture). ) spaced apart the sagittal plane through the user's head. In such an example, the parietal strap portion 1310 may be at an oblique angle relative to the side strap portions 1330, such as at a 45 degree angle or therearound, rearwardly and upwardly from its connection with each side strap portion 1330 extend. In some examples, the parietal strap portion 1310 may intersect the sagittal plane of the user's head at a location approximately equidistant from the coronal and lambda sutures.

However, in other examples of the present technology, such as the example shown in FIG. 62B , the parietal strap portion 1310 is configured in use at or near the junction between the parietal and occipital bones (e.g., at the lambda suture or Nearby) covers the area of the user's head. For example, in use, the parietal bone strap portion 1310 may be located near and over the lambda sutures on the user's head. In an example, the parietal strap portion 1310 may intersect the sagittal plane of the user's head in a posterior position rather than a superior posterior position (as in the example of FIG. 62A ). As shown in Figure 62B, the parietal strap portion 1310 and the side strap portions 1330 may be configured to lie in a common plane in use. Parietal strap portion 1310 may extend rearwardly from its connection with each lateral strap portion 1330 in a direction parallel to the lateral strap portions.

In the example of Figure 62B, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to maintain battery pack 1500 in a horizontal orientation in use. As noted above, battery pack 1500 in various examples may have a length, width, and depth, with the length being greater than the width and depth. In the example of FIG. 62B , positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to maintain battery pack 1500 in an orientation in which the length of battery pack 1500 is substantially horizontally aligned in use. As shown, in use, the length of the battery pack 1500 may be aligned parallel to the parietal strap portion 1310 . Battery pack 1500 may be attached to parietal bone strap portion 1310 . For example, battery pack 1500 is supported by parietal strap portion 1310 . In some examples, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include additional straps (eg, battery pack support straps) that support battery pack 1500, holding it against the back of the user's head. Additional straps may be attached, for example, to side strap portions 1330 or parietal strap portions 1310 and may be placed against the rear surface of battery pack 1500 or may be attached to the sides or ends of battery pack 1500 .

5.4.4.3 Battery pack connection

As described elsewhere, battery pack 1500 may be attached to top strap portion 1340 of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 at upper location 1501 and lower location 1502 . As shown in FIG. 7A , in some examples of the present technology, lower location 1502 is located at or near the posterior inferior end of top strap portion 1340 and/or at or near occipital strap portion 1320 . 68A and 68B illustrate an alternative example of the present technology in which the lower end of the top strap portion 1340 is connected to the occipital strap portion 1320 and the battery pack 1500 is connected to the top strap portion 1340 at a lower location 1502 above the occipital strap. The straps are spaced apart. As shown in Figure 68B, when the headgear is tightened, the lower portion of the top strap portion 1340 is then free to deform inwardly towards the patient's occipital region, which provides a stable fit. This deformation may occur when the user puts on the head mounted display system 1000 and/or when the occipital strap portion 1320 or another strap portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is tightened.

68C and 68D illustrate another example of the present technology in which a battery pack 1500 is connected to top strap portion 1340 at pivot connection 1516, with battery pack 1500 being able to pivot about a horizontal axis. The battery pack 1500 is also connected to the top strap at an upper location 1501 and a lower location 1502 . In an example, battery pack 1500 is connected to top strap portion 1340 by spring elements at upper location 1501 and lower location 1502 . The spring element may be any connection that elastically connects the battery pack 1500 to the top strap portion 1340 . The top strap portion 1340 is rigid (e.g., by the rigid substantially inextensible layer 1343), but can be elasticized when the straps of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 are tightened or fitted to the user's head. out of shape. The spring elements may slightly resist the compliance of the top strap portion 1340 with the user's head to provide elastic tension in the straps. The ability of top strap portion 1340 to elastically deform without being constrained to the shape of battery pack 1500 may advantageously allow top strap portion 1340 to adapt to a range of head shapes and sizes. Figure 68C shows the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 during assembly to a small size head, while Figure 68D shows the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 during assembly to a medium size head. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 deforms less when fitted to a large sized head as compared to a small sized head. The battery pack 1500 (or other counterweight) can be held in a stable position by the pivot connection 1516, while spring elements at the upper position 1501 and the lower position 1502 prevent it from rotating.

5.4.5 Rigid parietal and/or occipital girdle

Referring also to the example shown in FIG. 62A, parietal bone strap portion 1310 may comprise a layered construction. The parietal strap portion may be substantially inextensible. The parietal bone strap portion 1310 may be able to bend to conform to the shape of the user's head, but not transmit forces along the parietal bone strap portion 1310 . In the example of FIG. 62A , parietal bone strap portion 1310 includes user contact layer 1318 and substantially inextensible layer 1317 . User contact layer 1318 may be formed of a fabric material and may be formed of the same material as user contact layer 1344 of top strap portion 1340 and/or side strap portion 1330 . Substantially inextensible layer 1317 may be formed from a material that does not extend in length under the forces experienced in use of the head-mounted display system, and may be composed of the same substantially inextensible layer 1343 of top strap portion 1340. material formed. As shown, the forward end of the substantially inextensible layer 1317 of the parietal strap portion 1310 may be located at or near the junction between the parietal strap portion 1310 and the occipital strap portion 1320 .

The occipital strap portion 1320 may also include a layered construction. The occipital strap portion 1320 may also be substantially inextensible. As shown, the occiput strap portion 1320 includes a user contact layer 1328 and a substantially inextensible layer 1327 . User contact layer 1328 may be formed from a textile material. The forward end of the substantially inextensible layer 1327 of the occipital strap portion 1320 may be located at or near the junction between the parietal strap portion 1310 and the occipital strap portion 1320 .

The substantially inextensible layer 1317 of the parietal strap portion 1310 may be connected at one or both ends to the substantially inextensible layer 1327 of the occipital strap portion 1320, such as by adhesive, overmolding, welding, or by being integral with each other. The substantially inextensible layers 1317 and 1327 of the two strap portions 1310 and 1320 are formed.

The substantially non-extensible or "stiffened" parietal strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 1320 can provide a stable rear support portion 1350 because the parietal strap portion 1310 and the occipital strap portion 1320 are less likely to fall apart in use. The head is turned up or down.

5.4.6 Elastic strap part

In some examples of the present technology, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include one or more elastic strap portions. These elastic strap portions may supplement or replace any one or more strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 described herein. FIG. 62C shows a head-mounted display system 1000 that includes the same features as the head-mounted display system 1000 shown in FIG. 62A. Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIG. 62C includes elastic strap portions forming side strap portions 1330 . In a particular example, head mounted display system 1000 includes arm 1210 connected to head mounted display unit 1200 at pivot point 1213 . The side strap part 1330 formed of an elastic material is connected to the arm 1210 and/or the head mounted display unit 1200 . The elastic material may be, for example, knitted or braided and configured to extend in length under tension and have a tendency to return to a rest length. In some examples, side strap portions 1330 are formed from both elastic strap portions and non-elastic strap portions, the elastic strap portions covering the non-elastic strap portions. The non-elastic strap portion may be connected to the parietal strap portion 1310 and the occipital strap portion 1320 .

Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a parietal elastic strap portion 1331 configured to, in use, lie over the parietal bones of the user's head. In this particular example, battery pack 1500 is located between parietal bone elastic strap portion 1331 and the user's head (also separated by pad 1511). Parietal elastic strap portion 1331 may help hold battery pack 1500 against the user's head and/or help hold head mounted display unit 1200 against the patient's face.

Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in this example includes an occipital elastic strap portion 1333 configured to be positioned, in use, to cover the occiput of the user's head. Occipital strap portion 1333 may be located on occipital strap portion 1320 and may help anchor positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 on the back of the user's head.

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a pair of guides on respective sides of the user's head, such as near and above the user's ears. Each guide can be located at or near the junction of the parietal strap portion 1310 and the occipital strap portion 1320 . The elastic strap portion may pass through a guide which may advantageously hold the elastic strap portion over the user's ear. The junction between the parietal elastic strap portion 1331 and the occipital elastic strap portion 1333 may be located at or near the guide.

It should be appreciated that in some examples, positioning and stabilizing structure 1330 includes elastic straps only in lateral strap portions 1330, only in parietal elastic strap portions 1331, only in occipital elastic strap portions 1333, and/or any combination thereof belt department.

5.4.7 Replaceable Top Strap Attached to Head Mounted Display Unit

67A and 67B illustrate a head-mounted display system 1000 according to another example of the present technology. In this example, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes top strap arm 1365 connecting top strap portion 1340 to head mounted display unit 1200 . There are two top strap arms 1365 in this example. The top strap arms 1365 may be substantially rigid or at least rigid enough that they can retain their shape in use and can support the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 . That is, the top strap arm 1365 may transfer the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 to the top strap portion 1340 . The top strap portion 1340 may resist the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 by anchoring to the back of the user's head or utilizing a counterweight (eg, battery pack 1500 ) located behind the user's head.

Top strap arm 1365 may be connected to head mounted display unit 1200 at pivot point 1213 , and head mounted display unit 1200 may be able to pivot relative to top strap arm 1365 . The top strap portion 1340 is connected to the head-mounted display unit 1200 at pivot points 1213 on each side thereof, and when the top strap portion 1340 is tightened (for example, if its effective length is adjusted), it can advantageously Rotational forces on the head mounted display unit 1200 are avoided. As shown, top strap arms 1365 can extend forward, sideways, and downward from top strap portion 1340 and connect to the sides of head mounted display unit 1200 .

As shown in FIGS. 67A and 67B , in addition to top strap arms 1365 , positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may also include side strap portions 1330 that connect to head mounted display unit 1200 at pivot point 1213 . In some examples, side strap portions 1330 are configured to elastically extend under tension. In other examples, side strap portions 1330 are substantially inextensible. In a further example, the head mounted display system 1000 may include an arm 1210 to which the side strap portion 1330 is connected. Arm 1210 may be as described in any of the examples disclosed herein.

5.4.8 Power cable strapping part

As described above, the head mounted display system 1000 may include the power cable 1510 connected between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200 . Figures 25A-25C and 26A-26B illustrate such examples. The power cable 1510 may be located within the top strap portion 1340 in use ( FIGS. 25B and 25C ) or may be located next to the top strap portion 1340 in use ( FIG. 25A ).

In the example shown in FIGS. 26A-26B , the power cable 1510 is attached to a power cable strap portion 1520 proximate to the head mounted display unit 1200 . The power cable tie portion 1520 of the example is extendable in length. The serpentine portion of the power cable 1510 is connected to the power cable tie portion 1520 in a serpentine pattern such that the power cable tie portion 1520 and the serpentine portion of the power cable 1510 extend in length. Additionally, in these examples, power cable 1510 is attached to parietal bone strap portion 1320 .

5.4.9 Power cable management

27 and 28A-28E show a further example of the present technology, where a power cable 1510 connects the head mounted display unit 1200 and the battery pack 1500 . As described herein, the head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display unit housing 1205 including a display and an interface structure 3800 constructed and arranged to be in opposing relationship to and engage a user's face.

As shown in FIG. 27 , the power cable 1510 may enter the display unit housing 1205 outside the perimeter of the interface structure 3800 . In this example, the display unit housing 1205 includes a rearwardly facing side (visible in FIG. 27 ) and an interface structure 3800 extending rearwardly from the rearwardly facing side. The rear facing side may be larger than the perimeter of the interface structure 3800 allowing the power cable 1510 to enter the display unit housing 1205 through the opening 1206 in the rear facing side of the display unit housing 1205 .

In the example of FIG. 27 , the opening 1206 is inside the perimeter of the display unit housing 1205 . More specifically, the rearward facing side of the display unit housing 1205 in this example comprises a rectangular shape and the interface structure 3800 comprises a circular shape. The openings 1206 in the rearward facing side are located near the corners of the rectangular shape of the rearward facing side.

58A and 58B illustrate a portion of a head mounted display 1200 in another example of the present technology. In an example, the opening 1206 is provided at the periphery of the display unit housing 1205 .

Head mounted display unit 1200 may include one or more power cable retention features 1207 that may be configured to constrain the position and/or orientation of power cable 1510 within display unit housing 1205 . In the example shown in FIGS. 58A and 58B , head mounted display unit 1200 includes two power cable retention features 1207 . In other examples, there may be one, three or more power cable retention features 1207 . Power cable retention feature 1207 may be an annular rigid portion through which power cable 1510 passes. Each power cable retention feature 1207 may be in the form of a closed loop through which the power cable 1510 is passed, or may be in the form of an open loop into which the power cable 1510 is pressed such that the loop snaps around the power cable 1510 . The power cable retention feature 1207 can hold the power cable 1510 in place within the display unit housing 1205 and can absorb forces that may be exerted on the power cable 1510 to prevent those forces from being transmitted to the power cable 1510 and the head mounted display 1200 connections between electronic components within.

28A-28E show an example of a head-mounted display system 1000 having a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 including a rear support 1350 comprising a rear support 1350 configured to cover the user's head in use. Parietal strap portion 1310 of the parietal bone of the head, and occipital strap portion 1320 configured to cover or under the occiput of the user's head in use. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 also includes a pair of side strap portions 1330 configured to be connected between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200, each side strap portion configured to be positioned between the user and the head mounted display unit 1200 in use. on the corresponding side of the head. In addition, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a top strap portion 1340 configured to be connected between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200, the top strap portion 1340 configured to cover the sides of the user's head in use. upper part.

In each of these examples, power cable 1510 extends from battery pack 1500 along top strap portion 1340 (e.g., attached to, otherwise secured to, or aligned with) to head-mounted display unit 1200 (as in FIG. 28A ). shown).

Power cable 1510 may extend from battery pack 1500 to head mounted display unit 1200 along one of parietal strap portion 1310 and side strap portion 1330 (as shown in FIGS. 28B and 28C ). The power cable 1510 may be connected to the head-mounted display unit (as shown in FIG. 28C ) at its side-facing face.

Power cable 1510 may extend along one of occipital strap portion 1320 and side strap portion 1330 (as shown in FIG. 28D ). The power cable 1510 may include slack configured to allow movement between the head-mounted display unit 1200 and the battery pack 1500 (eg, during active use, adjustment, or transportation), as shown in each of FIGS. 28C and 28E . Show.

5.4.10 Retractable power cables

In some examples of the present technology, such as the example shown in FIG. 8 , a portion of power cable 1510 is located within battery pack 1500 and is capable of extending from and retracting into battery pack 1500 . This may advantageously allow the length of top strap portion 1340 to be adjusted without affecting the position of battery pack 1500 and/or occipital strap portion 1320 . Retractable power cables 1510 may also be incorporated into other examples, such as any of the other head-mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

One or more layers of top strap portion 1340 may be partially located within battery pack 1500 and may be extended from and retracted into battery pack 1500 along with power cable 1510 .

As shown in FIG. 8 , in an example, the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 is positioned within the battery pack 1500 and can be extended from and retracted into the battery pack 1500 along with the power cable 1510 . Additionally, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 of the top strap portion 1340 is positioned within the battery pack 1500 and is capable of being extended from and retracted into the battery pack 1500 along with the power cable 1510 . In other examples, such as the example shown in Figure 7A, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 is located between the battery pack 1500 and the user's head. In an example (and in the example shown in FIG. 7A ), the user contact layer 1344 of the top strap portion 1340 is located between the battery pack 1500 and the user's head.

The portion of power cable 1510 located within battery pack 1500 and the portion of top strap portion 1340 located within battery pack 1500 may form one or more layers of top strap portion 1340 that can be extended and retracted from battery pack 1500 to the battery pack. to adjust the length of the top strap portion 1340 between the battery pack 1500 and the head-mounted display unit 1200 . That is, one or more layers of power cable 1510 and top strap portion 1340 may form a retractable portion that a user may extend from and retract from battery pack 1500 into the battery pack. The retractable portion may include, for example, an outer layer 1341 , a power cable 1510 , and a substantially inextensible layer 1343 . The user-facing layer 1344 may not form part of the retractable portion. A user-facing layer 1344 may be located between the battery pack 1500 and the user's head. User-facing layer 1344 may be separate from one or more other layers of top strap portion 1340 . The battery pack 1500 can slide over the user-facing layer 1344 (and any other layer not located within the battery pack 1500) to enable adjustment of the length of the top strap portion 1340 between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200 And/or enable adjustment of the position of the battery pack 1500 on the user's head.

In some examples of the present technology, the retractable portion of the top strap portion 1340 is movable relative to the battery pack 1500 between a plurality of predetermined positions at which the retractable portion can be positioned relative to the battery pack 1500 1500 fixed. For example, the retractable portion is movable relative to the battery pack 1500 between three positions corresponding to small, medium, and large sizes. A user may adjust top strap portion 1340 to a selected one of these dimensions. In some examples, top strap portion 1340 may be secured to head mounted display unit 1200 . In the example shown in FIG. 8 , the top strap portion 1340 is adjustable at the head-mounted display unit 1200 in that the user can pull more or less of the top strap portion 1340 (or at least some of them) through the eyelet 1202. end of outer layer 1341). A user can make coarse adjustments to the length of top strap portion 1340 by varying the amount of top strap portion 1340 within the battery pack, and can make fine adjustments by varying the amount of top strap portion 1340 pulled through eyelet 1202 . Accordingly, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can provide two mechanisms for adjusting the length of top strap portion 1340, which can include a coarse adjustment mechanism and a fine adjustment mechanism.

In other examples, the retractable portion of top strap portion 1340 is capable of continuous movement relative to battery pack 1500 within a range of possible positions. The retractable portion may be held in place by a locking mechanism such as a spring loaded buckle or other latch, or may be held in place by tension in the top strap portion 1340 in use.

5.4.11 Arm

As shown in FIGS. 7A , 8 and 9 , the head-mounted display unit 1200 includes a display unit housing 1205 and a pair of arms 1210 extending from the display unit housing 1205 . In each example, side strap portions 1330 of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 are each connected to a respective one of arms 1210 . The features of the arms described herein may also be incorporated into other examples, such as any of the other head mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

As shown in each of FIGS. 7A , 8 and 9 , each side strap portion 1330 is connected to a rear end of a corresponding one of the pair of arms 1210 . As shown in FIGS. 7A, 8 , in this example, each side strap portion 1330 passes through an eyelet 1212 at the rear end of the corresponding arm 1210 and is fastened back onto itself.

As shown in FIG. 9 , in an example, each side strap portion 1330 is connected to a respective one of the pair of arms 1210 near the front end of the arm 1210 . Specifically, each side strap portion 1330 is threaded through eyelet 1214 at or near the rear end of the respective arm 1210 and through hole 1216 near the front end of the arm and secured to arm 1210 . As shown, each side strap portion 1330 is fastened to a side facing side of the corresponding arm 1210 in the example. As shown in FIG. 9 , an end 1332 of each side strap portion 1330 is secured to arm 1210 . Side strap portions 1330 may be fastened to corresponding arms 1210 by a hook and loop fastening arrangement, by one or more of a series of domes, or by another suitable mechanism. In other examples, arm 1210 may include a spring-loaded buckle or other latch that prevents retraction of side strap portion 1330 through aperture 1216 .

In each of the examples shown in FIGS. 7A , 8 and 9 , each of the pair of arms 1210 is pivotable relative to the display unit housing 1205 . Each arm 1210 may be covered with a fabric material. Each arm 1210 may be covered by a tubular fabric material.

FIG. 21D illustrates a pair of arms 1210 according to another example of the present technology. Each arm 1210 has an eyelet 1214 (in the example in the form of an open slot into which the strap portion can slide) and a hole 1216 through which the strap portion can be pulled and fastened back onto itself or configured. on another part for attachment.

29A-29D illustrate an arm 1210 according to another example of the present technology. As shown in FIGS. 29A , 29B and 29C , each side strap portion 1330 may be fastened within the arm 1210 to its own exposed portion. Ends 1332 of side strap portions 1330 are fastened back onto side strap portions 1330 as shown in each of FIGS. 29A , 29B, and 29C. As shown in FIGS. 29B and 29C , the eyelet 1214 at or near the rear end of the arm 1210 is partially open, allowing the strap 1330 to move in/out of the eyelet 1214 in a lateral direction relative to the strap 1330 . In some examples, as shown in FIG. 29D , each arm 1210 is covered in a sock, and each side strap portion 1330 (eg, end 1332 thereof) is fastened to the sock (eg, by hook and loop type fastening).

As shown in FIGS. 30A and 30B , in some examples, each arm 1210 includes a substantially rigid portion 1217 overmolded onto a fabric portion 1218 . In these examples (or in other examples), a strap connected to arm 1210 may include features that prevent strap passage, such as a widened portion of the strap.

5.4.12 Adjusting Rigid Parts

Figures 21A-21E and Figures 23A-23E illustrate a head-mounted display system 1000 according to further examples of the present technology, although features are shared with the examples shown in Figures 7A-7C, 8 and 9, all will not be repeated. These. The following description will focus on the differences. Figures 24A, 24C and 24D illustrate an adjustment rigidity 1380 which will be described below. FIG. 24B shows positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 having parietal strap portion 1310 , occipital strap portion 1320 , and parietal strap portion 1340 configured for use with accommodation rigidizer 1380 . Adjustment rigidity 1380 as described herein may also be applied to other examples, such as any of the other head-mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

In the example shown in FIGS. 21A-21E and 23A-23D , the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a side strap portion 1330 configured to connect to the arm 1210 . In other examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a resilient member configured as a cover attached to the arm 1210 and connected via a buckle connection and/or hook and loop fastening.

Referring to Figures 21A-21E, 23A-23D, and 24A-24D, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can include an adjustment rigidity 1380 that includes a substantially inextensible member. In these examples, adjustment rigidity 1380 is configured to couple to occipital strap portion 1320 . Adjustment rigidizer 1380 may be configured to reduce the length of occipital strap portion 1320 .

The occipital strap portion 1320 can include three or more occipital strap attachment points 1323, and the adjustment rigidizer 1380 can be selectively attached to the first pair 1323 of the occipital strap attachment points 1323 and the second pair 1323 of the occipital strap attachment points 1323 . When the adjustment rigidizer 1380 is connected to the first pair of occipital strap connection points 1323, the occipital strap portion can have a first effective length (eg, corresponding to a small size). When the adjustment rigidizer 1380 is connected to the second pair of occipital strap connection points 1323, the occipital strap portion can have a second effective length that is longer than the first effective length. (e.g. corresponding to large size). Different connection options allow the user to vary the effective length of the strap portion to obtain a good fit when using the head mounted display system 1000 .

In some examples, adjustment rigidizer 1380 constrains occipital strap portion 1320 to a first effective length when adjustment rigidizer 1380 is connected to first pair of occipital strap connection points 1320 .

As shown in FIGS. 24A , 24C, and 24D , the adjustment rigidity 1380 includes a pair of adjustment rigidity connection points 1383 configured to connect to the occipital strap connection points 1323 . The occipital strap portion 1320 shown in FIG. 24B includes four occipital strap connection points 1323 (in this example, two points 1323a correspond to the standard size and two points 1323b correspond to the large size).

The second pair of occipital strap attachment points 1323b may be located intermediate the first pair of occipital strap attachment points 1323a.

In other examples, occipital strap portion 1320 may include a left portion that is separate from a right portion, and adjustment rigidity 1380 is configured to connect the left and right portions.

Referring again to Figures 21A-21E, 23A-23D, and 45A-45D, the adjustment rigid member 1380 in these examples includes a central rigid portion 1381 and a pair of lateral rigid portions 1382 extending laterally from the central rigid portion 1381, the adjustment rigid member connection points 1383 is located on transverse rigid portion 1382 . In these examples, one adjustment rigid member connection point 1383 is located on each lateral rigid portion 1382 .

In these examples, the intermediate rigid portion 1381 is configured, in use, to be located at the juncture between covering the user's occiput and covering the user's parietal bone. More specifically, the central rigid portion 1381 is configured to sit on or near the user's frontal bones on the user's head, cover the junction between the user's parietal bones, and connect to the occipital strap portion 1320 .

Adjustment rigidizer 1380 may form part of the top strap portion of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, as shown. The adjustment rigidizer can form the substantially inextensible layer 1343 of the top strap portion 1340 .

In the example shown in FIGS. 21A-21E , adjustment rigidity 1380 is permanently attached within top strap portion 1340 . In particular, adjustment rigidizer 1380 is permanently attached to user-facing layer 1344 of top strap portion 1340 . The top strap portion 1340 may be foldable, eg, at the hinge area, for transport.

In each of the examples shown in FIGS. 21A-21E and 23A-23D , the battery pack is configured to connect to the adjustment rigidity 1380 . Additionally, the power cable 1510 is located between the adjustment rigidizer 1380 and the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 in use. The power cable 1510 is insertable between the adjustment rigidizer 1380 and the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 .

In the example shown in FIGS. 23A-23D , adjustment rigidity 1380 can be separated from user-facing layer 1344 of top strap portion 1340 , as shown in particular in FIG. 23D . In this example, adjustment stiffness 1380 may be interposed between user-facing layer 1344 and outer layer 1341 of top strap portion 1340 . Adjustment rigidity 1380 is configured to be attached to user-facing layer 1344 . In particular, adjustment rigidity 1380 includes hook material 1384 configured to form a hook and loop connection to user-facing layer 1344 of top strap portion 1340 . Adjustment rigidity 1380 may be collapsible, eg, at the hinge area, for transport.

The power cable 1510 may be permanently attached to the adjustment rigid member 1380, as shown in Figure 23D. Additionally, battery pack 1500 may be permanently attached to adjustment rigidity 1380 (eg, using screws or otherwise permanently attached).

In the example shown in FIGS. 24C and 24D , the adjustment rigid member 1380 includes an undercut 1385 between the pair of lateral rigid portions 1382 that allows the adjustment rigid member 1380 at the junction of the lateral rigid portions 1382 and the intermediate rigid portion 1381 or near bends. Adjustment rigidity 1380 shown in FIG. 24D also includes lateral cutouts 1385 on opposite sides of central rigidity 1381 proximate side rigidity portions 1382 to allow adjustment rigidity 1380 to flex proximate lateral cutouts 1385 . In the example shown in FIG. 24B , user-facing layer 1344 of top strap portion 1340 includes cutouts 1325 that correspond to (eg, align with) lower cutouts 1385 in adjustment stiffness 1380 . Notches 1385 and/or 1325 provide a flexing action that allows occipital strap portion 1320 (or other straps to which an adjustment rigidizer may be attached) to stretch. Stretching may advantageously provide for adapting to accommodate head size changes or dynamic forces during use.

5.4.13 Lockable extendable connection

31A, 31B, and 32A-32H illustrate a head-mounted display system 1000 according to further examples of the present technology, in these examples including a lockable extendable connection 1335 . A lockable extendable connection 1335 may also be provided to any other head mounted display system 1000 described herein.

In general, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can include a first strap portion and a second strap portion connected by a lockable extendable connection portion 1335, which can include an elastically extendable connector strap portion 1338 and substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336. In some examples, the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 is part of the first strap portion.

The elastically extendable connector strap portion 1338 may be configured to allow the first strap portion to separate from the second strap portion by a predetermined amount. That is, it can be elastically extended to a predetermined extent to allow separation of the first strap portion and the second strap portion (which can help the user don the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300). The substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 may be configured for releasably attaching the first strap portion to the second strap portion to prevent separation of the first strap portion from the second strap portion ( or at least reduce the possible degree of separation). That is, when the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 is attached to the first and second strap portions, it prevents them from detaching, as the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 may otherwise allow (this may be possible in use fix the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 on the user's head). The elastically extendable connector strap portion 1338 may also advantageously hold the head mounted display system 1000 on the user's head with sufficient stability to enable the user to attach the substantially inextensible connector strap portion. Adaptation was adjusted before 1336.

A user may wear the head mounted display system 1000 with the first and second strap portions not attached by the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 (FIG. 31A). Elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 can expand to allow positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 to fit on and/or around the user's head, after which the user can attach the first The strap portion and the second strap portion are attached to each other to hold them securely together for the head mounted display system 1000 ( FIG. 31B ).

The substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 is adjustable in length. 31A, 31B, and 32D-32F, the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 includes a clip 1339 having an eye through which a portion of the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 passes and is fastened back. onto itself (for example by hook and loop fastening), allowing more or less of the strap to be pulled through the eyelet.

The substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 in these examples includes a magnetic clip 1339 configured to magnetically attach to a connection point 1337 on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 .

In some examples, elastically extendable connector strap portion 1338 may connect to head mounted display unit 1200 at the inner surface of arm 1210 , directly to a pivot point or to the side of head mounted display unit 1200 .

In some examples, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a lockable extendable connection 1335 in each side strap portion 1330 . As shown in FIGS. 31A , 31B and 32F , a lockable extendable connection portion 1335 is provided to the side strap portion 1330 . In an example, a lockable extendable connection portion 1335 connects side strap portion 1330 to a strap portion formed by the junction of parietal strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 1320 .

As shown in FIG. 32A , each lockable extendable connection 1335 may be located at an arm 1210 extending rearwardly from the head mounted display unit 1200 (eg, an arm as already described herein). In some examples, lockable extendable connection 1335 may connect directly to a connection point on head mounted display unit 1200 (eg, arm 1210 may not be present). In such an example, lockable extendable connection 1335 may pivot about its connection to head mounted display unit 1200 .

As shown in FIG. 32B , each lockable extendable connection portion 1335 can be located near the junction between each side strap portion 1330 , parietal strap portion 1310 , and occipital strap portion 1320 .

As shown in FIGS. 32C , 32D and 32E , positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a lockable extendable connection 1335 in occipital strap portion 1320 . In some examples, lockable extendable connection portion 1335 may connect a portion of occipital strap portion 1320 to accommodation rigidizer 1380 in this position.

In the example shown in FIGS. 32D and 32E , the middle occipital strap portion 1321 forms a substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 that connects to the side occipital strap portions 1322 by magnetic clips 1339 . Elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 is connected between middle occipital strap portion 1321 and side occipital strap portion 1322 to allow for when middle occipital strap portion 1321 is not connected to side occipital strap portion 1322 by magnetic clip 1339 A predetermined amount of separation of the middle occipital strap portion 1321 and the side occipital strap portions 1322 is allowed. It should be understood that in other examples of the present technology, the clips of the substantially inextensible strap portion 1336 may not be magnetic. For example, it may be a mechanical clip, such as a buckle. It may be a hook configured to hook around corresponding points of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . In some examples, the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 can form a loop that fits over a corresponding lug on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, or can be connected to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 via a hook and loop connection connection point on .

In the example of FIG. 32D , elastically extensible connecting strap portions 1338 are connected between side occipital strap portions 1322 and the junction between medial occipital strap portions 1321 and parietal strap portions 1310 .

In the example of FIG. 32E , elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 are connected between side occipital strap portions 1321 and to the sides of side occipital strap portions 1321 . Elastically extensible connecting strap portion 1338 may pass through an aperture in side occipital strap portion 1321 and be attached to the outwardly facing surface of side occipital strap portion 1321 . An advantage of this configuration is that less elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 contacts the user's head. When the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 extends and contracts, any portion of the connector strap portion that does not contact the user's head may advantageously have no potential undesired effects on the user's head, such as on the user's skin. Friction or bunching on the These effects may potentially be uncomfortable and/or leave marks on the user's skin.

Furthermore, as the elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 extend and contract, if some or all of the elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 are located on the outside of the substantially inextensible strap portion 1336, the effect Any friction on the elastically extendable connector strap portion 1338 will be less than if it were caught between the user's head and the substantially inextensible strap portion 1336 . Low friction can advantageously facilitate extension without undue resistance. In some examples of the present technology, the entire elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 is located on the outer (eg, non-patient-contacting) side of the non-extensible strap portion.

In addition, when at least a portion of the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 does not contact the user's head, the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 may be formed of, for example, a plastic or metal spring, if the elastically extensible connector Strap portion 1338 contacts the user's head, which may not be a viable option. Similarly, portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that contact the head, such as substantially inextensible strap portions 1336 and/or portions of elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338, may be constructed to be comfortable for the user rather than accessible. The extended material is formed. In some examples, elastically extendable connector strap portion 1338 may include a user-contact portion and a non-user-contact portion, the non-user-contact portion being more extendable than the user-contact portion. The user-contacting portion may be configured for comfort and may be soft, while the non-user-contacting portion may be configured for extension and may be less soft.

In some examples, the aperture in substantially inextensible strap portion 1336 through which elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 passes may be adjacent an end of substantially inextensible strap portion 1336 , such as adjacent magnetic clip 1339 .

In the example of FIG. 32F , elastically extendable connector strap portions 1338 are connected between arms 1210 and the connections between side strap portions 1330 and parietal strap portions 1310 . In this example, side strap portions 1330 form substantially inextensible connector strap portions 1336 of lockable extendable joints 1335 . Side strap portions 1330 are attached to arms 1210 via magnetic clips 1339 .

In the example of FIG. 32G , elastically extendable connector strap portion 1338 is connected between arm 1210 and the junction between parietal strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 1320 . That is, in an example, the elastically extendable connector strap portion 1338 connects between the arm and the rear support portion 1350 . In this example, the substantially inextensible strap portion 1336 of the lockable extendable connection portion 1335 forms the side strap portion 1330 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . The substantially inextensible strap portion 1336 is connected to the rear support portion 1350 by a magnetic clip 1339 at the rear end of the substantially inextensible strap portion 1336 . The substantially inextensible strap portion 1336 is connected to the arm 1210 at the forward end by passing through the eyelet 1212 and secured back to itself, for example, by a hook and loop connection. When putting on or taking off the head mounted display system 1000, the user can disconnect the clip 1339. Then, when the user puts on or takes off the head mounted display system 1000, the elastically extendable connector strap portion 1338 allows the arm 1210 to separate from the rear support portion 1350 by a predetermined amount. The connection between the substantially inextensible strap portion 1336 and the arm 1210 can also be adjusted, for example, by passing more or less of the substantially inextensible strap portion 1336 through the eyelet 1212 . The combination of adjustments at the arm 1210 and magnetic clip 1339 provides set and forget adjustment of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, while also being easy to put on and take off.

In other examples, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include lockable extendable connection portion 1335 elsewhere, such as in parietal bone strap portion 1310, in parietal strap portion 1340, or elsewhere.

5.4.14 Dial regulator

FIG. 32H illustrates a head-mounted display system 1000 according to another example of the present technology. This example includes all the features of the example shown in Figure 32G. Although in other examples, one or more features, such as lockable extendable connections 1335 , may be omitted and replaced with side strap portions 1330 . The difference from FIG. 32G is that the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIG. 32H includes a dial adjuster 1329 . Dial adjuster 1329 may be configured to provide length adjustment of the strap portion. In the example of FIG. 32H , dial adjuster 1329 is configured to adjust the length of occipital strap portion 1320 . For example, dial adjuster 1329 may include a scale member configured to be rotated by the user in a first direction to decrease the length of occipital strap portion 1320 and to be rotated by the user in a second direction opposite the first direction to reduce the length of occipital strap portion 1320 . The length of the occipital strap portion 1320 is increased.

Dial adjuster 1329 may include a rack and pinion assembly. Occipital strap portion 1320 may be formed in two parts (eg, halves) connected at dial adjuster 1329 . Dial adjuster 1329 may cause telescopic movement of both portions of occipital strap portion 1320 . Dial adjuster 1329 may include one or more rack portions provided to occipital strap portion 1320 , such as two rack portions, each provided to a respective one of the two halves of occipital strap portion 1320 . one. These rack portions may be configured for engaging pinions or cogs connected to a dial rotatable by a user. Each rack portion and pinion may include teeth, ribs or the like configured to engage with each other. Rotating the dial in a first direction (e.g., clockwise) can pull the rack portions provided to the occipital strap portion 1320 together, increasing the overlap between the two rack portions, thereby reducing the tension of the occipital strap portion 1320. Effective length. Rotating the dial in a second direction (eg, counterclockwise) may push the rack portions apart, reducing the overlap between the rack portions and increasing the effective length of the occipital strap portion 1320 . In some examples, scale adjuster 1329 may have a static torque resistance provided, for example, by static friction or a corresponding feature, such as an indentation, to provide the minimum force required to lengthen the strap portion to which scale adjuster 1329 is attached, thereby avoiding Inadvertently lengthening the straps. The rack portion may be a rigid portion overmolded onto the flexible portion of the occiput strap portion 1320 .

Dial adjuster 1329 can provide intuitive and easy adjustment of the strap portion, allowing the user to achieve a good fit. It should be understood that dial adjuster 1329 may be applied to any strap portion of head mounted display system 1000 . Dial adjuster 1329 may assist in positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 to accommodate a range of user head sizes. The head mounted display system 1000 can include a dial adjuster 1329 on any one or more of the occipital strap portion 1320, the parietal strap portion 1310, the top strap portion 1340, and one or both side strap portions 1340 . More generally, the head-mounted display system 1000 may include on the occipital strap portion 1320, the parietal strap portion 1310, the top strap portion 1340, and one or both side strap portions 1340, or on any other strap portion. Regulating mechanism. The adjustment mechanism may be a dial adjuster 1329 having any one or more of the features described above, or may be another mechanism for adjusting the length of the strap portion.

5.4.15 Frontal bone support

19A and 19B illustrate a head-mounted display system 1000 according to further examples of the present technology. Each includes a head-mounted display unit 1200 including a display and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 configured to hold the head-mounted display unit 1200 operatively on a user's head during use. in position.

In these examples, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes rear support 1350 configured to engage the back of a user's head. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 also includes a pair of side strap portions 1330 configured to be connected between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200, each side strap portion configured to be positioned between the user and the head mounted display unit 1200 in use. on the corresponding side of the head.

Each positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 also includes a frontal bone support 1360, which may also be identified as a forehead support, configured to engage a user's head in use at a location covering the frontal bone of the user's head department. This is shown in Figures 19A and 19B.

In each example, the frontal bone support part 1360 is connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 . As will be described, the frontal bone support 1360 may be connected to the head mounted display unit at one or more locations.

5.4.15.1 The frontal bone support is connected to the head-mounted display unit

As shown in each of FIGS. 19A and 19B , the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a frontal bone connector 1362 connected between the forehead support 1360 and the head mounted display unit 1200 . In these examples, the frontal bone connector 1362 is located substantially in the sagittal plane of the user's head. In other examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can include two or more frontal connectors 1362, which can be spaced apart symmetrically across the sagittal plane, for example. The frontal bone connector 1362 may limit (eg limit or prevent) downward movement of the head mounted display unit 1200 in use, particularly when the user moves their head.

The frontal bone connector 1362 may be formed from a flexible material. In some examples, the flexible material includes a flexible non-elastic material, such as a thermoplastic material. In other examples, the flexible material may include an elastic material such as one of silicone, TPE, or elastic fabric straps. The frontal bone connector 1362 can advantageously hold the head mounted display unit 1200 stably as the user moves. The frontal bone connector 1362 formed of a resilient material may advantageously act as a shock absorber during active movement by the user.

In other examples, frontal bone connector 1362 is formed from a substantially rigid material, such as a thermoplastic material.

5.4.15.2 Frontal support connected to posterior support

Frontal bone support 1360 may additionally or alternatively be connected to rear support 1350 .

Referring to FIG. 19A , positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a pair of side links 1364 each connected between frontal support 1360 and rear support 1350 . In a particular example, the rear support portion 1350 includes a parietal strap portion 1310 configured to cover the parietal bones of the user's head in use and an occipital strap configured to cover or under the occiput of the user's head in use. strap portion 1320 . Each side link 1364 may be connected to a respective side of rear support portion 1350 proximate to occipital strap portion 1320 , or to a respective side of occipital strap portion 1320 . In the example shown, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 also includes side strap portions 1330 that connect rear support portion 1350 to head mounted display unit 1200 . In other examples, side connectors 1364 may be connected to corresponding lateral support straps 1330 .

Each side link 1364 may be elastically extendable. Alternatively or additionally, the length of each side link may be adjustable.

Each side link 1364 can be fixedly connected to frontal bone support 1360 and releasably attached to rear support 1350 . Alternatively, each side link 1364 may be releasably attached to the frontal support 1360 and releasably attached to the rear support 1350 . In a further example, each side link 1364 may be releasably attachable to frontal support 1360 and fixedly connected to rear support 1350 . Each side connector 1364 may be connected to rear support 1350 and/or frontal support 1360 by a snap button, clip or hook and loop connection.

The side connectors 1364 that connect the frontal support 1360 to the rear support 1350 (and in this particular example to the occipital strap 1320) enable the frontal support 1360 to be securely held (e.g., sufficiently tightly) against Overlays the user's head on the frontal bone. In particular, this may advantageously allow the frontal bone support 1360 to support substantial weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 and hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in place during active movement in use.

5.4.15.3 Arm

As shown in each of FIGS. 19A and 19B , the head-mounted display unit 1200 may include a display unit housing 1205 and a pair of arms 1210 extending from the display unit housing 1205 . In these examples, side strap portions 1330 are each connected to a corresponding one of the arms 1210 . Specifically, each side strap portion 1330 is connected to a rear end of a corresponding one of the pair of arms 1210 . As shown, each side strap portion 1330 passes through an eyelet 1212 at the rear end of the corresponding arm 1210 and fastens back onto itself. In these examples, each arm of the pair of arms 1210 is pivotable relative to the display unit housing 1205 .

5.4.15.4 Frontal Bone Support Attached to Arm

Referring to FIG. 19B , the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in this example includes a pair of side links 1364 each connected between the frontal bone support 1364 and a respective one of the pair of arms 1210 .

Each side link 1364 may be elastically extendable. Alternatively or additionally, the length of each side link may be adjustable.

Each side link 1364 can be fixedly connected to the frontal bone support 1360 and releasably attached to a corresponding one of the arms 1210 . Alternatively, each side link 1364 may be releasably attached to the frontal bone support 1360 and to a respective one of the arms 1210 . In a further example, each side link 1364 may be releasably attachable to the frontal bone support 1360 and fixedly connected to a respective one of the arms 1210 . Each side connector 1364 may be connected to a respective one of the arms 1210 and/or to the frontal bone support 1360 by a snap button, clip or hook and loop connection.

The side connectors 1364 connecting the frontal bone support 1360 to the arms 1210 may enable the frontal bone support 1360 to support some or all of the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200, optionally via the arms in addition to the frontal bone connectors 1362. , and hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in place during active motion in use.

5.4.16 Hair bands

20A and 20B illustrate a head-mounted display system 1000 according to another example of the present technology. The head mounted display system 1000 includes a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 configured to hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in an operable position on the user's head (in use as shown in FIGS. 20A and 20B ). .

In this example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a rear support 1350 configured to engage the back of the user's head and one or more front supports configured to connect the rear support 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200 in use. portion (in this particular example a pair of side strap portions 1330 and top strap portion 1340). In other examples, the top strap portion 1340 may be omitted, or the positioning and stabilizing structure may have, for example, a pair of upper side strap portions and a pair of lower side strap portions.

In this example, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes hair strap portion 1370 connected to rear support portion 1350 . The hair strap portion 1370 is positionable in use between the user's head and the hair descending from the back of the user's head. If the user has sufficiently long hair, the hair strap portion 1370 may be placed under the user's hair. The hair strap portion 1370 may be anchored under the hair, such as between the hair and the neck or between the hair and the head, to provide further stability to the head mounted display system 1000 . FIG. 20B shows the hair strap portion 1370 underneath the user's hair.

As mentioned above, in this example, the one or more front support portions include a pair of side strap portions 1330 that connect the rear support portion 1350 to the head mounted display unit 1200 .

As shown, the hair tie portion 1370 includes a pair of end portions 1371 and 1372 connected to respective sides of the rear support portion 1350 . Each end of the hair strap portion 1370 is located, in use, near the Frankfort level of the user's head. The hair strap portion 1370 may be removably attached to the rear support portion 1350 at one or both ends of the hair strap portion 1370 .

In some examples, hair strap portion 1370 includes a left strap portion and a right strap portion removably attached to the left strap portion. The left strap portion may be removably attachable to the right strap portion in use about the sagittal plane of the user's head. When wearing the head mounted display system 1000, the user can detach the two straps and reattach them under their hair.

In some examples, hair tie portion 1370 is elastically extensible. In other examples, hair strap portion 1370 is substantially inextensible.

As shown in FIGS. 20A and 20B , in this illustrated example, the rear support portion 1350 includes a parietal strap portion 1310 configured to cover the parietal bones of the user's head in use and an occipital bone configured to cover the user's head in use. Or the occipital strap portion 1320 located under the occiput of the user's head. In particular, the hair strap portion 1370 is connected to the occipital strap portion in use. Hair strap 1370 may be connected to occipital strap 1320 near the end of occipital strap 1320 .

The hair strap portion 1370 described herein may be incorporated into any of the positioning and stabilizing structures 1300 described herein with an occipital strap portion.

5.4.17 Releasable attachment at rear

36A-36D illustrate a head-mounted display system 1000 according to further examples of the present technology, all of which will not be repeated, although features are shared with examples described elsewhere. 36A and 36B illustrate a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 having a parietal strap portion 1310 , a pair of side strap portions 1330 and a top strap portion 1340 .

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 further has an occipital strap portion 1320 formed from a pair of side occipital strap portions 1321 extending from the parietal strap portion 1310, each of the side occipital strap portions 1321 being releasably attached. Attached to the side occiputs 1322, the side occiputs are configured to cover or lie under the occiputs of the user's head in use. In other examples, medial occipital strap portion 1321 may not extend from parietal strap portion 1310, but instead may extend from another component of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 or head-mounted display system 1000 (e.g., partially below and partially in the rearward direction).

The parietal strap portion 1310, the side occipital strap portions 1322 and the medial occipital strap portion 1321 may form a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage the rear of the user's head in use. The parietal strap portion 1310 is configured to cover the parietal bones of the user's head in use. The pair of intermediate occipital strap portions 3122 are each configured to lie on a respective side of the user's head in use. For example, as shown in FIG. 36A , positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a top strap portion 1340 configured to connect between rear support portion 1350 and head mounted display unit 1200 .

In some examples, parietal strap portion 1340 is directly connected to rear support portion 1350 (eg, directly to parietal strap portion 1310 or occipital strap portion 1320 ). In other examples, top strap portion 1350 is connected to rear support portion 1350 via another component, such as battery pack 1500 . That is, in some examples, top strap portion 1340 is connected to rear support portion 1350 by connecting to battery pack 1500 , which is connected to components of rear support portion 1350 , such as occipital strap portion 1320 .

The head mounted display system 1000 may include a battery pack 1500 for powering the head mounted display system 1000 . The battery pack 1500 may be located on the back of the user's head in use. The battery pack 1500 may be configured to be connected to the top strap portion 1340 in use. Any features of top strap portion 1340 and battery pack 1500 described elsewhere herein may be applied to top strap portion 1340 and battery pack 1500 shown in FIGS. 36A-36D unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

In the example shown, the side occiputs 1322 are rigid. Medial occipital portion 1322 may include an occipital rigidiser. In an alternative example, medial occiput 1322 may include a flexible strap, such as a medial occiput strap. In some examples, middle occipital portion 1322 may form part of top strap portion 1340 . The middle occipital portion 1322 may be permanently attached within the top strap portion 1340, for example to a user-facing layer. In some examples, the middle occipital portion 1322 can be secured to the top strap portion 1340 , such as stitched or welded in place to the user-facing layer 1344 of the top strap portion 1340 . In an alternative example, medial occipital portion 1322 may be secured in a manner similar to that described elsewhere with reference to accommodation rigidity 1380 .

In some examples, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes releasable fasteners between each of a pair of medial occipital strap portions 1321 and side occipital portions 1322 . Each releasable fastener may include a fastener portion configured to attach to a corresponding connection point 1337 . In the example of FIGS. 36A-36D , side occiput portions 1322 include a pair of connection points 1337 configured to connect to respective fastener portions disposed on respective medial occipital strap portions 1321 .

As shown in Figure 36D, in some examples, releasable attachment is provided by magnetic fasteners. Each magnetic fastener may include a magnetic clip configured to magnetically attach to a corresponding one of connection points 1337 . As shown in FIG. 36D , magnetic clip 1339 is secured to side occipital strap portion 1321 , magnetic clip 1339 is configured to magnetically attach to attachment point 1337 on rear occipital portion 1322 .

In an example, the length of each side occipital strap portion 1321 may be adjustable. For example, each magnetic clip 1338 can have an eyelet 1202, and a portion of each of the pair of lateral occiput strap portions 1321 can be threaded through the eyelet and fastened back onto itself at a desired length.

5.4.18 Locating and stabilizing the washable part of the structure

Figures 39A-39C further illustrate the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown above in Figures 36A-36D. 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D illustrate a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and components thereof according to further examples of the present technology. Many of the features described above with respect to other examples of the technology will not be repeated here, but may be applied in conjunction with the concepts described below. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in Figures 36A-36D, 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D also shares some features with the examples shown in Figures 21A-21D and 23A-23D and with each other. Features of each of these examples should be understood to be applicable to each of the other examples as an alternative or in combination, unless otherwise required.

In each of the examples shown in FIGS. 36A-36D, 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D, the head-mounted display system 1000 includes a battery pack 1500 for powering the head-mounted display system 1000. , the battery pack 1500 is configured to be located behind the user's head in use. The top strap portion 1340 of each positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is connected to the battery pack 1500 in use.

5.4.18.1 The outer layer of the top strap is separable from the user-facing layer

In the example shown in FIGS. 39A-39C , 40A-40B and 41A-41B, the top strap portion 1340 includes a user-facing layer 1344 and an outer layer 1341 (on the side of the top strap portion 1340 opposite the user-facing layer 1344 ). on one side). In these examples, user-facing layer 1344 of top strap portion 1340 , parietal strap portion 1310 , occipital strap portion 1320 , and side strap portions 1330 may be separated from outer layer 1341 of top strap portion 1340 . Referring to the example of FIGS. 39A-39C , FIG. 39B shows these components separated from the outer layer 1341 of the top strap layer 1340 . FIG. 39C shows the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 separated (in the example, the outer layer 1341 is formed by an outer shell 1348 described below). 42A-42D illustrate the components of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 of FIGS. 41A-41B in isolation.

An advantage of this type of configuration is that the user-facing layer 1344 of the top strap portion 1340, the parietal strap portion 1310, the occipital strap portion 1320, and the side strap portions 1330 can form the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 (shown separately in FIG. 39B ). washable parts (e.g., washable subassemblies). These components may be parts of the user contact positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and may be formed entirely of washable materials such as textile materials, plastic materials, non-electronic components (machine washable or other easily washable materials). The washable portion may be separated from the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 for laundering by a user, eg, periodically or when soiled as needed. In addition, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a power cable 1510 connecting the battery pack 1500 to the head mounted display unit 1200 as described below. The washable portion can be detached from the power cable 1510 (and battery pack 1500), as well as from other non-user-contact components, without requiring the user to manipulate the power cable 1510 (e.g., when removing the washable parts of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 , pull it out, out of the sleeve, or consider the power cable 1510).

The outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 may be configured to be connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 of the head mounted display system 1000 . As shown in each of Figures 39A, 40A, and 41A, the front of the outer layer 1341 can be looped through and secured to a portion (not shown) of the head-mounted display unit 1200, such as an eyelet, lug, etc. itself, for example by a hook and loop connection (or another suitable connection, such as by a buckle or one of a series of snap buttons). Such linkage can be as described elsewhere herein.

As shown by way of example in FIGS. 42A-42D , the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a buckle 1312 attached to the parietal bone strap portion 1310 , similar to the buckle 1312 described above with reference to FIGS. 7B and 7C . In use, the user-contacting portion 1342 (eg, at least the user-facing layer 1344 ) may be located between the buckle 1312 and the parietal bone strap portion 1310 . Buckle 1312 may be configured to limit lateral movement of user-engaging portion 1342, which may advantageously keep top strap portion 1340 centered on the user's head in use. In an example, the buckle 1312 is located in the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. In the example of FIGS. 42A-42D , the buckle 1312 is formed from a length of flexible material extending between two points along the parietal bone strap portion 1310 on opposite sides of the center of the parietal bone strap portion (e.g., in use symmetrically with respect to either side of the sagittal plane of the user's head). Buckle 1312 may be sewn or welded to parietal bone strap portion 1310, or attached in other suitable manner (eg, glue, other buckle). Another example of a buckle 1312 is shown in FIG. 57 .

5.4.18.2 Connection between the occipital and parietal girdles

Occipital strap portion 1320 may be removably connected to top strap portion 1340 . In the example of FIGS. 39A-39C , occipital strap portion 1320 includes a pair of side occipital strap portions 1321 configured to connect between parietal strap portion 1310 and parietal strap portion 1340 , each side The occipital strap portions 1321 are configured to lie on respective sides of the user's head in use. In an example, the length of each lateral occipital strap portion 1321 is adjustable. Accordingly, the length of the occiput strap portion 1320 is adjustable. In this example, occipital strap portion 1320 is connected to top strap portion 1340 via a magnetic connection. In particular, each side occipital strap portion 1321 is configured to connect to top strap portion 1340 by magnetic fasteners. As shown in FIGS. 39A and 39B , occipital strap portion 1320 is connected to top strap portion 1340 by magnetic clip 1338 .

In the example of FIGS. 40A-40B and 41A-41B, the occipital strap portion 1320 is removably connected to the top strap portion 1340, but in such a way that the length of the occipital strap portion 1320 is not adjustable, which can advantageously allow positioning and The stabilizing structure 1300 is more intuitive to set up.

42A and 42B illustrate the connection between the occipital strap portion 1320 and the top strap portion 1340 shown in FIGS. 41A-41B. Top strap portion 1340 is configured for connection to occipital strap portion 1320 via a pivotable connection in this example. That is, the occipital strap portion 1320 can pivot relative to the top strap portion 1340 (or vice versa), which can improve comfort. As shown in Figures 42A and 42B, the pivotable connection comprises a snap connection. The snap connection includes a male snap portion 1324a and a female snap portion 1324b configured to snap in place during assembly of the top strap portion 1340 and the occipital strap portion 1320. Together. The male and female parts of the snap connection can be reversed. In other examples, occipital strap portion 1320 may be connected to top strap portion 1340 in this manner, but may be adjustable in length. In other examples, top strap portion 1340 and occipital strap portion 1320 are connected via alternative mechanisms, such as hook and loop connections, magnetic clips, or other suitable connections.

In some other examples of the present technology, occipital strap portion 1320 is permanently connected to top strap portion 1340, such as in the example shown in FIGS. 39A-39C where occipital strap portion 1320 is removably connected to top strap portion 1340. at the rear end.

56A-56C illustrate another example of a connection between occipital strap portion 1320 and parietal strap portion 1340 . In this example, occipital strap portion 1320 includes occipital connection tabs 1326 and top strap portion 1340 includes occipital connection tab holes 1351 . Occipital attachment tabs 1326 may be configured to pass through occipital attachment tab holes 1351 and secured to top strap portion 1340 . In some examples, occipital connection tab 1326 can be connected to top strap portion 1340 by a snap connection. In some examples, occipital connection tab 1326 may be connected to top strap portion 1340 by a hook and loop connection.

5.4.18.3 The outer sleeve of the top strap

In each of the examples shown in FIGS. 39A-39C , 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D , top strap portion 1340 includes outer sleeve 1348 . The outer sleeve 1348 forms the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 . In these examples, outer sleeve 1348 is connected to battery pack 1500 . Outer sleeve 1348 may be removably attached to battery pack 1500 or may be permanently attached (eg, not configured to be detached from battery pack 1500 by a user). For example, outer sleeve 1348 may be glued, thermally bonded, threaded, or otherwise connected to battery pack 1500 in a suitable manner.

As mentioned above, the head mounted display system 1000 may include a power cable 1510 connected between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display system 1000 in use. In the example shown in FIGS. 39A-39C , 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D , head-mounted display system 1000 includes power cable 1510 located within outer sleeve 1348 . The power cable 1510 is slidable within the outer sleeve 1348 along the length of the outer sleeve 1348 .

In these examples, power cable 1510 can be retracted into battery pack 1500 and protruded from the battery pack. The ability of power cable 1510 to also slide within outer sleeve 1348 enables the length of outer sleeve 1348 and top strap portion 1340 to be adjusted without affecting the amount of slack in power cable 1510 . A power cable 1510 retractable into and extending from the battery pack 1500 may also secure the power cable 1510 relative to the head mounted display unit 1200 . The power cable 1510 not retracting into and extending from the head mounted display unit 1200 can keep the head mounted display unit 1200 small in size (or at least smaller than needed to accommodate the retractable power cable 1510) . In other examples, power cable 1510 is fixed relative to outer sleeve 1348 . In other examples, the power cable 1510 does not retract into or extend from the battery pack 1500 .

5.4.18.4 Hook and loop connections

The washable portion of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be connected to other components of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 by a hook and loop connection. Advantageously, this may enable the washable portion to be “peeled” from other components of the head mounted display system 1000 . For example, the washable portion of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be connected to outer sleeve 1348 by one or more hook and loop connections 1349 . For example, user-contact layer 1344 of top strap portion 1340 (which, in at least some examples, is part of the washable portion) can be connected to outer sleeve 1348 by hook and loop connection 1349 . In the example shown in FIG. 40B , user contact layer 1344 is connected to outer sleeve 1348 via a hook and loop connection 1349 as shown.

In some examples, such as those shown in FIGS. 41A-41B and 42A-42D , positioning and stabilizing structure 1340 includes user contact 1342 , which will be described in more detail below. The user-contact portion 1342 includes a user-contact layer 1344 . User contact portion 1342 is connected to outer sleeve 1348, such as by a hook and loop connection, or alternatively by a press stud connection, a strap, or another suitable connection. As shown in FIG. 41A , user contact portion 1342 is connected to outer sleeve 1348 by a hook and loop connection 1349 .

Outer sleeve 1348 may include one or more hooks 1349a. In the example shown in Figure 42C, the outer sleeve 1348 includes a plurality of hooks 1349a. In this example, there are two hooks 1349a, while in other examples, there may be one, three, or more hooks 1349a. In some examples, the washable portion includes a plurality of uninterrupted loop portions 1349b corresponding to the hook portions 1349a and to which the hook portions 1349a can be attached. As shown in FIG. 42C , the user-contacting portion 1342 of the washable portion includes a pair of uninterrupted loop portions 1349b corresponding to the hook portions 1349a to form a hook and loop connection 1349 .

In other examples of the present technology, the washable portion (which may be the user-contact portion 1342 or the user-contact layer 1344 ), for example, may comprise a surface formed of uninterrupted loop material to which one or more hook portions 1349a can be attached. , thereby forming a hook and loop connection 1349 . The outer sleeve 1348 or other portions of the top strap portion 1340 including the hook portion 1349a may then be directly attached to the surface of the washable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 .

In other examples, the washable portion includes a hook portion 1349a and the outer sleeve 1348 or other portion of the non-washable portion includes an uninterrupted loop portion 1349b or a surface formed of uninterrupted loop material.

5.4.18.5 Examples of other hook and loop connections

The concepts described above with respect to hook and loop connections within top strap portion 1340 can also be applied to other examples of the present technology. In some examples, a head-mounted display system 1000 is provided that includes: a head-mounted display unit 1200 that includes a display; and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that is configured to In use, the head mounted display unit 1200 is held in an operable position on the user's head, as described elsewhere herein.

Referring to Figures 41A-41C and 42A-42D, to illustrate more generally applicable aspects of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include: a rear support 1350 configured to engage the back of a user's head; a pair of side straps strap portion 1310, which is configured to connect between the rear support portion 1350 and the head-mounted display unit 1200 (in use, each located on a respective side of the user's head); top strap portion 1340, which is configured to connect between Between the rear support portion 1350 and the head-mounted display unit 1200 , the top strap portion 1340 is configured to cover the upper portion of the user's head in use, and the top strap portion 1340 includes a user contact portion 1342 and an outer layer 1341 . As shown, user contact portion 1342 of top strap portion 1340 and outer layer 1341 of top strap portion 1340 are removably connected by one or more hook and loop connections 1349 in these examples.

User contact 1342 and outer layer 1341 may be separated from each other by hook and loop connection 1349, which may advantageously enable user contact 1342 to be washed separately from outer layer 1341 and any electronics that may be connected to or form part of outer layer 1341. Alternatively or additionally, one of user contact portion 1342 or outer layer 1341 may be replaced separately from the other.

In some examples, the rear support portion 1350 includes a parietal strap portion 1310 configured to cover the parietal bones of the user's head in use and an occipital strap configured to cover or under the occiput of the user's head in use. strap portion 1320 . However, the hook and loop connection between the user contact portion 1342 and the outer layer 1341 is also applicable to other configurations of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . Parietal strap portion 1310 , occipital strap portion 1320 , and side strap portions 1330 can be separated from outer layer 1341 of top strap portion 1340 along with user contact portion 1342 by separating the hook and loop connections.

Top strap portion 1349 may include outer sleeve 1348 forming outer layer 1341 of top strap portion 1340 . Outer sleeve 1348 may be connected to battery pack 1500 (in the example in which battery pack 1500 is present).

Any exemplary configuration of the hook portion 1349a, the uninterrupted loop portion 1349b, and/or the surface formed by the uninterrupted loop material may be applied between the outer sleeve 1348 and the user contact portion 1342, or more generally between the outer layer 1341 and the user. A hook and loop connection 1349 is created between the contacts 1342 or the user contact layer 1341 .

5.4.18.6 Substantially non-extensible layers

The top strap portion 1340 of the example comprises a substantially inextensible layer 1343 (e.g., in some examples a rigid layer capable of at least at least partially rigid in the sense of partially retaining its shape). Substantially inextensible layer 1343 may be identified as a rigid member or rigid layer in examples, in which case it makes top strap portion 1340 more rigid than it would be without substantially inextensible layer 1343 . In some examples, substantially inextensible layer 1343 is inextensible, but does not substantially increase the stiffness of top strap portion 1340 . Substantially inextensible layer 1343 may assist top strap portion 1340 in transferring some or all of the weight of rear mounted battery pack 1500 or other counterweight to the upward force of head mounted display unit 1200 . This can advantageously result in the user feeling that the head mounted display unit 1200 is light in weight. Additionally, less tension may be required in other headgear straps (e.g., side strap portions 1330) because if top strap portion 1340 and/or counterweight/battery pack 1500 do not take up the Some weight, then it may not be necessary to pull the head mounted display unit 1200 against the user's face with the force that may be required. The presence of the substantially inextensible layer 1343, the top strap 1340 as a whole, and the counterweight can each (independently or together, as the case may be) help the head mounted display system 1000 to be comfortable for the user while even Also provides stability on the user's head during strenuous exercise.

In some examples, substantially inextensible layer 1343 can be formed from a thermoplastic material. In examples without a rear-mounted battery pack 1500 (e.g., where any batteries are in the head-mounted display unit 1200), the substantially inextensible layer 1343 may be supported by anchoring the head-mounted display unit to the rear support 1350 The display unit 1200 installed on the head. As mentioned above, in each of the examples shown in FIGS. , the battery pack 1500 is configured to be located behind the user's head in use. The top strap portion 1340 is connected to the battery pack 1500 in use.

Battery pack 1500 may be removably connected to substantially inextensible layer 1343 . Substantially inextensible layer 1343 and battery pack 1500 may include respective fastener portions (eg, respective first and second fastener portions 1503, 1504) configured to remove battery pack 1500 Ground is connected to the substantially inextensible layer 1343. For example, as shown in FIGS. 40A , 41A, and 42D, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 includes a first fastener portion 1503 . In these examples, the first fastener portion 1503 is located on the rearwardly facing surface of the top strap portion 1340 in use. As shown in FIG. 42D , the battery pack includes a second fastener portion 1504 corresponding to the first fastener portion 1503 . The first and second fastener portions 1503 and 1504 are configured to connect together to connect the battery pack 1500 to the substantially inextensible layer 1343 in use. In these examples, the first and second fastener portions 1503 and 1504 connect the substantially inextensible layer 1343 to the battery pack 1500 such that the substantially inextensible layer 1343 at least partially supports the weight of the battery pack 1500 in use, For example, it supports most of the weight of the battery pack 1500 .

The first and second fastener portions 1503 and 1504 may be configured to snap fit together. In other examples, battery pack 1500 may be connected to substantially inextensible layer 1343 via a hook and loop connection, may fit into a pocket, or may be directly or indirectly connected to substantially inextensible layer 1343 in another suitable manner. In the example shown in FIG. 42D, the first fastener portion 1503 is a convex portion and the second fastener portion 1504 is a concave portion. In other examples, the first fastener portion 1503 may be a female portion configured to receive the male second fastener portion 1504 .

In some examples, substantially inextensible portion 1343 is flat (as shown in FIG. 43B ). In other examples, the cross-section of the substantially inextensible portion 1343 is curved, as shown in Figure 43D. The curvature may avoid pressure points, for example by matching the curvature to the desired curvature of the human head at the sagittal plane, thereby making the user more comfortable. In some examples, the substantially inextensible portion may be in the range of 1-3mm thick, such as 1.5mm-2mm thick, eg 1.8mm thick.

5.4.18.7 The washable part can be separated from the substantially inextensible part.

The washable portion can be separated from the substantially inextensible layer 1343 . As noted above, top strap portion 1340 includes outer sleeve 1348 that forms outer layer 1341 . In the example shown in FIGS. 40A-40B , substantially inextensible layer 1343 is located within outer sleeve 1348 . The outer sleeve 1348 is connected to the battery pack 1500, as shown in Figure 39C.

In an example, the user-facing layer 1344 is separated from the outer sleeve 1348 when the washable portion is separated from the remainder of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 for laundering. Substantially inextensible layer 1343 remains within outer sleeve 1348 . The battery pack 1500 may or may not be disconnected from the substantially inextensible layer 1343, as the user may not need to do so since the washable portion can now be washed. In some examples where the substantially inextensible layer 1343 does not form part of the washable portion (e.g., where the washable portion is separable from the substantially inextensible layer 1343), the battery pack 1500 may not be configured to be removed from the substantially inextensible portion by the user. The extension layer 1343 is disconnected.

5.4.18.8 Washable parts include substantially inextensible parts

In other examples, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 forms part of the washable portion. In the example shown in Figures 41A-41B, 42A-42D, and 43A-43D, top strap portion 1340 includes user contact portion 1342 that forms user-facing layer 1344 as described above. In this example, a substantially inextensible layer 1343 is provided to the user contact portion 1342 . The user contact portion 1342 forms part of the washable portion and is separable from the outer sleeve 1348 such that the substantially inextensible layer 1343 forms part of the washable portion and is separable from the outer sleeve 1348 .

In this example, the user contact portion 1342 includes a user contact sleeve 1342a. As shown in FIG. 41B, substantially inextensible layer 1343 is located within user-contact sleeve 1342a.

43A-43D, the user contact sleeve 1342 can include a rigid opening 1343a through which the substantially inextensible layer 1343 can be inserted. The rigid opening 1343a may be a slit or narrow hole in the material of the user contact sleeve 1342, and may be shaped and dimensioned such that it corresponds to the shape and size of the cross-section of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 such that the substantially inextensible Layer 1343 can be inserted. The rigid opening 1343a may be located at or near the end of the user-contact sleeve 1342 such that the first end of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 can be inserted into the interior of the user-contact sleeve 1342 and the rigid opening The second end of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 can be wrapped to substantially enclose the substantially inextensible layer 1343 . Substantially inextensible layer 1343 may be removably insertable into user contact sleeve 1342 . Advantageously, this may enable the user contact sleeve 1342 to be replaced if necessary.

User contact sleeve 1342 may include fastener openings 1503a through which battery pack 1500 can be removably attached to substantially inextensible layer 1343 . As noted above, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 may include a first fastener portion 1503 configured to connect to a corresponding second fastener portion 1504 of the battery pack 1500 . When assembled, the first fastener portion 1503 can extend through the first fastener opening 1503a, configured to connect to the second fastener portion 1504, thereby configured to connect the substantially inextensible layer 1343 to the battery pack 1500.

The battery pack 1500 may cover either or both of the rigid opening 1343a and the fastener opening 1503a in use. 43A and 43C show the outline of the shape of the battery pack 1500. FIG. As shown, both the rigid member opening 1343a and the fastener opening 1503a are within the perimeter/perimeter of the battery pack 1500 in use.

In the example shown in FIG. 56C , occipital strap portion 1320 includes occipital connection tabs 1326 , as described above. In this example, occipital connection tab 1326 is configured for connection to user-contact sleeve 1342 on the non-user-facing side of user-contact sleeve 1342 . The occipital connection tab 1326 may be configured to pass through a first user contact sleeve aperture 1352 on the user-facing side of the user contact sleeve 1342 and through a second user contact sleeve on the non-user-facing side of the user contact sleeve 1342 Hole 1353. In this example, occipital connection tab 1326 is configured to connect to user contact sleeve 1342 with a hook and loop connection. In other examples, it may be connected with a press stud connection or another suitable connection.

User contact sleeve 1342a and/or outer sleeve 1348 may each be formed from a fabric material and may be formed by cutting a piece of fabric (e.g., by die-cutting, ultrasonic cutting, or RF cutting), folding it into a tubular shape and extending the length of the sleeve along the length of the sleeve. Formed along with any other edge ultrasonically welded seams. The sleeve may be turned inside out so that any sharp welded edges are provided on the inside and the outside is advantageously free of sharp edges which could cause discomfort in use or an unsightly appearance. Any other suitable means of user access to the sleeve 1342a and outer sleeve 1348 are formed. The hook or loop portion for forming the hook and loop connection may be welded or stitched to the fabric material. In other examples, the textile material may be stitched to form a tubular shape. In other examples, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 may not be encapsulated by the user contact sleeve, but instead may be secured to the user facing layer 1344 (e.g., by hook and loop connections, embedding, overmolding, or otherwise attached). Adhesion, fastening) and provided to the user contact portion 1342.

Outer sleeve 1348 and/or user-contacting sleeve 1342a may be formed from an elastic or non-elastic material, may be formed from a soft material that is comfortable if contacted by a user, is washable (e.g., machine washable), and/or Or formed from a material that helps draw moisture away from the user's face or head. In some examples, the sleeve (ie, outer sleeve 1348 and/or user-contact sleeve 1342a) is formed from any of an elastomeric material, TPE, or nylon. The sleeve may be formed from a resilient material that facilitates insertion of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 in the event of user contact with the sleeve 1342a. The sleeve may be formed from a low friction material (or a material having a low friction inner surface), which in the case of outer sleeve 1348 facilitates movement of power cable 1510 within outer sleeve 1348 during adjustment of the length of outer sleeve 1348 .

As described above, the head mounted display system 1000 may include the power cable 1510 connected between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200 . As shown in the examples of FIGS. 40B and 41B , power cables may be located within sleeve 1348 (eg, in the manner described elsewhere herein).

69A and 69B illustrate a battery pack case 1505 having a second fastener portion 1504 and a substantially inextensible layer 1343 each having a corresponding The first fastener part 1503 . In this example, the first fastener part 1503 is configured to fit into the hole of the second fastener part and slide in a direction parallel to the plane of the hole so that the post of the first fastener part 1503 slides into the hole of the second fastener part. In the channel of the second fastener part 1504 . The second fastener portion 1504 may include snap-fit arms configured to resist sliding of the posts of the first fastener portion 1503 out of the channels of the second fastener portion 1504 .

70A and 70B illustrate a battery pack case 1505 having a second fastener portion 1504 and a substantially inextensible layer 1343 each having a corresponding The first fastener part 1503 . In this example, the first fastener portion 1503 includes a first cylindrical portion configured to be compressed between two corresponding second cylindrical portions of the second fastener portion 1504 . Second fastener portion 1504 includes a release cutout in battery pack housing 1505 configured to allow the second cylindrical portion of second fastener portion 1504 to deform to receive the first cylindrical portion of first fastener portion 1503 shaped portion, but returns to the undeformed position to achieve a snap fit of the first fastener portion 1503 with the second fastener portion 1504 .

71A and 71B illustrate a battery pack case 1505 having a second fastener portion 1504 and a substantially inextensible layer 1343 each having a corresponding The first fastener part 1503 . In this example, the first fastener portion 1503 includes a male slide portion configured to be slidably received within a female slide portion of the second fastener portion 1504 . Both the male and female slides may be elongate. The first and second fastener parts 1503, 1504 may be oriented in use such that to disengage, the female slide on the battery pack housing 1505 would need to slide up against the weight of the battery pack 1500 to disengage from the male slide. remove.

71A and 71B illustrate a battery pack case 1505 having a second fastener portion 1504 and a substantially inextensible layer 1343 each having a corresponding The first fastener part 1503 . In this example, first fastener portion 1503 includes a male slide portion configured to be inserted into an opening in battery pack housing 1505 formed by second fastener portion 1504 and In the channel formed by the second fastener portion 1504 . The second fastener portion may include release cutouts on both sides of the channel such that the opening of the channel forms a snap fit connection with a corresponding portion of the first fastener portion 1503 .

5.4.19 Battery pack structure

46-52B illustrate various features of a battery pack 1500 according to an example of the present technology. Battery pack 1500 may include a battery pack housing 1505 connected to a battery pack base 1525 . Top strap portion 1340 may include user contacts 1342 forming user-facing layer 1344 , and battery pack base 1525 may be configured to connect to user contacts 1342 .

The battery pack 1500 may further include a cable guide 1530 configured to guide the power cable 1510 . As shown in FIGS. 47A-48B , cable guide 1530 may include an elongated portion 1531 through which power cable 1510 can be slid into and out of battery pack housing 1505 . Elongate portion 1531 may be rigid. Advantageously, the elongated portion 1531 may provide a long channel through which the power cable 1510 passes, the long channel may support a correspondingly long length of the power cable 1510, which may prevent the cable from biting into the wall of the cable guide 1530 when the power cable 1510 is moved. The cable guide 1530 may include a cable guide mount 1532 configured to connect to the battery pack base 1525 . The battery pack base 1525 in this example includes a cable guide mount 1526 for a cable guide 1530 configured to connect to a cable guide mount 1532 .

Cable guide 1530 may include one or more teeth 1533 , eg, plurality of teeth 1533 , configured to engage top strap portion 1340 . In this example, the cable guide 1530 includes three teeth 1533 . As mentioned above, the top strap portion may include an outer sleeve 1348 forming an outer layer of the top strap portion 1340 , and the outer sleeve 1348 may be connected to the battery pack 1500 . Power cable 1510 may be located within outer sleeve 1348 and may be able to slide within outer sleeve 1348 along the length of outer sleeve 1348 . Teeth 1533 of cable guide 1530 may be configured to engage outer sleeve 1348 to secure outer sleeve 1348 to battery pack 1500 . The teeth 1533 may be located on the elongated portion 1531 of the cable guide 1530 and may face outwardly relative to the elongated portion 1531 . Teeth 1533 of cable guide 1530 may be configured to grip outer sleeve 1348 against battery pack base 1525 .

In some examples, at least a portion of the elongate portion 1531 of the cable guide 1530 is located within the outer sleeve 1348 in use. The cable guide mount 1526 of the battery pack base 1525 may include one or more teeth 1527 configured for engaging the top strap portion 1340, as shown in FIG. 47B. In a particular example, teeth 1527 of cable guide mount 1526 are configured to engage outer sleeve 1348 to secure outer sleeve 1348 to battery pack 1500 . In particular, the teeth 1527 of the cable guide mount 1526 can clamp the outer sleeve 1348 against the cable guide 1530 .

Referring to FIG. 49B , the battery pack base 1525 in this example includes a base recess 1528 configured to receive the occipital strap connection tab 1326 configured to connect the occipital strap 1340 to the roof User contact portion 1342 of strap portion 1340 . Occipital strap connection tab 1326 may reside in base recess 1528 . Base recess 1528 may advantageously accommodate occipital strap attachment tab 1326 while maintaining a low profile of battery pack 1500 . Battery pack base 1525 may also include mounting structures configured to connect battery pack base 1525 (and thus battery pack 1500 ) to user contact 1342 , as described elsewhere herein.

The battery pack 1500 in the example shown in FIGS. 46-50 includes a cable stop 1540 secured to the power cable 1519 within the battery pack 1500, the cable stop 1540 being configured to limit the ability of the power cable 1510 to exit the battery pack. 1500 degrees of extension. Cable stop 1540 in this example is annular (although may include a different shape in other examples) and includes an adjustment screw 1542 configured to allow the diameter of cable stop 1540 to be reduced to engage power cable 1510 . Cable stop 1540 may be clamped to power cable 1510 and may be fixed in place relative to power cable 1510 . Cable stop 1540 may include internal threads 1541 configured to engage power cable 1510 .

As shown in FIGS. 47A-52B , the battery pack housing 1505 in this example includes a power cable opening 1506 . The power cable opening 1506 is thus also the power cable opening 1506 of the battery pack 1500 . Cable guide 1530 may extend out of battery pack 1500 , for example, through power cable opening 1506 .

As shown in FIGS. 51C and 51D , battery pack housing 1505 may include a power cable separator 1507 configured to receive a portion of a power cable 1510 and one or more battery cell separators 1508 configured to receive battery cells 1502 . The battery pack housing 1505 may include one or more divider walls 1509 separating the power cable separator 1507 from the one or more battery cell separators 1508 . In this example, power cable opening 1506 is aligned with power cable bulkhead 1507 . In the example shown, battery pack 1500 includes two battery cell separators 1508 . A power cable separator 1507 is located between two battery separators 1508 . The battery pack 1500 comprises battery cells 1502 which, in use, are vertically oriented and aligned in series along a left-right axis. In the example shown in FIG. 52B , the battery cells 1502 are sloped inwardly at the rear side of the battery pack 1500 . In this example, there are four battery cells 1502 , but in other examples there may be one, two, three, or more than four battery cells 1502 . In other examples, battery cells 1502 may also be oriented horizontally.

Referring to FIGS. 53A-53F , the power cable 1510 may include a service loop 1513 inside the battery pack 1500 . Service loop 1513 may be configured to provide extension and retraction of battery pack 1500 from power cable 1510 . The retraction and extension of the power cable 1510 relative to the battery pack 1500 is described in more detail elsewhere herein, but in the head mounted display system 1000 the power cable 1510 is disposed within the headband, such as the top strap of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 Portion 1340, retractable and extendable power cable 1510 may advantageously provide easy adjustment of the length of top strap portion 1340 and power cable 1510 (eg, to achieve a good fit with the user's head).

As shown in FIG. 53A , power cable 1510 may enter battery pack 1500 in a direction substantially parallel to battery pack base 1525 and bend away from battery pack base 1525 to form service loop 1513 . The power cable 1510 may enter the battery pack 1500 in a direction substantially parallel/tangential to the curvature of the user's head. In other examples, such as shown in FIG. 53B , power cable 1510 enters battery pack 1500 in a direction oblique to battery pack base 1525 and bends toward battery pack base 1525 to form service loop 1513 .

FIG. 53G shows a cross-sectional view of a battery pack 1500 according to another example of the present technology. Power cable 1510 is secured within battery pack 1500 at fixed end 1514 . In this example, power cable 1510 is secured to battery pack base 1525 at fixed end 1514 . For example, fixed end 1514 may be secured with adhesive or fasteners. The power cable 1510 is shown in a retracted configuration and in phantom in an extended configuration. As shown, the service loop 1513 is reduced in length when the power cable 1510 is in the extended configuration. The configuration of service loop 1513 , fixed end 1514 and cable guide 1530 in this example may advantageously apply low resistance to extension/retraction of power cable 1510 . The power cable 1510 in this arrangement is extended and retracted with a "rolling" motion. Advantageously, power cable 1510 does not need to be elastic. The power cable 1510 changes radius by a small amount as it expands/contracts. The power cable 1510 bends to different amounts during extension/retraction. Elongated portion 1531 may include a long aspect ratio (eg, a long length compared to width). The length of the elongated portion may be in the range of 20-40mm, eg 25-35mm, 28-32mm or about 30mm long. The inner diameter of the elongated portion may be in the range of 5-10mm, for example 6.5mm-8.5mm, or about 7.5mm.

As also shown in FIG. 53G , the elongated portion 1531 of the cable guide 1530 includes one or more rounded ends 1539 . In particular, the cable guide 1530 includes a rounded end 1539 at a first or inner end of the elongated portion 1531 and a rounded end 1539 at a second or outer end of the elongated portion 1531, which may advantageously Low friction is provided on the power cable 1510 and may present a low risk of the power cable 1510 getting caught on the end of the elongated portion 1531 . In an example of the present technology, the cable guide 1530 may include a rounded end 1539 on either or both ends of the elongated portion 1531 . Each rounded end 1539 may include rounded edges surrounding the opening into the elongated portion 1531 on one or both of the interior or exterior. Additionally or alternatively, each rounded end 1539 may comprise a flared portion of the cable guide 1530 , such as a flared portion of the elongated portion 1531 .

In some examples, cable guide 1530 includes fabric sleeve 1534, as shown in Figures 53C-53F. Fabric sleeve 1534 may include a low friction material configured to provide low resistance to movement of power cable 1510 through fabric sleeve 1534 . In some examples, fabric sleeve 1534 may be stretchable. Cable guide 1530 may include one or more lead-in features 1535 configured to guide power cable 1510 into fabric sleeve 1534 . The cable guide 1530 may include one lead-in feature 1535 as shown in FIG. 53E or two lead-in features 1535 as shown in FIG. 53D , eg, one on each side of the power cable 1535 . Introduced features may include curved surfaces. As shown in FIG. 53E , in some examples, cable guide 1530 may include one or more rollers 1536 configured to reduce friction on power cable 1510 at the entrance to fabric sleeve 1534 .

As shown in FIGS. 53C and 53F , fabric sleeve 1534 may be located inside battery pack 1500 in some examples. In other examples, such as shown in FIGS. 53D and 53E , fabric sleeve 1534 may be located on the exterior of battery pack 1500 . In some examples, fabric sleeve 1534 , or more generally, any form of cable guide 1530 that it may take, may be located partially inside and outside battery pack 1500 , completely inside or outside battery pack 1500 . In some examples, fabric sleeve 1534 may be part of outer sleeve 1348 of top strap portion 1340 . That is, the outer sleeve 1348 of the top strap portion may extend into the interior of the battery pack 1500 to form part of the fabric sleeve 1534 of the cable guide 1530 .

Referring to FIG. 53C , in some examples, battery pack 1500 includes one or more standoffs 1537 configured to limit the shape and/or movement of power cable 1510 within battery pack 1500 . In some examples, standoff 1537 may limit the amount that power cable 1510 extends from battery pack 1500 by placing a lower limit on the bend radius of service loop 1513 of power cable 1510 . Standoffs 1537 may take the form of posts within battery pack 1500 extending, for example, from one side of battery pack housing 1505 or from one side of power cable bulkhead 1507 to the other. In some examples, standoffs 1537 can support battery cells 1502 .

In some examples, one or more portions of the power cable 1510 between the service loop 1513 and the one or more battery cells 1502 to which the power cable is connected are secured in place within the battery pack 1500, such as with an adhesive. Or the bracket is secured to the battery pack base 1525, the battery pack housing 1505, or other components of the battery pack 1500 or other components within the battery pack. As shown in FIG. 53E , power cable 1510 in this example is secured at location 1538 by adhesive.

As shown in FIGS. 53D and 53E , service loop 1513 of power cable 1510 may be shaped as a curve with a sufficiently small bend radius such that service loop 1513 does not experience frictional contact with battery pack housing 1505 radially outside of the curve. For example, in a fully retracted position of power cable 1510 (eg, as shown in FIG. 53E ), service loop 1513 may have no or only minimal contact with interior walls within battery pack 1500 . The bend radius of service loop 1513 may be small enough that when moving from a fully retracted position to an extended position (such as shown in FIG. 53D ), service loop 1513 may not contact any interior walls within battery pack 1500 such that service loop 1513 does not experience Frictional contact with the battery pack 1500 . Advantageously, this may make it easier for a user to extend or retract power cable 1510 and thereby adjust head mounted display system 1000 .

Figures 53A, 53B and 53F each show two configurations of the service loop 1513 simultaneously, one showing the service loop 1513 and power cable 1510 in a retracted position, and one showing the service loop 1513 in an extended position and power cable 1510.

5.5 arms located inside the perimeter of the HMD

While in some examples of the present technology, the arm 1210 of the head-mounted display unit 1200 may extend from the outside of the display unit housing, and in some examples of the present technology, the arm 1210 may extend from the inside of the head-mounted display unit 1200 .

As shown in FIGS. 34A-34I , the head-mounted display system 1000 may include a head-mounted display unit 1200 and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 (not shown in FIGS. 34A-34I ), the positioning and stabilizing structure is constructed and arranged to In use, the head-mounted display unit 1200 is held in an operating position above the user's face (eg, in the position shown in FIG. 34A ). The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a rear support 1350 configured to engage the back of the user's head and a pair of side straps 1330 configured to attach between the rear support 1350 and the head-mounted display. Between unit 1200, each side strap portion is configured to lie on a respective side of a user's head in use. The head mounted display unit 1200 may comprise a display unit housing 1205 comprising a display and an interface structure 3800 configured to contact a user's face in use.

The head-mounted display unit 1200 may also include a pair of arms 1210, such as shown in FIG. 34A. Each arm 1210 may extend rearwardly from the display unit housing 1205 , each arm 1210 configured for connection to a respective one of the side strap portions 1330 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 .

In the example shown in FIGS. 34A-34I , the display unit housing 1205 has a rear side that includes a perimeter (eg, an outermost perimeter). Each arm 1210 extends from the display unit housing 1205 from within the periphery of the rear side of the display unit housing 1205 . Arms 1210 extending from the inside of the perimeter of the display unit housing can reduce the overall width of the head mounted display unit 1200 and/or can help to get closer to the optimal headband force vector (e.g., closer to parallel to the front-to-back axis) .

As shown particularly in FIGS. 34A-34C , the interface structure 3800 has a perimeter, and each arm 1210 is located between the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing 1205 and the perimeter of the interface structure 3800 . The arms 1210 may each be located in the middle of adjacent portions of the display unit housing 1205 . Additionally, the arms 1210 may each be located laterally of adjacent portions of the interface structure 3800 . The outermost portion of the display unit housing 1205 may flank some or all of the arms 1210 . For example, the sidemost portion of the display unit housing 1205 may be located on the side of the connection between a respective one of the arms 1205 and the display unit housing 1205 .

Each arm 1210 may include an eyelet 1212 configured to receive a respective one of side strap portions 1330 of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . The eyelet 1212 of each arm may be located at or near the rear end of the respective arm 1210 .

5.5.1 Pivoting of the arm

Each of the pair of arms 1210 is pivotable relative to the display unit housing 1205 . 34D-34G and 34I show the pivot point 1213 of each arm. Pivot point 1213 may be within display unit housing 1205 proximate to the display and may be located in front of the user's face. Each arm 1210 may be configured to pivot in use about a horizontal axis perpendicular to the sagittal plane of the user's head. Each arm 1210 can be configured to pivot through an angular range A of at least 9 degrees (FIGS. 34F and 34G). In some examples, angular range A may be at least 19 degrees.

As shown in Figures 34D-34G and 34I, each arm 1210 in this example includes a hub 1230 and an elongated portion 1231 extending away from the hub. The eyelet 1212 of the arm 1210 is formed at the distal end (rear end) of the elongated portion 1231 . Hub 1230 is secured to display unit housing 1205 at pivot point 1213 (optionally via arm mount 1215, described below). Hub 1230 rotates about pivot point 1213, and since elongated portion 1231 is rigidly connected to hub 1230 (e.g., by being integrally formed with hub 1230), elongated portion 1231 is in contact with hub 1230 about pivot point 1213. rotate.

In another example of the present technology, each arm 1210 is slidably connected to the display unit housing 1205 and configured to slidably move to pivot about a pivot point 1213 as shown in FIG. 34J . Figure 34J shows only one side of the head-mounted display, but it should be understood that where features are described for a single arm, the features are applicable to both arms 1210 of the head-mounted display.

In this example, each pivot point 1213 is a theoretical/imaginary pivot point about which the arm 1210 rotates. In this example, pivot point 1213 is not the point at which arm 1213 is connected to display unit housing 1205, but a point in space about which arm 1210 rotates due to its connection to display unit housing 1205 elsewhere. In particular, each arm 1210 is slidably connected to the display unit housing 1205 at a location spaced from its corresponding pivot point 1213 .

As shown in FIG. 34J , each arm 1210 is slidably connected to a corresponding one of a pair of guides 1219 (depicted by dashed lines) of the display unit housing 1205 so as to slide along the corresponding guide 1219 and about a corresponding pivot. Pivot pivot. Each guide 1219 may be elongated to allow the corresponding arm 1210 to slide therealong. Additionally, each guide 1219 may be curved to force pivotal movement of the arm 1210 during sliding. Accordingly, each guide 1219 may be elongated and curved. In this manner, each arm 1210 is configured to pivot relative to display unit housing 1205 about pivot point 1213 without the physical connection between arm 1210 and display unit housing 1205 being at pivot point 1213 .

Each arm 1210 includes an eyelet 1212 configured to receive a corresponding side strap portion 1330 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . In this example, the eyelet 1212 of each arm 1210 is located at or near the rear end of the respective arm 1212, as shown in Figure 34J. In other examples, the arms 1210 may be connected to the strap portion of the headgear 1300 in other suitable manners, such as clips (eg, magnetic clips) or hook and loop connections between the strap portion and each arm 1210 .

In FIG. 34J, the front end of the arm 1210 hidden behind a portion of the display unit housing 1205 is shown in phantom. In this example, the arm 1210 need not be longer than necessary to span between the aperture 1212 and the intended location of the guide 1219 . As shown, the front end of the arm 1210 is positioned adjacent to the guide 1219 . In addition, the display unit housing 1205 has a pair of rearmost points 1205p located on respective sides of the display unit housing 1205 . In this example, each guide 1219 is located near a respective one of the rearmost points 1205p of the display unit housing 1205 .

Guide 1219 and arm 1210 may comprise any configuration that allows arm 1210 to slide along guide 1219 but restricts movement of arm 1210 to pivot/rotate about pivot point 1213 . Guide 1219 and arm 1210 may comprise complementary configurations. Guide 1219 and arm 1210 may be connected in a complementary or male-female relationship, such as in the example shown in Figures 34K and 34L. In some examples, guides 1219 each include a female portion configured to receive a male portion of a corresponding arm 1210 . In other examples, arms 1210 each include a recess that receives a protrusion of a corresponding guide 1219 (such as shown by way of example in FIG. 34M ). In some examples, guide 1219 and arm 1210 are connected in an interlocking configuration that prevents separation of arm 1210 and guide 1219 . For example, arm 1210 and guide 1219 may comprise a dovetail connection (shown by way of example in FIG. The pivotal movement, in turn, prevents separation of the arm 1210 from the guide.

Alternatively, the connection between the arm 1210 and the guide 1219 may not itself prevent separation of the arm 1210 from the guide 1219 . 34L shows a configuration in which the guide 1219 is in the form of a slot that receives the protrusion of the arm 1210 and guides the arm 1210 to move along the slot, but through a portion of the arm mount 1215 adjacent to the arm. The separation of the arm 1210 from the guide 1219 is not prevented by the guide 1219 itself. The guide 1215 may be formed in the arm mounting part 1215 , in a part of the display unit housing 1205 , or in another part of the head mounted display unit 1200 . Figure 34M shows an example where the arm 1210 includes a slot that receives a guide 1219 in the form of a protrusion configured to fit into the slot. In this example, the arm 1210 may be prevented from being separated from the guide 1219 by a part of the arm mounting part 1215 or by another component within the head mounted display unit 1200 .

The use of a guide 1219 for the arm 1210 may advantageously allow the arm 1210 to be shorter, which may allow sufficient space for other components of the head mounted display unit 1200 near the arm 1210 .

The arm 1210 and head-mounted display unit 1200 of the example of the present technology shown in FIGS. 34J-34M may also include any other features described herein with reference to other examples of the present technology, including, but not limited to, Between the perimeter of the rear side of housing 1205 and the perimeter of interface structure 3800, arm mount 1215, range of pivotal movement of arm 1210, predetermined resistance to pivotal movement, pivoting between predetermined incremental orientations and/or static torque resistance.

5.5.2 Arm resistance to pivotal movement

In some examples, each arm 1210 has a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement relative to the display unit housing 1205 . As depicted in FIG. 34E , each arm 1210 can be configured to pivot between a plurality of predetermined incremental orientations (eg, the arms 1210 can snap, land, or fit into place in multiple orientations). A predetermined resistance to pivotal motion needs to be overcome before the arm 1210 can pivot from one predetermined incremental orientation to another predetermined incremental orientation.

In some examples, arms 1210 each include one or more first engagement features 1232 configured to sequentially engage head mounted display unit 1200 ( A plurality of second engagement features 1233 such as display unit housing 1205, arm mount 1215 or another component) engage. Figures 34E and 38B-38N depict various such examples of the present technology.

Each arm 1210 can include a single first engagement feature 1232, such as shown in FIG. 34E or FIGS. 38J and 38K, for example. Alternatively, each of the arms 1210 may include a plurality of first engagement features 1232, wherein each first engagement feature 1232 is configured to engage with a corresponding one of the second engagement features 1233 at a time and configured to be on the arm 1210. Sequential movement between second engagement features 1233 during pivoting. This type of structure is illustrated in the example of Figures 38B-38I and 38L.

In some examples, each arm 1210 includes a plurality of first engagement features 1232 configured to engage with one or more second engagement features 1233 of the head mounted display unit 1200, one or more The second engagement feature 1233 is configured to sequentially engage the first engagement feature 1232 during the pivoting of the arms 1210 between the predetermined incremental orientations.

In some examples, the first engagement feature 1232 is a protrusion and the second engagement feature 1233 is a depression. In other examples, the first engagement feature 1232 is a depression and the second engagement feature 1233 is a protrusion. The first and second engagement features may be complementary, such as male and female features.

In some examples, each arm 1210 includes a hub 1230 pivotally connected to the display unit housing 1205 (eg, directly or via the arm mount 1215 ) and an elongated portion 1231 extending from the hub 1230 . In some examples, such as the examples shown in FIGS. 34E , 38J, 38K, and 38L, one or more first engagement features 1232 of each arm 1210 are provided to the elongated portion 1231 of the arm 1210 .

The display unit housing 1205 in the example of FIG. 34E includes a plurality of second engagement features 1233 (eg, recesses formed from a plurality of bumps) corresponding to predetermined incremental orientations. Additionally, each arm 1210 includes a first engagement feature 1232 configured to mate to each second engagement feature 1233 . A predetermined force (eg, a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement) may be required to move each arm 1210 from one second engagement feature 1233 to the other.

In some examples, each arm 1210 is configured to deform to allow one or more first engagement features 1232 to move sequentially between second engagement features 1233 during pivoting of the arms 1210, as depicted in FIG. 38J .

In some examples, each arm 1210 includes a spring 1236 configured to bias the elongate portion 1231 of the arm 1210 toward the second engagement feature 1233 such that the one or more first engagement features 1231 are biased to align with the second engagement feature 1233 . Engagement feature 1232 engages. In Figure 38K, the arm 1210 includes a spring 1236 in the form of a leaf spring. For example, spring 1236 may press against a portion of display unit housing 1205 or arm mount 1215 .

In the example shown in FIG. 38L , the arm includes a plurality of first engagement features 1232 configured to engage second engagement features 1233 .

In some examples, such as those shown in FIGS. 38B, 38C-38D, 38E-38F, 38G-38H, 38I, 38M, and 38N, the first engagement features 1232 of each arm 1210 are provided in a circular arrangement to The arm 1210 is mounted on a hub 1230 and configured to rotate with the hub 1230 about a pivot point 1213 of the arm 1210 . In the example shown in Figures 38B, 38C-38D, 38E-38F, 38G-38H, and 38I, the first engagement feature 1232 of each arm 1210 faces radially away from the pivot point 1213, and the second engagement feature 1233 faces radially away from the pivot point 1213. towards the pivot point 1213. In other examples, the first engagement feature 1232 of each arm 1210 faces radially toward the pivot point 1213 and the second engagement feature 1233 faces radially away from the pivot point 1213 .

In some examples, the first engagement feature 1232 is provided to a deformable portion of the hub 1230 configured to deform when the arm 1210 pivots to allow the first engagement feature 1232 to sequentially pass between the second engagement features 1233 move. As shown in FIGS. 38B , 38C-38D, 38E-38F, and 38I , hub 1230 may include a raised portion 1234 raised relative to arm 1210 and include a deformable portion and first engagement feature 1232 . The raised portion 1234 may include a hole 1235 adjacent to each deformable portion that allows the deformable portion and the first engagement feature 1232 to deform toward the hole 1235 to allow the first engagement feature 1232 to move over the second engagement feature when the arm 1210 pivots. 1233 to move sequentially. The absence of material in the hole 1235 may allow the arm 1210 to be flexible enough in the deformable portion to deform sufficiently to allow the arm 1210 to rotate through predetermined increments.

In some examples, such as shown in FIGS. 38C-38D and 38E-38F , each deformable portion includes one or more cantilevered portions having at least one of the first engagement features 1232 thereon, the cantilevered portions configured to act as arms 1210 deforms when pivoted to allow sequential movement of first engagement feature 1232 between second engagement features 1233 . Each cantilever portion may have a single first engagement feature 1232 at its end, as shown in Figures 38C-38D, or may have multiple first engagement features thereon, as shown in Figures 38E-38F. In some examples, raised portion 1234 has an S-shape, as shown in Figure 38F.

In some examples, first engagement feature 1232 of arm 1210 forms a snap fit connection with head mounted display unit 1200 to connect arm 1210 to head mounted display unit 1200 as shown in FIGS. 38G and 38H . In this example, each first engagement feature 1232 is deformable radially inwardly. The first engagement feature 1232 is snap fit to the second engagement feature 1233 .

In some examples, the first engagement feature 1232 faces away from the hub 1230 of the arm 1210 and faces the second engagement feature 1233 in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm 1210 (e.g., the axis passing through the pivot point 1213), as shown in FIG. 38M and 38N are shown. The first engagement feature 1232 may be on or in the face of the hub 1230 rather than on the side. The hub 1230 can be configured to move parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm 1210 to move away from the second engagement features 1233 , thereby allowing the first engagement features 1232 to sequentially move between the second engagement features 1233 as the arm 1210 pivots. In the example shown in FIG. 38N , hub 1230 is biased toward second engagement feature 1233 by spring 1236 . For example, the spring may be a coil spring provided around a pin, bolt or screw connecting the arm 1210 to the display unit housing 1205 .

5.5.2.1 Static torque resistance

In another example, each arm 1210 is connected to the display unit housing 1205 such that pivoting of each arm 1210 relative to the display unit housing 1205 requires overcoming a predetermined static torque resistance. In some examples, the predetermined static torque resistance is provided by static friction. Stiction may act between each arm 1210 and a corresponding portion of the display unit housing 1205 or a corresponding arm mounting portion 1215 (to be described below).

In some examples, head mounted display system 1000 includes a pair of friction rings 1220 (eg, O-rings, washers, or the like). Figure 38A shows a schematic cross-sectional view through the pivot point 1213 of the arm 1210, and Figure 54 shows a schematic cross-sectional view through the pivot point 1213 of the arm 1210 according to another example of the present technology. Each friction ring 1220 may be installed in contact with a corresponding one of the arms 1210 and in contact with an adjacent surface (which may be a surface of the arm mounting part 1215 ) inside the head mounted display unit 1200 . Friction ring 1220 provides each arm 1210 with static friction to overcome to pivot relative to display unit housing 1205 .

Each friction ring 1220 may be received in a correspondingly shaped recess within the arm 1210 as shown in FIG. 38A . This may keep the friction ring 1220 in place without causing the friction ring 1220 to take up too much space within the head mounted display unit 1200 . As shown in FIG. 54 , each friction ring 1220 may be located within a friction ring cavity defined in part by a corresponding arm 1210 and in part by a portion of the head mounted display unit 1200 to which the arm 1210 is mounted. In these examples, each arm 1210 is attached to a respective one of a pair of arm mounts 1215 .

Friction ring 1220 may be attached to or received on hub 1230 of arm 1210 . In this example, bolts 1221 and nuts 1222 secure arm 1210 to arm mount 1215 . Nut 1222 may be received on or attached to hub 1230 of arm 1210 . A portion of bolt 1221 may extend through hub 1230 of arm 1210 and may define pivot point 1213 . Friction ring 1220 may be formed from a high friction material and/or clamped to create the desired friction and predetermined static torque resistance.

The arms 1210 may have a length such that a rear end of each arm 1210 is located near a corresponding one of the user's ears.

5.5.3 Arm mounting part

As shown particularly in FIGS. 34B , 34C, 34H and 34I , in this particular example, each arm 1210 is connected to a respective one of a pair of arm mounts 1215 . The display unit case 1205 may include a pair of side parts 1207 on opposite sides of the display unit case 1205 , each of the arm mounting parts 1215 is attached to a middle side of a corresponding one of the side parts 1207 . In this example, each arm is located between a respective arm mounting portion 1215 and a respective side portion 1207 of the display unit housing 1205 . Each arm 1210 may be pivotally connected to a corresponding arm mount 1215 . In other examples, each arm mount 1215 is attached to or integrally formed with a display unit housing 1205 or other component, such as a lens plate.

5.5.4 Arm Orientation

As shown in FIGS. 37A and 37B , in some examples, each arm 1210 has a cross-sectional shape that includes a major axis MA and a minor axis MN. In this example, each arm 1210 is larger on the major axis MA than on the minor axis MN (eg, each arm 1210 has a flattened shape, such as may be rectangular). In some examples of the present technology, the major axis MA is aligned parallel to the sagittal plane of the user's head along the length of the arm portion 1210 in use. Figure 37A shows a cross-section of the arm 1210 with a vertical orientation (eg, aligned with the sagittal plane). One disadvantage of this arrangement is that the extent to which the arm 1210 can pivot before interfering with the display unit housing 1205 is limited (as shown in Figure 37A). Thus, in some examples of the present technology, at a point along the length of each arm 1210 located inside the display unit housing (e.g., where interference may occur), the major axis MA is, in use, oriented to align with the The sagittal plane of the user's head is at an oblique angle O (equal to the angle O with the vertical axis VA), as shown in FIG. 37B. The range of angles through which the arm 1210 can pivot can be increased in this example compared to the example of FIG. 37A , with little or no additional space taken up by the arm 1210 and associated surrounding components.

In some examples, at a point along the length of each arm 1210 located inside the display unit housing 1205, in use the major axis MA of the cross-sectional shape has a medio-inferior orientation. This is the orientation shown in Figure 37B.

In some examples, each arm 1210 is shaped such that the major axis MA of the section changes orientation along the length of the arm 1210 . For example, the shape or cross-sectional orientation of each arm 1210 may have one orientation on the inside of the head-mounted display unit 1200 (e.g., a major axis MA with a superior medial orientation) and another orientation on the outside of the head-mounted display unit 1200 ( For example, vertical orientation). In some examples, at a point along the length of each arm 1210 external to the display unit housing 1205, the main axis MA is oriented substantially parallel to the sagittal plane of the user's head in use.

A head-mounted display system 1000 having an arm 1200 as described with reference to FIGS. 34A-34I may have any one or more of the other features described herein (such as top strap portion 1340 ), unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

5.5.5 Electron Volume

In some examples of the present technology, head mounted display unit 1200 includes a pair of electronic volumes 1203 . FIG. 55C shows a schematic view of one side of the head mounted display unit 1200 including the electronic volume 1203 . Each electronic volume 1203 may be located on a respective side of the head mounted display unit 1200 and adjacent to a respective one of the arms 1210 . Each electronic volume 1203 may include one or more electronic components. Electronic volume 1203 may be a volume of space within head mounted display unit 1200 that contains one or more electronic components.

As shown in FIG. 55C , each arm includes a hub 1230 pivotally connected to the display unit housing 1205 at pivot point 1213 and an elongated portion 1231 extending from the hub 1230 . In an example, the elongated portion 1231 is curved so as not to interfere with the electronic volume 1203 . Elongated portion 1231 may include curved portions and straight portions, but may be generally elongated. As also shown in FIG. 55C , each arm 1210 can include an eyelet 1213 for attachment to a side strap portion 1330 . The elongated portion 1231 of each arm 1210 may include an offset portion 1237 . Offset portion 1237 may be offset from axis 1238 passing between aperture 1213 and pivot point 1238 . Offset portion 1237 may increase the rotational range of arm 1210 without disturbing electronic volume 1203 . The curvature and/or offset portion 1237 of the arm 1210 may advantageously allow the electronic volume 1203 to be positioned adjacent (eg, below) the arm 1210 without the arm 1210 interfering with the electronic volume 1203 . Additionally, positioning the electronic volume 1203 as far back as possible within the head-mounted display unit 1200 may be advantageous in the head-mounted display unit 1200 than if the electronic volume 1203 were located further forward (e.g., away from the user's head). Provides a more favorable weight balance within. Furthermore, by shaping the arm to avoid the electronic volume 1203, the pivot point 1213 and the eyelet 1212 can advantageously be positioned in an optimal position.

In some examples, electronic volume 1203 includes audio speakers. In other examples, an electronic volume may alternatively or additionally contain one or more of a sensor, a battery, and a processor.

5.6 Elastic connector elements between arms and side straps

55A and 55B, in some examples, a head-mounted display system includes a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that includes a pair of side straps 1330 configured to connect between a rear support 1350 and a head Between the wearable display unit 1200, each side strap portion is configured to sit on a respective side of the user's head in use. The head mounted display unit 1200 may comprise a display unit housing 1205 including a display; an interface structure 3800 configured to contact a user's face in use; and a pair of arms 1210 . As particularly shown in FIG. 55B , each arm 1210 may be configured for releasable attachment directly to a respective one of the side strap portions 1330 .

The head-mounted display unit 1200 may further include a pair of elastic connectors 1250 . Each elastic connector 1250 may be configured to form an elastic connection connecting a respective one of the side strap portions 1330 to a respective one of the arms 1210 . Elastic connector 1250 may be configured to stretch when side strap portion 1330 is not directly attached to arm 1210 during donning and doffing of head mounted display system 1000 while maintaining side strap portion 1330 in contact with arm 1210. Elastic connection between arms 1210. Advantageously, this may allow the head mounted display system 1000 to be put on and taken off without completely separating the side strap portions 1330 from the head mounted display unit 1200 . The stretchable nature of the elastic connector 1250 may enable some tension to be maintained in the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 during donning and taking off, which may advantageously hold the head mounted display unit 1200 as the user tightens the headgear straps. It remains on the user's head and prevents the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 from inadvertently sliding, falling, or otherwise leaving position.

Referring to FIGS. 55A and 55B , each arm 1210 includes a hub portion 1230 and an elongated portion 1231 . In this example, elastic connector 1250 is connected to elongated portion 1231 at elastic connector connection point 1251 . As shown in FIG. 55B , each arm 1210 includes an eyelet 1213 at the rear end of the arm 1210 configured to connect to a corresponding side strap portion 1330 . The elastic connector connection point 1251 may be located in front of the eyelet 1213 . In some examples, resilient connectors 1250 are permanently connected to corresponding arms 1210 . In other examples, the resilient connector 1250 may be removably connected to the arm 1210, such as by a hook and loop connection or a press stud connection. In some examples, the elastic connectors 1250 can be removably attached to the side strap portions 1330, such as by a hook and loop connection or a press stud connection, or can be permanently attached to the side strap portions.

5.7 Headband buckle integrated into the interface structure

Referring to FIGS. 35A and 35B , in some examples, a head mounted display unit 1200 includes a display unit housing 1205 and an interface structure 3800 . Interface structure 3800 may be configured and arranged in opposing relationship to the user's face. The interface structure 3800 may comprise: a face engaging portion 3810 configured, in use, for engaging the user's face; and a chassis 3802 connected to the face engaging portion 3810 and further connected to the display unit housing 1205 for Interface structure 3800 is attached to display unit housing 1205 .

35A and 35B are schematic cross-sectional views of the interface structure 3800 and the upper portion of the display unit housing 1205 aligned with the sagittal plane of the user's head.

In the example of FIGS. 35A and 35B , chassis 3802 of interface structure 3800 is configured for attachment to top strap portion 1340 of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 for holding head mounted display unit 1200 in use. Actionable position on the user's head. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may further include a rear support 1350 configured to engage the back of the user's head and a pair of side straps 1330 configured to attach between the rear support 1310 and the head-worn Between the display unit 1205, each side strap portion is configured to sit on a respective side of the user's head in use. Features of top strap portion 1340 and positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 are described elsewhere herein.

As shown in FIGS. 35A and 35B , chassis 3802 may include eyelets 3812 through which top strap portion 1340 can be looped back and secured to itself. In the example of FIG. 35A , eyelet 3812 is formed by both chassis 3802 and display unit housing 1205 such that top strap portion 1340 can wrap around a portion of chassis 3802 and a portion of display unit housing 1205 . In the example of FIG. 35B , an aperture 3812 is formed in an upper protrusion 3814 of the chassis 3802 . As shown, upper protrusion 3814 may protrude through an opening in display unit housing 1205 .

Top strap portion 1340 may be threaded through eyelet 3812, looped back and secured to itself, such as by hook and loop fastening, buckle, magnetic connection, or the like.

Chassis 3802 may be a substantially rigid portion and may be formed from a thermoplastic material or an elastomer, such as a high durometer elastomer.

5.8 Interface structure

In some embodiments, two or more of the chassis, support structure, and face-engaging surfaces of the interface structure may be integrally formed as a single component that includes varying thicknesses and finishes across it to provide A desired level of rigidity or a desired level of cushioning is provided at the face engaging surface. For example, in some such embodiments, the interface structure can be formed from a single body of silicone. For example, FIGS. 10A through 10C illustrate an interface structure 3100 that includes a support structure in the form of a support flange 3102 supporting an integral face engaging flange 3106 having a face engaging surface 3108 . In further embodiments, additional components may be provided to interface structure 3100 . In alternative embodiments, the interface structure may be integrally formed as a single piece from foam or elastomeric material.

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a face engaging portion constructed of a flexible and resilient material (e.g., an elastomer such as silicone) backed by a more rigid support portion (e.g., composed of a plastic material) support. In an embodiment, the rigid support may comprise a chassis.

For example, referring to FIG. 11A , an interface structure 3200 may include a rigid support portion 3202 to which a flexible and resilient face engaging portion 3204 may be disposed. The face engaging portion 3204 may be curved in cross-section, having a support flange 3206 and an integral face engaging flange 3208 having a face engaging surface 3210 . Overlapping portion 3212 of face engaging portion 3204 may be secured to rigid support portion 3202 .

In another example, referring to FIG. 11B , the rigid support portion 3202 may include a positioning portion, such as a recess 3214 . Face engaging portion 3204 may include a biasing portion, such as spring 3216, received within recess 3214 and configured to provide a biasing force to face engaging portion 3204 in the direction of the user's face.

In another example, referring to FIG. 11C , face engaging portion 3204 may include an accordion-shaped section 3218 between rigid support portion 3202 and face engaging flange 3208 . The accordion-shaped section 3218 includes one or more folds and may provide a higher degree of flexibility or increased movement to help conform to the user's face.

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a foam portion supported by a resilient and flexible face-engaging portion, wherein the foam portion provides a face-engaging surface.

For example, referring to FIG. 12A , an interface structure 3300 may include a rigid support portion 3302 upon which a flexible and resilient face engaging portion 3304 may be provided in a configuration similar to that described with reference to FIG. 11A . The face engaging portion 3304 has a support flange 3306 and an integral face engaging flange 3308 , and the overlapping portion 3310 is secured to the rigid support portion 3302 . A foam pad 3312 having a face engaging surface 3314 is disposed on the user-facing side of the face engaging flange 3308 . In an example, foam pad 3312 may be permanently attached to face engaging flange 3308 . In an alternative embodiment, foam pad 3312 may be releasably attached to face engaging flange 3308 . In the example of FIG. 12A , foam pad 3312 may comprise a fabric foam composite (eg, a foam core with a fabric outer layer). In the example of FIG. 12B , foam padding 3312 may include flocked foam. In the example of FIG. 12C , foam pad 3312 may include virgin foam.

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a fabric layer disposed to the resilient and flexible face engaging portion, wherein the fabric layer provides the face engaging surface.

For example, referring to FIG. 13A , an interface structure 3400 may include a rigid support portion 3402 upon which a flexible and resilient face engaging portion 3404 may be provided in a configuration similar to that described with reference to FIG. 11A . The face engaging portion 3404 has a support flange 3406 and an integral face engaging flange 3408 , and the overlapping portion 3410 is secured to the rigid support portion 3402 . A fabric layer 3412 having a facing surface 3414 is disposed on the user-facing side of the facing flange 3408 . In the example of FIG. 13A , fabric layer 3412 is releasably attached to face engaging portion 3404 using retention devices 3416 . In one example, retention device 3416 may be a rigid element that clamps fabric layer 3412 in place. In another example, retention device 3416 may be elastic, fitting over face engaging portion 3404 to hold it in place. In an alternative embodiment, see FIG. 13B , fabric layer 3412 may be permanently attached to face engaging flange 3308 . It is contemplated that in this embodiment, the surface area of fabric layer 3412 may be smaller compared to that of FIG. so far. This may also have the effect of reducing the spring properties of the fabric layer 3412 on the exposed areas of the support flange 3406 .

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a face engaging portion supported by a more rigid support (e.g., constructed of a plastic material), wherein the face engaging portion includes a foam pad and an elastomeric cover over the foam pad .

For example, referring to FIG. 14A , an interface structure 3500 may include a rigid support portion 3502 to which a flexible and resilient face engaging portion 3504 may be disposed. The face engaging portion 3504 may have a support flange 3506 and a cushion support flange 3508 extending from the support flange 3506 . Foam pad 3510 is disposed on pad support flange 3508 . A cushion cover 3512 (eg, made of elastomer) extends over the foam cushion 3510 and provides a face engaging surface 3514 in use. In an example, cushion cover 3512 is releasably attached, eg, using fastening means 3516 . The free edge of the gasket cover 3512 extends beyond the gasket support flange 3508 .

In another example, referring to FIG. 14B , gasket cover 3512 is permanently attached (eg, integrally formed) to support flange 3506 and gasket support flange 3508 . In the example of FIG. 14B , cushion cover 3512 does not extend around foam cushion 3512 until cushion support flange 3508 is reached.

FIG. 14C shows an example in which the gasket support flange 3508 extends from the rigid support portion 3502 and is made of a more rigid material than the gasket cover 3012 .

In an example such as that shown in Figure 14D, the cushion cover 3512 may extend, in use, from a location on the cushion support flange 3508 proximate the user's face. In such examples, the exposure of the foam pad 3510 may be considered to be "outward" facing compared to the "inward" facing exposure of the foam pad 3510 in the example of FIG. 14B .

In another example, referring to FIG. 14E , face engaging portion 3504 includes overlapping portion 3516 secured to rigid support portion 3502 . Cushion cover 3512 may cover at least a portion of foam cushion 3510 and support flange 3506 . In one example, the edge of the cushion cover 3512 can be located proximally of the rigid support 3502 . In an alternate example, cushion cover 3512 may be attached to rigid support 3502 .

In some forms of the present technology, an interface structure may be provided wherein the support structure and the face engaging portion of the interface structure may be integrally formed as a single component comprising varying thicknesses to provide a desired level of rigidity and/or cushioning at the face engaging surface .

For example, Figures 15A to 15E illustrate an integrally formed interface structure 3600 generally comprising a forehead portion 3602, two cheek portions 3604, and two side portions 3606 which, in use, are close to the user's sphenoid region and will The forehead portion 3602 is connected to a corresponding cheek portion 3604 . A tab 3608 extends from the free end of each cheek 3604 . Interface structure 3600 includes multiple regions of different thicknesses. The first region 3610 extends around the inner perimeter of the interface structure 3600, ie the edge of the interface structure 3600 that is closest to the user's face. The second region 3612 extends around the periphery of the interface structure 3600 . The third region 3614 extends around the inner perimeter of the interface structure 3600 between the first region 3610 and the second region 3612 . A fourth region 3616 is disposed in each cheek 3604 bounded by the first region 3610 and the third region 3614 . In this example, the first region 3610 has a greater thickness (eg, about 2 mm) than the fourth region 3616 (eg, about 1.5 mm). The fourth region 3616 has a greater thickness (eg, about 1 mm) than the third region 3614 . The third region 3614 has a greater thickness (eg, about 0.7 mm) than the second region.

Another example of an integrally formed interface structure 3600 is shown in FIGS. 15F through 15K . First region 3610 includes rear forehead portion 3630 in forehead portion 3602 that extends upwardly from the inner perimeter of interface structure 3600 . Third region 3614 includes upper forehead portion 3632 in forehead portion 3602 that extends over the center of forehead portion 3602 into front forehead portion 3634 . The second region 3612 includes an upper side portion 3636 and an outer peripheral forehead portion 3628, the upper side portions each extending from a respective side portion 3606 towards the upper forehead portion 3632, the outer peripheral forehead portion being in use relative to a more rigid support (e.g., chassis) is fixed. The relative thickness of these regions can be seen from the coding scale provided.

In the example shown in FIGS. 15A to 15E , the width of the first region 3610 through the forehead 3602 is wider than the width of the cheeks 3604 or the sides 3606 . Furthermore, the width of the second region 3612 through the forehead 3602 is greater than the width of the cheeks 3604 .

In some forms of the present technology, an interface structure may be provided wherein the face engaging portion of the interface structure is configured to be biased into engagement with a user's face in use. In an embodiment, only selected areas of the face engaging portion may be biased toward engagement with the user's face. In an embodiment, the interface structure may be shaped such that when unloaded, the region of the face engaging portion extends toward the user at an angle that is not parallel to the surface of the user's face with which the face engaging portion is intended to engage. Referring to Figure 16A, the interface structure 3700 includes a support flange 3702 that supports an integral face engaging flange 3704 that engages the face 3706 of a user in use. At least a portion of the cross-section of interface structure 3700 may be shaped to be "preloaded," ie, biased toward the user's face when engaged. For example, the rest position of face engaging flange 3704 (indicated by dashed line 3708) may be such that face engaging flange 3704 is not parallel to the user's face (indicated by dashed line 3710), angled toward the user. This can help facilitate engagement with the user's face, as well as friction between the interface structure 3700 and the user.

In embodiments, it may be desirable to provide such "preloading" in selected regions. Referring to FIG. 16B, the first area 3712 of the user's face may generally be concave. Such recessed areas may tend to allow light to enter through the gap between the user's face and interface structure 3700 . As such, the corresponding first interface region 3714 of the interface structure 3700 can be shaped to bias the face engaging flange 3704 toward engagement with the user's face in the first region 3712 . In contrast, the second region 3716 of the user's face may typically be prominent and prone to discomfort due to pressure from the interface structure 3700 . The corresponding second interface region 3718 of the interface structure 3700 can be shaped to avoid biasing the face engaging flange 3704 towards engagement with the user's face in the first region 3712, or at least to a reduced extent compared to the first interface region 3714 Upper offset face engages the flange.

5.9 Air flow through the interface structure

In some forms of the present technology, an interface structure may include a chassis configured to allow airflow to enter and exit a space between the interface structure and a user. Heat may be generated during use, for example, as a result of user activity, and/or emitted from electronic components of the head mounted display unit 1200 . This heat can build up in the space and cause discomfort to the user. Enabling airflow to and from the space can help provide cooling to the user.

In an example, referring to FIG. 17A , an interface structure 3800 may comprise a chassis 3802 comprising a main chassis portion 3804 configured to extend laterally across a user's face in use and a side chassis portion 3806 configured to generally extending in a rearward direction. The chassis 3802 includes openings 3808 (ie, chassis airflow ports) between the main chassis portion 3804 and each side chassis portion 3806 . Face engaging portion 3810 is provided to chassis 3802 .

Referring to FIG. 17B , a display unit 3820 having a display unit housing 3822 is shown worn by a user. Air can flow through opening 3808 and between display unit housing 3822 and face engaging portion 3810 .

In an example, reinforcement may be provided between main chassis portion 3804 and each side chassis portion 3806 . For example, as shown in FIG. 17C , chassis 3802 may include one or more reinforcement members spanning between main chassis portion 3804 and side chassis portions 3806 .

17D and 17E illustrate another example of a display unit 3820 having an interface structure 3800 including a chassis 3802 configured to allow airflow into the space between the interface structure 3800 and the user. In this example, the chassis 3802 is configured to be secured to a mounting plate 3824 of the display unit 3820, the mounting plate 3284 having a generally flat configuration and extending laterally across the user's face in use. Side chassis portions 3806 extend in a generally rearward direction from mounting plate 3824 toward the side of the user's head.

Face engaging portion 3810 is provided to chassis 3802 . In an example, the face engaging portion 3810 may be a unitary structure, such as described with reference to FIGS. 15A-15E , constructed of a flexible and resilient material (eg, elastomer), while the chassis may be constructed of a more rigid material.

In an example, face engaging portion 3810 may be integral with chassis 3802 to provide a single component. A single component comprising face engaging portion 3810 and chassis 3802 may be releasably fastened to display unit 3820 , such as to mounting plate 3284 . For example, a releasable fastening arrangement may be provided that includes one or more of the following: hook and loop fastening means, magnetic fastening means, and fasteners that allow friction, interference, snapping or Clips or retainers for other mechanical securing arrangements.

The chassis 3802 includes a lateral opening 3808 in each side chassis portion 3806 . One or more gaps between the housing of the display unit 3820 and the interface structure 3800 allow air to flow to and from the external environment through the side openings 3808 (as indicated by the dashed arrows in FIGS. 17D and 17E ).

In an example, one or more upper openings may be provided in chassis 3802 to allow airflow between the external environment and the space within interface structure 3800 . In an example, one or more lower openings may be provided in chassis 3802 to allow airflow between the external environment and the space within interface structure 3800 . In an example, chassis 3802 may include one or more of: side opening 3808, an upper opening, and a lower opening.

5.10 Inwardly Biased Interface Structure

FIG. 18A shows an interface structure 3800 according to another example of the present technology. Similar to the interface structure 3800 described above with reference to FIGS. 17A-17C , the interface structure 3800 includes a chassis comprising a main chassis portion 3804 and side chassis portions 3806, the main chassis portion being configured to extend laterally across the user's face in use, the side chassis portions 3806 and The chassis portion is configured to extend in a generally rearward direction. Each side chassis portion 3806 extends from a respective side of the main chassis portion 3804 in a generally rearward direction. The interface structure 3800 further includes a face engaging portion 3810 attached about the periphery of the chassis 3804, the face engaging portion 3810 being configured to contact the user's face in use.

In this example, each of the side chassis portions 3806 is biased centrally toward the user's head to bias the face-engaging portion 3810 with the user's head on each side of the user's head at the user's sphenoid bone or nearby contacts. That is, the side chassis portions 3806 are biased inwardly so that the face-engaging portions 3810 engage the side-facing surfaces of the eye-side of the user's head (eg, at or near the user's sphenoid).

The chassis 3802 may be flexible (eg, as a whole or with specific flexible portions) allowing the side chassis portions 3806 to be deployed laterally by the user's head in use to the deployed configuration and biased medially to the undeployed configuration. The side chassis portions 3806 may be flexible to flex or pivot relative to the main chassis portion 3804, thereby allowing the side chassis portions 3806 to be deployed laterally by the user's head in use into the deployed configuration and biased medially to be undeployed configuration.

In some examples, the side chassis portions 3806 are capable of flexing or pivoting relative to the main chassis portion 3804, thereby allowing the side chassis portions 3806 to be deployed laterally by the user's head into the deployed configuration and biased medially to be undeployed, in use. configuration, each side chassis portion 3806 is biased toward the middle by a biasing member.

The biasing member may include a spring element configured to pull each side chassis portion 3806 intermediately. In other examples, the biasing member includes a spring element configured to urge each side chassis portion 3806 medially.

The face engaging portion 3810 may have one of the configurations described herein with respect to a portion of the interface structure engaging the user's face. The face engaging portion 3810 may include a face engaging flange. The face engaging flange may be bent inwardly from the chassis 3804 . The face joint flange is formed from silicone.

In some examples, chassis 3802 includes at least one opening 3808 between main chassis portion 3804 and each side chassis portion 3806 . In some examples, head mounted display unit 1200 includes a display unit housing, and at least one opening 3808 provides an air path between interface structure 3800 and the display unit housing.

5.11 Positioning and stabilizing structure, which is connected to the interface structure

In some examples of the present technology, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 (eg, one or more straps) connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 of the head mounted display system 1000 interface structure 3800 (eg, a strap is attached to interface structure 3800 rather than display unit housing 1205).

18B-18C illustrate a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 for a head mounted display system 1000 connected to an interface structure configured to contact a user's face in use. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in this example includes a rear support portion 1350 and a pair of strap portions 1332, 1334 configured to engage the back of the user's head, the pair of strap portions connected to the rear support portion 1350 and configured to is an interface structure 3800 connected to a head-mounted display unit. FIG. 18D shows an example of lateral strap portion 1330 connected to interface structure 3800 .

5.12 Positioning and stabilizing structure which pulls the sides inward

18B-18C illustrate a head-mounted display system 1000 (except for the interface structure 3800, most of the components of the head-mounted display unit 1200 are not shown) according to an example of the present technology. In each example, the interface structure 3800 includes a chassis 3802 comprising a main chassis portion 3804 and a pair of side chassis portions 3806, the main chassis portion being configured to extend laterally across the user's face in use, each side chassis portion being configured to are extending in a generally rearward direction from respective sides of the main chassis portion 3804 . A face engaging portion 3810 is attached around the perimeter of the chassis 3802, the face engaging structure 3810 being configured to contact the user's face in use.

Each head-mounted display system 1000 further includes a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a rear support portion 1350 and a pair of side strap portions, the rear support portion is configured to engage the back of the user's head, the side strap portions It is configured to connect the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200 in use. In the example shown in FIGS. 18B and 18C , the pair of side strap portions includes a pair of upper strap portions 1332 and a pair of lower strap portions 1334 . In the example shown in FIG. 18D, the pair of side strap portions includes side strap portions 1330 on each side of the user's head.

In each example, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is attached to head-mounted display unit 1200 such that, in use, side chassis portion 3806 is pushed toward the middle of the user's head by side strap portions to push face engaging portion 3810 into contact with the user's head. The user's head on each side of the head contacts at or near the user's sphenoid bone.

As shown, each side strap portion may be configured to connect to a corresponding one of side chassis portions 3806 . Each side strap portion can be configured to pull the corresponding side chassis portion 3806 rearwardly such that the side chassis portion 3806 flexes or pivots medially to force the face engaging portion 3810 to meet the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone. ministry contacts.

In other examples, each side strap portion can be configured to push the corresponding side chassis portion 3806 medially, thereby causing the side chassis portion 3806 to flex or pivot medially to force the face engaging portion 3810 on the user's sphenoid bone. at or near the user's head. For example, each side strap portion may be configured to medially push the corresponding side chassis portion 3806 via a substantially rigid member (eg, an arm) or a portion of the side strap portion 3806 that is in contact with the side strap portion.

As shown in FIG. 18D , the rear support portion 1350 may include a parietal strap portion 1310 configured to cover the parietal bone of the user's head in use and a parietal strap portion 1310 configured to cover or be located below the occiput of the user's head in use. Occipital strap portion 1320 . In some examples, the rear support portion 1350 includes an annular strap portion having an upper portion covering the parietal bones of the user's head and a lower portion covering the occipital bones of the user's head.

As shown in Figures 18B and 18C, the pair of side strap portions includes, as described above, a pair of upper strap portions 1332, each configured to attach in use to a respective side of the user's head between the rear support portion 1350 of the head-mounted display unit 1200 (only its interface structure 3800 is visible); and a pair of lower side strap portions 1334, each of which is configured to be attached to the user's head in use Between the rear support portion 1350 on the corresponding side of and the head-mounted display unit 1200 (only its interface structure 3800 is visible). In this example, the upper strap portions 1332 are each configured to apply force to the head mounted display unit 1200 having an upper and a rear magnitude. In some examples, lower side strap portions 1334 are each configured to be removably connected to corresponding side chassis portions 3806 via a magnetic connection.

5.13 Interface structures involving two or more components

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a chassis, wherein one or more of the support portion and/or the face engaging portion of the interface structure, or portions thereof, are releasably attached to the chassis.

It is contemplated that the ability to releasably attach the support and/or the face engaging portion may aid in one or more of the following: cleaning of the interface structure, replacement of its components, and/or selection of component characteristics (e.g., hardness or level of softness, surface finish or material, shape, and/or size).

In one example, the releasable attachment of the interface structure may be provided at discrete locations of the chassis, ie may not extend along the entire perimeter of the chassis. For example, releasably attachable portions may be provided in one or more of the forehead region and/or one or more cheek regions of the interface structure. In an alternative example, the releasably connectable portion of the interface structure may be provided over the entire perimeter of the chassis, or at least over a major portion of the chassis.

In an example, the releasably attached portion of the interface structure may be made of one or more of a foam material, an elastomer material, a fabric material, or a composite material.

In one example, the interface structure may include at least one elastomeric portion and at least one foam portion. In one example, at least one foam portion may be attached to the interface structure such that the elastomeric portion covers the foam portion to provide a face engaging surface. In one example, at least one foam portion may be attached to the chassis, the elastomeric portion, or both the chassis and the elastomeric portion.

In an example, a portion of the support portion and/or the face engaging portion of the interface structure may be permanently attached (eg, integrally molded) to the chassis at selected locations. Spaces may be provided in which the removable portion may be positioned and attached relative to the chassis.

5.14 Interface construction including foam parts

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a face engaging portion supported by a more rigid support portion, wherein the face engaging portion includes a first foam portion and the support portion includes a second foam portion.

For example, referring to FIG. 44A , an interface structure 6500 can include a support portion 6502 made of a first foam to which a face engaging portion 6504 can be provided—the face engaging portion 6504 being made of a second foam. The first foam may be configured to provide greater stiffness than the second foam, with the support 6502 acting to maintain the position of the softer face engaging portion 6504, which provides a comfortable point of contact for the user.

In an example, the first foam and the second foam may be made of the same material, but with different densities. In an example, the first foam can have a first density, and the second foam can have a second density that is lower than the first density. In examples, the foam may be viscoelastic or polyurethane foam.

In an example, face engaging portion 6504 may include coarse foam. In an example, such as shown in FIG. 44B, the face engaging portion 6504 may comprise a fabric foam composite (eg, a foam core with a fabric outer layer 6506) or flocked foam to provide a soft point of contact with the user's skin.

In an example, as shown in FIG. 44D , the support part 6502 may include a first support part 6510 extending in a first direction and a second support part 6512 extending from the first support part 6510 in a second direction. For example, the first support portion 6510 may extend in a generally radial direction across the user's face, while the second support portion 6512 may extend in a generally rearward direction toward the user's face.

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a support portion and a face engaging portion integrally formed as a single piece, the support portion and the face engaging portion being made of a foam material.

For example, referring to FIG. 45A , an interface structure 6600 may include a support portion 6602 from which a curved surface engaging portion 6604 extends. In the example shown, the rearward transition between the support portion 6602 and the face engaging portion 6604 creates a generally hook-shaped cross-section.

In an example, the integral form of the support portion 6602 and the face engaging portion 6604 may be thermoformed.

In an example, interface structure 6600 may include coarse foam. In alternative examples, such as shown in FIG. 45B , the interface structure 6600 may comprise a fabric foam composite (eg, a foam core with a fabric outer layer 6606 ), or flocked foam, to provide a soft point of contact with the user's skin.

5.15 Interface structures comprising at least one ring

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a flexible and resilient face-engaging portion having a curved cross-section, wherein the face-engaging portion includes at least one closed loop portion having a closed cross-section.

For example, referring to FIGS. 59A and 50B , the face engaging portion 3810 includes cheek portions 3840 which, in use, are disposed on respective sides of the user's nose. The cheek 3842 includes a base 3842 having a front 3844 connected to the chassis 3802 and a rear 3846 curved to provide a user contact surface.

The cheek portion 3840 also includes a ring portion 3850 . In this example, loop portion 3850 includes a front loop portion 3852 secured to front portion 3846 of base portion 3842 (eg, using adhesive). Ring portion 3850 further includes an arcuate portion 3854 extending in a rearward direction from front ring portion 3852 . Ring portion 3850 also includes a ring flange 3856 extending from arcuate portion 3854 in a rearward direction. The section of the arcuate portion 3854 tapers between the arcuate portion 3854 and the ring flange 3856 . Although not shown, ring flange 3856 is inserted into base 3842 and secured to forward facing surface 3848 of front 3846 . In doing so, ring flange 3856 overlaps base 3842 to provide a closed loop.

In the example shown, base 3842 and ring 3842 are manufactured as separate pieces and fastened together via front ring 3852 . In an alternative example, front loop portion 3852 may be integrally formed with base portion 3842 (ie, loop portion 3850 would extend from base portion 3842).

5.16 Interface Structure Including Shade Nose

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a face engaging portion, wherein the face engaging portion includes a visor nose portion spanning between cheek portions of the face engaging portion.

For example, referring to FIGS. 59A , 59C and 59D , the facial junction 3810 includes a nose 3880 spanning between the cheeks 3840 . The nose portion 3880 comprises a nose portion 3882 extending radially and upwardly in use on the nose of the user's nose. In an example, nose portion 3882 is connected to ring portion 3850 by alar portion 3884 .

Nose portion 3880 includes first and second nasal bridge portions 3886 extending upwardly from nasal protuberance portion 3882 . Central slot 3888 extends between nose bridges 3886 from the rear edge of nose 3880 toward front nose 3882 . Outer groove 3890 is disposed between bridge portion 3886 and ring portion 3850 , extending to alar portion 3884 . As a result, the nosepiece 3886 acts like a flap and rests on the side of the bridge of the user's nose in use. When resting on the user, the lift of the bridge of the nose 3886 causes the bridge of the nose to overlap to promote a blackout effect.

5.17 Releasable attachment to the interface structure with respect to the head-mounted display unit

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a face engaging portion configured to engage a user's face in use, and a chassis connected to the face engaging portion, and a chassis releasably attachable to the head mounted display unit Chassis Mounting Department.

For example, referring to FIGS. 59E-59H , a chassis 8000 includes a main body 8001 having a forehead 8002, cheeks 8004, sides connecting the forehead 8002 and cheeks 8004, and a nose bridging between the cheeks 8004 in an anterior direction. 8008. Each side portion 8006 of the chassis 8000 has a chassis catch 8010 .

Referring to FIG. 59E, in this example, the capture flange 8022 of the chassis capture portion 8010 extends approximately the distance between the forehead portion 8002 and the cheek portion 8004 in the upper and lower direction of attachment. In an alternative example, as shown in Figure 59F, the capture flange 8022 may extend only a portion of the span (shown as slot 8009).

In the example shown, the head mounted display unit 1200 includes a mounting plate 8100 having an integral chassis mounting portion 8200 extending in a rearward direction. In an alternative example, the chassis mount 8200 may be provided as a separate part fastened to the mounting plate 8100 . The chassis mount 8200 includes a plurality of mounting catches 8210 configured to engage the chassis catches 8010 to releasably attach the chassis 8000 to the chassis mount 8200 .

As shown in Figure 59H, the main body 8001 of the chassis 8001 has a "U" channel cross-section. The chassis mount 8200 includes a chassis receiver in the form of an "L" channel 8202 . In use, the main body 8001 is inserted into the channel 8202 .

The chassis catch portion 8010 includes a catch protrusion 8014 . The catch arm extends from the main body 8001 to the catch protrusion 8014 . Capture protrusion 8014 includes a rearwardly facing capture surface 8016 . The rearwardly facing capture surface 8016 is angled in a radially outward forward direction (indicated by reference numeral 8018). The capture protrusion 8014 further includes a forward facing guide surface 8020 angled from the rearward facing capture surface 8016 in a radially inward forward direction. The capture flange 8022 extends from the capture protrusion 8010 in a radially inward forward direction.

The mounting catch 8210 includes a forward facing catch surface 8216 that is angled in a radially inward forward direction. The mounting catch 8210 further includes a rearwardly facing guide surface 8220 , and a transition surface 8222 between the rearwardly facing guide surface 8220 and the forwardly facing catcher surface 8216 . The transition surface 8222 is angled from the forward-facing capture surface 8216 in a radially inward rearward direction with an acute angle therebetween to provide the capture edge 8222 .

In use, the chassis 8000 is inserted into the chassis mount 8200 in a forward direction with the forward facing guide surface 8020 abutting the rearward facing guide surface 8220 and with the catch protrusion 8014 riding on the mount catch 8210 until the catch protrusion 8014 Pass transition surface 8222.

When the chassis 8000 is fully inserted into the chassis mounting portion 8200, a gap 8030 is provided in the front-rear direction between the rearward-facing catching surface 8016 and the front-facing catching surface 8216. The forward-facing catch surface 8216 (and more specifically the catch edge 8222 ) acts on the rear-facing catch surface 8016 to prevent inadvertent release of the chassis 8000 .

When a user wishes to remove chassis 8000, force may be applied to capture flange 8022 in a radially inward direction and chassis 8000 may be pulled in a rearward direction. The corner 8018 of the rearward facing capture surface 8016 in combination with the force applied to the capture flange causes the capture protrusion 8014 to ride over the capture edge 8222 and release the chassis 8000 .

60A-60G illustrate alternative examples of securing the chassis. In the example shown, chassis 8000 includes side connector portions 8050 and forehead connector portions 8070 . The portion of chassis 8000 includes a body channel 8040 from which an outer web 8042 extends.

In this example, chassis 8000 is fastened to display unit housing 1205 . The side connector portion 8050 includes a receiver slot 8052 in which the edge of the display unit housing 1205 is received, and a bracket member 8054 maintains a desired spacing between the chassis 8000 and the display unit housing 1205 . The outer flange 8056 of the side connector portion 8050 includes locating features 8058 configured to interact with compatible components (not shown) of the display unit housing 1205 .

The forehead connector portion 8070 is configured to interact with a forehead positioner 8080 having a positioner body member 8082 and a tab receiving portion 8084 . The tab receiver 8084 includes a receiving slot 8086 and a lower slot member 8088 . The forehead connector portion 8070 includes a tab 8072 having a tab locating feature 8074 . In use, the tab 8072 is inserted into the receiving slot 8086 and the lower slot member 8088 acts against the tab detent feature 8074 to prevent inadvertent withdrawal.

In this example, the forehead locator 8080 includes an eyelet 3812 and the display unit housing 1205 includes an eyelet slot 8090 . The forehead positioner 8080 is positioned relative to the display unit housing 1205 by inserting the eyelet 3812 through the eyelet slot 8090 , and the chassis 8000 is secured by inserting the tab 8072 into the receiving slot 8086 .

5.18 Ventilation of interface structures through tortuous paths

In some forms of the present technology, a tortuous airflow path may be provided between the interior of the interface structure and the exterior of the head mounted display unit, wherein the tortuous airflow path passes between the exterior of the interface structure and the interior of the display unit housing. As noted above, enabling airflow into and out of the space inside the interface structure can help provide cooling to the user.

For example, referring to FIGS. 61A-61G , a rearwardly facing side gap 8300 (ie, chassis mounting opening) may be provided between the display unit housing 1205 and the chassis mounting portion 8200 . The chassis mount 8200 includes radially facing air inlets 8210 that open into the space between the chassis mount 8200 and the display unit housing 1205 . This provides a tortuous airflow path between the side gap 8300 and the interior of the chassis mount 8200, ie, a tortuous path through which air can flow but prevents light from passing directly. Additional light shielding features are shown in the form of upper light shielding flange 8202 and lower light shielding flange 8204 that extend in the rearward direction to overlap chassis 8000 in the cheeks.

Alternative or additional airflow paths are also conceivable. For example, referring to FIGS. 61E and 61F , a forehead gap 8302 may be provided in a forehead region 8304 between the display unit housing 1205 and the chassis mount 8200 . A forehead air port 8212 in the chassis mount 8200 can facilitate airflow along this path (and/or through the side gap 8300).

In some forms of the present technology, as shown in Figure 61G, the face engaging portion 3810 of the interface structure may include one or more interface air ports 8220 in the forward facing portion. In FIG. 61G, one or more interface air ports 8220 are disposed in the upper portion of the face engaging portion 3810, ie, near the user's forehead in use. Air can flow through the interface air port 8220 and the forehead gap 8302, where the overlap of the display unit housing 1205 (which extends in the rearward direction over the interface air port 8220) creates a tortuous path that provides a light blocking effect.

In an example, the one or more interface air ports 8220 may be provided in one or more lower portions of the face engaging portion 3810, ie, the cheek portion close to the user's cheek in use. In an example, one or more interface air ports 8220 may be provided in one or more lower portions of the face engaging portion 3810 and an upper portion of the face engaging portion 3810 .

In an example, one or more interface vents 8220 may be provided in at least one side portion of the face engaging portion 3810, ie, in a portion proximate to the sphenoid region of the user in use. It should be appreciated that an interface port 8220 may be provided in at least one side portion instead of or in addition to the interface port in the upper and/or lower portion.

5.19 Further examples of head-mounted display systems

5.19.1 Head-mounted display system without battery pack

FIG. 63 shows a head mounted display system 1000 that has many of the same features as the other head mounted display systems 1000 described herein. The head mounted display system 1000 does not have the battery pack 1500 located behind the user's head. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a top strap 1340 connected between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the occipital strap portion 1320 . Top strap portion 1340 includes a user-facing layer 1344 that contacts the patient's head along at least a majority of its length, a substantially inextensible or rigid layer 1343, and an outer layer 1341. These layers can be as described elsewhere herein. In an example, the outer layer 1341 is connected to the substantially inextensible layer 1343 in use at a location above the user's parietal bones. Outer layer 1341 may be connected to substantially inextensible layer 1343 near buckle 1312 . The length of top strap portion 1340 can be adjusted by pulling more or less of outer layer 1341 through eyelets or around ear stems on head mounted display unit 1200 as described elsewhere herein.

5.19.2 In addition, HMDs can be specially configured to tolerate long hair

FIG. 64A shows a head mounted display system 1000 including a battery pack 1500 located behind the user's head. Positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes parietal strap portion 1310, occipital strap portion 1320, side strap portion 1330, and apical strap portion 1340, which may be as described elsewhere herein. Top strap portion 1340 and side strap portions 1330 connect to head mounted display unit 1200 as described elsewhere herein. Battery pack 1500 in this example may be supported by top strap portion 1340 and/or parietal bone strap portion 1330 . The difference in this example, as compared to the other examples, is that the battery pack 1500 is neither directly connected to the occipital strap portion 1320 nor connected to the occipital strap portion through a portion of the top strap portion 1340 . That is, there is an opening between the battery pack 1500 and the occipital strap portion that, in use, intersects the sagittal plane of the user's head. In some examples, the opening may be configured (eg, shaped and sized) to allow the user's hair (eg, long hair) to pass through, eg, be collected and bundled and/or returned in a locket or otherwise. This may advantageously enable better anchoring of the occipital strap portion 1320 on the user's head in the occipital region, and may advantageously reduce adverse effects on the user's hair (e.g., making the user's hair look disheveled, e.g., dull , disheveled, etc.).

64B and 64C show a head-mounted display system 1000 having a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 similar to that shown in FIG. at least partially on a respective side of a sagittal plane of the user's head. The two parts 1320a and 1320b are releasably attached to each other at a pair of connection points 1337 . Each connection point 1337 may be provided to a respective one of the two portions 1320a, 1320b of the occipital strap portion 1320 . When the two parts 1320a and 1320b of the occiput strap portion 1320 are connected to each other, each connection point 1337 may in use lie at or near the sagittal plane of the user's head. Attachment points 1337 may include press studs, magnetic clips, hook and loop fasteners, etc., or may be attached by buckles or the like. The occipital strap portion 1320 formed in the two releasably attached portions 1320a and 1320b can advantageously make it easier for users with long hair to wear the head mounted display system 1000 because instead of wearing their long hair or ponytail On the occipital girdle 1320, they may connect the two parts of the occipital girdle 1320 under their long hair (eg, between their long hair and the neck).

Figure 64D shows a variation of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in Figures 64B and 64C, in which the connection point 1337 is offset from the sagittal plane of the user's head. When the head mounted display system 1000 is worn by the user, the connection points 1337 may be spaced laterally in the sagittal plane in use when the two parts of the occiput strap portion are connected to each other. The first portion 1320a of the occipital strap portion 1320 may be longer than the second portion 1320b of the occipital strap portion 1320 such that the first portion 1320a is connected to the second portion 1320b in use at a lateral posterior position of the user's head. This arrangement is less likely to snag the user's hair in use or during putting on/off the head mounted display system 1000 .

Figures 64E and 64G illustrate another variation in which the occipital strap portion 1320 is formed in two parts 1320a and 1320b. The battery pack 1500 in this example is disposed or supported on the occipital strap portion 1320 . In particular, two battery packs 1500a and 1500b are disposed or supported on respective portions 1320a and 1320b of occipital strap portion 1320 . In other examples, only one battery pack 1500 is provided for the occipital strap portion 1320 or one of its two portions 1320a and 1320b. In the example shown in Figures 64E and 64G, the battery packs 1500a and 1500b are spaced apart to allow the two portions 1320a and 1320b of the occipital strap portion 1320 to connect to each other in use at or near the sagittal plane of the user's head. A power cable 1510 may connect each battery to the head mounted display unit 1200 and may extend along two portions 1320a and 1320b of the occipital strap portion 1320 and the side strap portion 1330 . In some examples, one battery pack 1500a can be electrically connected to another battery pack 1500b, which can then connect the two battery packs 1500a and 1500b to the head mounted display unit 1200 via a single power cable 1510. In some examples, the head mounted display system 1000 may include one, two, three or more battery packs 1500 . Even though battery pack 1500 is provided to occipital strap portion 1320 , positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may still include top strap portion 1340 . In some examples, battery pack 1500 is provided instead (or in addition) to parietal bone strap portion 1310, side strap portion 1330, and/or other strap portions. An advantage of providing the battery pack 1500 or battery packs to the occipital strap portion is that they are provided closer to the axis of rotation of the user's head, meaning that lower pressure may be required than if the battery pack 1500 were provided further away from the axis of rotation. Stabilizing force to counteract disruptive forces (for example, when users turn their head quickly during use). Additionally, two or more battery packs 1500 may distribute the weight of the battery packs more widely than a single battery pack 1500 for the same total battery cell weight.

FIG. 64F shows another example in which a pair of battery packs 1500a and 1500b are provided to respective portions 1320a and 1320b of occipital strap portion 1320 . In this example, occipital strap portions 1320a and 1320b are not connected to each other. The occipital strap portion 1320 formed from two sections 1320a and 1320b leaves a gap in the sagittal plane of the user's head. This advantageously leaves some room for the user's hair (eg ponytail). The medial ends of portions 1320a and 1320b of occipital strap portion 1320 may be spaced apart from each other and may each be spaced laterally from the sagittal plane. The spacing between the two parts 1320a and 1320b may be in the range of 20mm-60mm, for example in the range of 30mm-50mm, or may be 40mm. The occipital strap portion 1320, eg, its two portions 1320a and 1320b, may be rigid, eg, secured to the back of the user's head. Occipital strap portion 1320 may be at least partially rigidified by battery pack 1500 . In this example, other strap portions such as side strap portions 1330 and/or parietal strap portion 1310 may also be stiffened.

5.19.3 Further adjustments to positioning and stabilizing structures

FIG. 65A shows another example of a head mounted display system 1000 with an adjustable positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . Parietal strap portion 1310, occipital strap portion 1320, side strap portions 1330, and parietal strap portion 1340 may be as described elsewhere. However, in this example, the top strap portion 1340 can be selectively connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 at a plurality of locations on the top strap portion 1340 to adjust the effective length of the top strap portion 1340 . The top strap portion 1340 may be selectively connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 at one of three connection points 1337 a , 1337 b , and 1337 c on the top strap portion 1340 . A user may select connection point 1337 to adjust the effective length of top strap portion 1340 for a good fit. Each connection point 1337 may include hook and loop material, a press stud, or any other suitable feature for attaching to the head mounted display unit 1200 . In some examples, the excess length of the top strap portion 1340 may be fed into the display unit housing 1205, may be located above the upper surface of the display unit housing 1205, or may be looped back and secured to the top strap portion 1340. on the outside. It should be understood that selective adjustment of top strap portion 1340 may be applied to any other examples of the technology disclosed herein.

FIG. 65B shows another head mounted display system 1000 . In this example, at least a portion of occipital strap portion 1320 is pivotable about a pair of pivot points 1213 . Pivot point 1213 may be located at the end of occipital strap portion 1320 and may be located at or near the junction between occipital strap portion 1320 , side strap portion 1330 , and parietal strap portion 1310 , respectively. In other examples, pivot point 1213 may be positioned along occipital strap portion 1320 such that only a portion of occipital strap portion 1320 pivots at pivot point 1213 . In some examples, occipital strap portion 1320 may be rigid and able to pivot about pivot point 1213 . The pivotable occipital strap portion 1320 may advantageously help the occipital strap portion 1320 to be in an optimal position, eg, for comfort and stability. The occiput strap portion 1320 can be selectively pivoted (eg, adjustable by the user) or can naturally pivot to a stable position when the head mounted display system 1000 is worn by the user.

FIG. 66 summarizes some adjustability options in a head mounted display system 1000 according to an example of the present technology. As shown, in some examples, side strap portion 1330 may pivot relative to head mounted display unit 1200 , eg, about pivot point 1213 . In other examples, the arm 1210 of the head mounted display unit 1200 may pivot relative to the display unit housing 1205 . Side strap portions 1330 may also be selectively adjustable in length, or may extend when tensioned (eg, side strap portions 1330 may be elastic). In some examples, the length of the occipital strap portion 1320 may be selectively adjustable or may elongate and contract due to elasticity. In the example of FIG. 66 , occipital strap portion 1320 is connected to frontal bone support portion 1360 . The occipital strap portion 1320 and the frontal bone support portion 1360 may form a strap around the user's head. In some examples, the length of top strap portion 1340 is selectively adjustable or may be elastic.

5.20 cleaning

In some forms, head-mounted display system 1000, or at least a portion thereof, is designed to be used by a single user and to be cleaned, such as in soapy water, in the user's home without requiring specialized equipment for sanitizing and sanitizing. In particular, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and interface structure 1100 are designed to be cleaned since they are both in direct contact with the user's head.

In some other forms, components of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and interface structure 1100 are used in laboratories, clinics, and hospitals, where a single head-mounted display can be reused on multiple people or used in medical procedures. In every laboratory, clinic and hospital, the head-mounted display or its related parts can be reprocessed and exposed to, for example, thermal disinfection, chemical disinfection and disinfection processes. Likewise, the design of positioning and stabilizing structures and interface structures may require the sanitization and disinfection of masks according to ISO 17664.

Materials can be selected to withstand reprocessing. For example, robust materials can be used in positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 to withstand exposure to high levels of sanitizing solutions and agitation with brushes. In addition, some components of the positioning and stabilizing structure are separable and can be disconnected in use to improve rework efficiency.

In some examples, the interface structure 1100 may come into contact with the user's head during use and thus may become dirty (eg, due to sweat). Interface structure 1100 may be designed to be removed from display unit housing 1205 to provide the ability to remove the display unit housing for cleaning and/or replacement. It may be desirable to wash interface structure 1100 without wetting positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . Alternatively or additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may become soiled from contact with the user's head and may be removed for cleaning and/or replacement independently of the interface structure 1100 . In either case, this can be facilitated by allowing these components to be disconnected for this purpose.

In some examples, a cover (eg, composed of textile, silicone, etc.) may be removably positioned over the interface structure and may be removed for cleaning and/or replacement after each use. The cover can allow the interface structure 3400 to remain fixed to the display unit housing 1205 and still provide a surface that can be easily cleaned after use.

5.21 External computer

In some forms, head-mounted display system 1000 (eg, VR, AR, and/or MR) may be used in conjunction with a separate device, such as a computer or video game console. For example, a display interface may be electrically connected to a separate device.

In some forms, at least some of the processing for head mounted display system 1000 may be performed by separate devices. A stand-alone device may include a larger and/or more powerful processor than a user can comfortably support (eg, a stand-alone device's processor may be too heavy for a user to comfortably support on their head).

6 Glossary

For purposes of this disclosure, one or more of the following definitions may apply in some forms of the technology. In other forms of the technology, alternative definitions may apply.

6.1 General

Environment: In some forms of the present technology, the term environment can mean (i) external to a display interface or user, and (ii) directly surrounding the display interface and/or user.

For example, ambient light with respect to the display interface may be light directly surrounding the user, such as light in the same and/or adjacent room as the user, and/or natural light from the sun.

In some forms, ambient (eg, acoustic) noise may be considered the background noise level in the room in which the user is located, rather than, for example, noise produced by the display device or emanating from speakers connected to the display device. Ambient noise can be generated by sound sources outside the room.

Leakage: The word Leakage will be considered an undesired exposure to light. In one example, leakage may occur due to an incomplete seal between the display unit and the user's face.

Noise, radiated (acoustic): Radiated noise in this document refers to the noise brought to the user through the ambient air. In one form, radiated noise can be quantified by measuring the sound power/pressure level of the object in question according to ISO 3744.

User: A person who operates a display interface and/or views images provided by the display interface. For example, a person may wear, put on and/or take off the display interface.

6.1.1 Materials

Silicone or Silicone Elastomer: Synthetic rubber. In this specification, references to silicone refer to liquid silicone rubber (LSR) or compression molded silicone rubber (CMSR). One form of LSR that is commercially available is SILASTIC (included in the range of products sold under this trade mark), manufactured by Dow Corning. Another manufacturer of LSR is the Wacker Group (Wacker). Unless otherwise specified to the contrary, exemplary forms of LSR have a Shore A (or Type A) indent hardness as measured using ASTM D2240 in the range of about 35 to about 45.

Polycarbonate: is a transparent thermoplastic polymer of bisphenol A carbonate.

6.1.2 Mechanical properties

Resilience: The ability of a material to absorb energy when elastically deformed and release energy when unloaded.

Resilient: Will release essentially all of its energy when unloaded. These include, for example, certain silicones and thermoplastic elastomers.

Hardness: A material's inherent resistance to deformation (as described, for example, by Young's modulus or an indent hardness scale measured on a standardized sample size).

• "Soft" materials may comprise silicone or thermoplastic elastomers (TPE), and may deform easily eg under finger pressure.

• "Hard" materials may include polycarbonate, polypropylene, steel or aluminium, and may not deform easily eg under finger pressure.

Stiffness (or rigidity) of a structure or component: The ability of a structure or component to resist deformation in response to an applied load. A load can be a force or moment, such as compression, tension, bending, or torsion. Structures or components can provide different resistance in different directions. The inverse of stiffness is compliance.

Flexible structure or part: A structure or part that will change shape (eg, bend) when it is allowed to support its own weight for a relatively short period of time, eg, within 1 second.

Rigid Structure or Component: A structure or component that does not substantially change shape when subjected to the loads normally encountered in use. An example of such use might be setting and maintaining a user interface in a sealed relationship.

As an example, an I-beam may include a different bending stiffness (resist bending loads) in a first direction as compared to a second orthogonal direction. In another example, a structure or component may be flexible in a first direction and rigid in a second direction.

6.2 Materials

Closed Cell Foam: A foam comprising completely enclosed cells, ie closed cells.

Elastomeric: A polymer made of polyurethane.

Elastomer: A polymer that exhibits elastic properties. For example, silicone elastomers.

Ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA): A copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate.

Fiber: A filament (monofilament or multifilament), ply, yarn, thread, or twist that is substantially longer than its width. Fibers may include: animal-based materials, such as wool or silk; plant-based materials, such as linen and cotton; and synthetic materials, such as polyester and rayon. A fiber may specifically refer to a material that may be interwoven and/or interlaced (eg, in a network) with other fibers of the same or different material.

Foam: Any material, such as polyurethane, that has air cells introduced during manufacture to create a lightweight cellular form.

Neoprene: A synthetic rubber produced by the polymerization of chloroprene. Neoprene is used in merchandise: Breath-O-Prene.

Nylon: Synthetic polyamide that has elastic properties and is used eg to form fibers/filaments for textiles.

Open Cell Foam: A foam that contains cells, i.e. air cells that are not completely enclosed, i.e. open cells.

Polycarbonate: A typical transparent thermoplastic polymer of bisphenol A carbonate.

Polyethylene: Thermoplastic resistant to chemicals and moisture.

Polyurethane (PU): Plastic material produced by copolymerizing isocyanates and polyols, for example in the form of foam (polyurethane foam) and rubber (polyurethane rubber).

Semi-Open Cell Foam: Foam comprising a combination of closed and open cell (enclosed) cells.

Silicone or Silicone Elastomer: Synthetic rubber. In this specification, references to silicone refer to liquid silicone rubber (LSR) or compression molded silicone rubber (CMSR). One form of LSR that is commercially available is SILASTIC (included in the range of products sold under this trade mark), manufactured by Dow Corning. Another manufacturer of LSR is Wacker Group (Wacker). Unless otherwise specified to the contrary, exemplary forms of LSR have a Shore A (or Type A) indent hardness as measured using ASTM D2240 in the range of about 35 to about 45.

Spacer Fabric: A composite structure consisting of two outer fabric substrates joined together and separated by an intermediate layer of monofilament.

Spandex: An elastic fiber or fabric composed primarily of polyurethane. Spandex used in merchandise: Lycra.

Fabric: A material comprising at least one natural or man-made fiber. In this specification, fabric may refer to any material formed as a network of interwoven and/or interlaced fibers. One type of fabric can include fabrics, which are constructed by interweaving these fibers using specific techniques. These include weaving, knitting, crocheting, knotting, weaving, tufting or weaving. Clothing can be used synonymously with fabric, although it can refer specifically to a piece of fabric that is processed. Other types of fabrics can be constructed using bonding (chemical, mechanical, thermal, etc.), felting, or other nonwoven processes. Fabrics produced by one of these methods are similar to fabrics and may be considered synonymous with fabrics for the purposes of this application.

Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE): A generally low modulus, flexible material that can be stretched at room temperature and has the ability to return to approximately its original length when the stress is released. Products using TPE include: Hytrel, Dynaflex, Medalist

Thermoplastic Polyurethane (TPU): A thermoplastic elastomer with high durability and flexibility.

6.3 Mechanical properties

Resilience: The ability of a material to absorb energy when elastically deformed and release energy when unloaded.

Resilient: Will release essentially all of its energy when unloaded. These include, for example, certain silicones and thermoplastic elastomers.

Hardness: A material's inherent resistance to deformation (as described, for example, by Young's modulus or an indent hardness scale measured on a standardized sample size).

• "Soft" materials may comprise silicone or thermoplastic elastomers (TPE), and may deform easily eg under finger pressure.

• "Hard" materials may include polycarbonate, polypropylene, steel or aluminium, and may not deform easily eg under finger pressure.

Stiffness (or rigidity) of a structure or component: The ability of a structure or component to resist deformation in response to an applied load. A load can be a force or moment, such as compression, tension, bending, or torsion. Structures or components can provide different resistance in different directions.

Flexible structure or part: A structure or part that will change shape (eg, bend) when it is allowed to support its own weight for a relatively short period of time, eg, within 1 second.

Rigid Structure or Component: A structure or component that does not substantially change shape when subjected to the loads normally encountered in use.

• As an example, the I-beam may comprise a different bending stiffness (resistance to bending loads) in a first direction compared to a second orthogonal direction. In another example, a structure or component may be flexible in a first direction and rigid in a second direction.

6.4 Anatomy

The following definitions correspond to the references identified in Figures 1-2.

6.4.1 Anatomy of the face

Ala: The outer outer wall or "wing" of each nostril (plural: alar).

Alar Tip: The outermost point on the alar of the nose.

Alar flexion (or alar crest) point: the most posterior point in the curved base line of each alar, found in the crease formed by the union of the alar and cheek.

Pinna: The entire outer visible part of the ear.

(Nose) skeleton: The nasal skeleton includes the nasal bone, the frontal process of the maxilla, and the nose of the frontal bone.

Bridge (Nose): The bridge of the nose is the midline protrusion of the nose extending from the bridge point to the pronasa point.

(Nose) cartilage framework: The nasal cartilage framework includes the septal, lateral, major and minor cartilages.

Corner point: A point at the corner of the mouth.

Columella: The strip of skin that separates the nostrils and extends from the nasal prominence to the upper lip.

Columella angle: the angle between a line drawn through the midpoint of the nostril and a line drawn perpendicular to the Frankfort plane (while the two lines intersect at the lower point of the septum).

Inner canthus: The point where the upper and lower eyelids meet, near the bridge of the nose.

Parietal muscle: The cranial parietal muscle or frontobelly refers to the structure that covers the skull.

exoccipital protuberance: The protuberance on the outer surface of the occipital bone.

Frankfort level: line extending from the lowest point of the orbital rim to the left cochlea. The cochlea is the deepest point in the notch above the tragus of the pinna.

Glabella: On the soft tissue, the most prominent point in the midsagittal plane of the forehead.

Pupil Distance: The distance between the centers of the pupils of the eyes.

Extranasal Cartilage: A cartilage plate that is essentially triangular in shape. Its superior border attaches to the nasal bones and the frontal process of the maxilla, and its inferior border attaches to the greater alar cartilage.

Lip, lower (lower lip): A point on the face between the mouth and the epithelial layer, in the midsagittal plane.

Lip, upper (upper lip): A point on the face between the muzzle and nose, in the midsagittal plane.

Greater alar cartilage: the plate of cartilage that underlies the outer cartilage of the nose. It curves around the front of the nostril. Its posterior end is connected to the frontal process of the maxilla by a tough fibrous membrane containing three or four small cartilages of the nasal alar.

Nostril (nasal eye): The approximately oval hole forming the entrance to the nasal cavity. The singular form of nostril (nare) is naris (nose eye). The nostrils are separated by the nasal septum.

Nasolabial Fold or Nasolabial Fold: A fold or groove of skin extending from each side of the nose to the corner of the mouth that separates the cheek from the upper lip.

Nasolabial angle: The angle between the columella and the upper lip (which also meet at the lower point of the nasal septum).

Infraauricular base point: The lowest point where the pinna attaches to the skin of the face.

Supraauricular base point: The highest point where the pinna attaches to the skin of the face.

Pronasa: The most prominent point or tip of the nose that can be identified in a side view of the rest of the head.

Human: the midline groove extending from the lower border of the nasal septum to the top of the lip in the upper lip region.

Anterior Mental Point: Located on the soft tissue, at the midpoint of the most anterior part of the chin.

Ridge (nose): The nasal ridge is the midline protrusion of the nose extending from the bridge point to the pronasa point.

Sagittal plane: The vertical plane running from the front (anterior) to the posterior (posterior). The midsagittal plane is the sagittal plane that divides the body into right and left halves.

Nasal bridge point: the most concave point on the soft tissue covering the frontonasal suture area.

Septal Cartilage (Nose): The septal cartilage forms part of the septum and separates the front of the nasal cavity.

Posterior superior panel: the point at the inferior border of the alar base where the alar base joins the skin of the upper (upper) lip.

Subnasal point: The point on the soft tissue where the columella meets the upper lip in the midsagittal plane.

Mandibular Alveolar Seat: The point of greatest concavity in the midline of the lower lip between the midpoint of the lower lip and the anterior point of the soft tissue.

Brow Arch: The protrusion of the frontal bone above the eyes.

Temporalis: The muscle in the temporal fossa that raises the jaw.

Temporomandibular joint: The freely movable joint between the temporal bone and the mandible that allows opening, closing, protrusion, retraction, and lateral movement of the mandible.

Lips, upper: The red part of the lips, covered with stratified squamous epithelium, which is continuous with the oral mucosa of the gingival labial sulcus.

6.4.2 Anatomy of the skull

Frontal bone: The frontal bone includes a larger vertical portion (frontal squamus), which corresponds to the area called the forehead.

Lateral cartilage: the side of the septal cartilage and the part of cartilage under the nasal bone.

Mandible: The mandible forms the lower jaw. The chin protuberance is the bony protrusion of the lower jaw that forms the chin.

Masseter Minor: The lower part of the masseter muscle, which raises the jaw.

Maxilla: The maxilla forms the upper jaw and sits above the mandible and below the eye sockets. The maxillary frontal process projects upward from the side of the nose and forms part of the lateral border.

Nasal Bones: The nasal bones are two small oval bones that vary in size and form in different individuals; they sit side by side in the middle and upper part of the face and form the "bridge" of the nose by their junction.

Nasion: The junction of the frontal bone and the two nasal bones, the sunken area directly between the eyes and above the bridge of the nose.

Occipital: The occiput is located at the back and lower part of the skull. It includes an oval-shaped hole (foramen magnum) through which the cranial cavity communicates with the spinal canal. The curved plate behind the foramen magnum is the occipital scale.

Orbital: The bony cavity in the skull that houses the eyeball.

Parietal Bones: The parietal bones are the bones that when joined together form the roof and sides of the skull.

Septal cartilage: the cartilage of the nasal septum.

Sphenoid: A cuneiform bone at the base of the skull.

Supraorbital Foramen: An opening in the infraorbital bone for passage of the supraorbital nerve, artery, and vein.

Temporal Bones: The temporal bones are at the bottom and sides of the skull and support parts of the face called the temples.

Trapezius Minor: A triangular-shaped superficial muscle of the upper back.

Cheekbones: The face consists of two cheekbones, which are located on the upper and side parts of the face and form the protrusions of the cheeks.

6.5 User Interface

Frame: Frame will be taken to mean the unit of the display housing that is loaded in tension between two or more points of attachment to the headband and/or hoop. The frame may seal against the user's face to limit and/or prevent light from entering and/or exiting.

Hoop: A hoop will be taken to mean a form of positioning and stabilizing structure designed for use on the head. For example, the hoop may include a collection of one or more struts, straps, and stiffeners configured to position and hold the user interface in place on the user's face to The display unit is held in the operating position in front of the user's face. Some straps are formed from soft, flexible, resilient materials such as foam and fabric/fabric laminate composites. In some forms, the term headgear may be synonymous with the term hoop.

Membrane: Membrane shall be taken to mean a typically thin element, which preferably has substantially no resistance to bending, but is resistant to stretching.

Seal: Can refer to the noun form of the structure (seal) or the verb form of the effect (seal). Two elements may be constructed and/or arranged to 'seal' or achieve a 'seal' between them without requiring a separate 'seal' element itself.

Shell: A shell will be taken to mean a curved and relatively thin structure having bendable, stretchable and compressible stiffness. For example, the curved structural wall of the mask may be the shell. In some forms, the housing may be multi-sided. In some forms, the housing may be airtight. In some forms, the housing may not be airtight.

Stiffener: A stiffener shall be taken to mean a structural component designed to increase the bending resistance of another component in at least one direction.

Braces: A brace will be considered a structural component designed to increase the compression resistance of another component in at least one direction.

Axis (noun): A subcomponent of a component configured to rotate about a common axis, preferably independently, preferably under low torque. In one form, the swivel shaft may be configured to rotate through an angle of at least 360 degrees. In another form, the swivel shaft may be configured to rotate through an angle of less than 360 degrees.

Lace (noun): A structure designed to resist tension.

6.6 The shape of the structure

Products according to the present technology may include one or more three-dimensional mechanical structures, such as mask cushions or pushers. Three-dimensional structures can be bound by two-dimensional surfaces. These surfaces can be distinguished using markers to describe the relative surface orientation, location, function or some other characteristic. For example, a structure may include one or more of a front surface, a rear surface, an interior surface, and an exterior surface. In another example, the seal-forming structure may include a face-contacting (eg, exterior) surface and a separate non-face-contacting (eg, underside or interior) surface. In another example, a structure can include a first surface and a second surface.

To help describe the three-dimensional structure and shape of the surface, first consider a section through a point p on the surface of the structure, see Figures 3A to 3E, which show examples of the section at point p on the surface and the resulting planar curves. Figures 3A to 3E also show the outward normal vector at p. The outward normal vector at p points away from the surface. In some examples, the surface is depicted from the point of view of an imaginary little person standing upright on the surface.

6.6.1 One-dimensional curvature

The curvature of a plane curve at p can be described as having a sign (eg, positive, negative) and magnitude (eg, the inverse of the radius of the circle that only touches the curve at p).

Positive curvature: If the curve at p turns towards the outward normal, then the curvature at said point will be taken to be positive (if the imaginary puppet leaves point p, they must go uphill). See Figure 3A (relatively large positive curvature compared to Figure 3B) and Figure 3B (relatively small positive curvature compared to Figure 3A). Such curves are often called concave.

Zero curvature: If the curve at p is a straight line, the curvature will be taken as zero (if the imaginary little people leave point p, they can walk horizontally without going up or down). See Figure 3C.

Negative curvature: if the curve at p turns away from the outward normal, then the curvature in that direction at that point will take negative (if the imaginary puppet leaves point p, they have to go downhill Walk). See Figure 3D (relatively small negative curvature compared to Figure 3E) and Figure 3E (relatively large negative curvature compared to Figure 3F). Such curves are often called convex.

6.6.2 Curvature of two-dimensional surfaces

A description of a shape at a given point on a two-dimensional surface according to the present technique may include multiple normal sections. Multiple sections may cut the surface in a plane that includes the outward normal ("normal plane"), and each section may be taken in a different direction. Each section produces a planar curve with a corresponding curvature. Different curvatures at points can have the same sign or different signs. Each curvature at a point has a magnitude, such as a relatively small magnitude. The planar curves in FIGS. 3A to 3E may be examples of such multiple sections at specific points.

Principal Curvature and Principal Direction: The direction of the normal plane where the curvature of the curve takes its maximum and minimum values is called the principal direction. In the examples of FIGS. 3A to 3E , the maximum curvature occurs in FIG. 3A and the minimum curvature occurs in FIG. 3E , so FIGS. 3A and 3E are cross-sections in the main direction. The principal curvature at p is the curvature in the principal direction.

Area of a surface: A connected set of points on a surface. Groups of points in a region can have similar characteristics, such as curvature or sign.

Saddle region: A region where at each point the principal curvatures have opposite signs, ie one sign is positive and the other is negative (depending on which direction the imaginary individual is turning, they can walk up or down).

Domed region: a region where the principal curvatures have the same sign at each point, eg two positive ("concave dome") or two negative ("convex dome").

Cylindrical region: a region in which one principal curvature is zero (or is zero, eg within manufacturing tolerances) and the other principal curvature is non-zero.

Planar region: A surface region in which both principal curvatures are zero (or zero, eg within manufacturing tolerances).

Edge of a surface: The boundary or boundary of a surface or region.

Path: In some forms of the present technology, 'path' will be taken to mean a path in the mathematical-topological sense, eg a continuous spatial curve from f(0) to f(1) on a surface. In some forms of the present technology, a 'path' may be described as a route or journey comprising, for example, a set of points on a surface. (A hypothetical person's path is where they walk on the surface, and is similar to a garden path).

Path length: In some forms of the present technique, the 'path length' will be considered to be the distance along the surface from f(0) to f(1), ie the distance along the path on the surface. There may be more than one path between two points on the surface, and such paths may have different path lengths. (A hypothetical person's path length would be the distance they would have to walk along the path on the surface.

Straight-line distance: A straight-line distance is the distance between two points on a surface, but the surface is not considered. On a planar region, there will be paths on the surface with the same path length as the straight-line distance between two points on the surface. On a non-planar surface, there may not be a path with the same path length as the straight-line distance between two points. (For an imaginary individual, straight-line distances would correspond to distances that are 'straight lines'.

6.6.3 Space curves

Space Curves: Unlike planar curves, space curves do not have to lie in any particular plane. Space curves may be closed, ie have no endpoints. A space curve can be thought of as a one-dimensional segment of a three-dimensional space. A hypothetical person walking on one strand of a DNA helix walks along a curve in space. A typical human left ear includes a helix, which is a left-handed helix, see Figure 3M. A typical human right ear includes a helix, which is a right-handed helix, see Figure 3N. Figure 3O shows a right-handed spiral. The edges of structures, such as the edges of membranes or impellers, can follow spatial curves. In general, a space curve can be described by curvature and torsion at each point on the space curve. Torque is a measure of how the curve turns out of plane. Torque has a sign and a magnitude. The twist at a point on a space curve can be characterized by reference to the tangent vector, normal vector, and binormal vector at the point.

Tangent unit vector (or unit tangent vector): For each point on the curve, the vector at the point specifies the direction and magnitude from that point. A tangent unit vector is a unit vector pointing in the same direction as the curve at the point. If a hypothetical person were flying along a curve and fell from her craft at a particular point, the direction of the tangent vector is the direction she would travel.

Unit Normal Vector: As the imaginary person moves along the curve, this tangent vector itself changes. The unit vector pointing in the direction of change of the tangent vector is called the unit principal normal vector. It is perpendicular to the tangent vector.

Dual Normal Unit Vector: The dual normal unit vector is perpendicular to both the tangent vector and the main normal vector. Its direction can be determined by the right-hand rule (see eg FIG. 3L ) or alternatively by the left-hand rule ( FIG. 3K ).

Occurring plane: the plane containing the unit tangent vector and the unit principal normal vector. See Figures 3K and 3L.

Torsion of a space curve: The twist at a point of a space curve is the magnitude of the rate of change of the binormal unit vector at the point. It measures how much a curve deviates from a close plane. Space curves that lie in a plane have zero twist. A spatial curve that deviates by a relatively small amount from an intimate plane will have a relatively small amount of twist (eg, a mildly sloped helical path). Spatial curves that deviate by a relatively large amount from an occult plane will have a relatively large amount of twist (eg, a steeply inclined helical path). Referring to FIG. 3O, since T2>T1, the amount of twist near the top coil of the helix of FIG. 3O is greater than that of the bottom coil of the helix of FIG. 3O.

Referring to the right-hand rule of FIG. 3M , spatial curves oriented towards the right-hand dual normal direction can be considered to have a right-handed positive twist (eg, the right-handed spiral shown in FIG. 3O ). A spatial curve that turns away from the right-handed binormal direction can be considered to have a right-handed negative twist (eg, a left-handed helix).

Likewise, referring to the left-hand rule (see FIG. 3K ), a spatial curve oriented towards the left-hand dual normal can be considered to have a left-handed positive twist (eg, a left-handed helix). So left-hand positive is equivalent to right-hand negative.

6.6.4 Holes

A surface may have one-dimensional pores, such as pores bounded by planar curves or by spatial curves. Thin structures with pores (eg, membranes) can be described as having one-dimensional pores. See, for example, the one-dimensional holes in the surface bounded by planar curves of the structure shown in Figure 3F.

A structure may have two-dimensional pores, such as pores bounded by surfaces. For example, a pneumatic tire has a two-dimensional bore defined by the inner surface of the tire. In another example, a bladder with a cavity for air or gel can have a two-dimensional hole. In yet another example, a catheter may include a one-dimensional bore (eg, at its inlet or at its outlet) and a two-dimensional bore bounded by the inner surface of the catheter. See also the two-dimensional pores bounded by the surfaces shown in the structure shown in Figure 3H.

6.7 Other Remarks

Portions of the disclosure of this patent document contain copyrighted material. The copyright owner has no objection to the reproduction by anyone of the patent document or the patent disclosure as it appears in the Patent Office files or records, but otherwise reserves any and all copyright rights.

Unless the context clearly dictates and a range of values is provided, it is understood that each intervening value between the upper and lower limits of the range, to the tenth of the unit of the lower limit, and any other all values within that stated range Recited values or intermediate values are broadly encompassed within the present technology. The upper and lower limits of these intermediate ranges may independently be included in the intermediate ranges and are also within the scope of the technology, subject to any expressly excluded limit in the stated range. Where the range includes one or both of the limits, ranges excluding either or both of those included limits are also included in the technology.

Furthermore, where a value or values described herein are implemented as part of the present technology, it should be understood that such values may be approximate unless otherwise stated, and that such values may be practically Any suitable significant digit may be used to the extent technical implementations allow or require it.

Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can also be used in the practice or testing of the present techniques, a limited number of exemplary methods and materials are described herein.

When a particular material is identified for use in constructing a component, obvious alternative materials with similar properties may be used as substitutes. Furthermore, unless specified to the contrary, any and all components described herein are understood to be capable of being manufactured and thus manufactured together or separately.

It must be noted that, as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include plural equivalents thereof unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.

All publications mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety to disclose and describe the methods and/or materials that are the subject of those publications. The publications discussed herein are provided solely for their disclosure prior to the filing date of the present application. Nothing herein should be construed as an admission that the art is not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention. In addition, the dates of publication provided may differ from the actual publication dates, which may need to be independently confirmed.

The terms "comprises" and "comprising" are to be understood as referring to each element, each part or each step in a non-exclusive manner, indicating that the marked element, part or step may be present or utilized, Or a combination with other elements, components or steps without a label.

The use of subject headings in the detailed description is for the convenience of the reader's reference only and should not be used to limit the subject matter that may be found throughout the disclosure or claims. Subject headings should not be used to interpret the scope of the claims or claim limitations.

Although the techniques herein have been described with reference to specific examples, it should be understood that these examples are merely illustrative of the principles and applications of the techniques. In some cases, terms and symbols may imply specific details not necessary to practice the technique. For example, although the terms "first" and "second" may be used, unless stated otherwise, they are not intended to denote any order, but may be used to distinguish between different elements. Additionally, although process steps in a method may be described or illustrated in order, such order is not required. Those skilled in the art will recognize that such order may be modified and/or aspects thereof may be performed concurrently or even simultaneously.

It is therefore to be understood that many modifications may be made to the illustrative examples, and that other arrangements may be devised without departing from the spirit and scope of the technology.

Claims (112)

1. A head-mounted display system, comprising: a head-mounted display unit comprising a display; a battery pack for powering the head-mounted display system; positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold the head mounted display unit in front of the eyes of a user so that the display is viewable by the user in use and to hold the battery pack in use behind the user's head, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes: a rear support portion configured to engage the rear of the user's head, the rear support portion comprising a parietal bone strap portion configured to cover the parietal bones of the user's head in use and a parietal bone strap portion configured to cover the parietal bones of the user's head in use. the occipital bone of the user's head or the occipital strap portion located below the occipital bone of the user's head; and A pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to rest on a respective side of the user's head in use. 2. The head-mounted display system of claim 1, further comprising a top strap portion configured to connect between the battery pack and the head-mounted display unit, the top strap portion The strap portion is configured to cover the upper portion of the user's head in use. 3. The head mounted display system of claim 2, wherein the top strap portion is connected to the occipital strap portion. 4. The head-mounted display system according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the position of the parietal strap portion is movable in a front direction and a rear direction relative to the top strap portion. 5. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 2-4, wherein the parietal bone strap portion is located below the top strap portion. 6. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 2-5, wherein the top strap portion passes through a buckle connected to the parietal bone strap portion, the buckle configured to restrain the Lateral movement of the top strap portion described above. 7. The head-mounted display system of any one of claims 2-6, wherein the top strap portion is connected to the head-mounted display unit by an eyelet, and looped back and secured to itself, the The eyelet is connected to the head-mounted display unit. 8. The head mounted display system of claim 7, wherein the outer layer of the top strap portion is configured to pass through the eyelet and looped back and secured to itself. 9. The head mounted display system according to any one of claims 2 to 7, wherein said top strap portion comprises a fabric user-facing layer, a fabric outer layer, and an outer layer between said user-facing layer and said outer layer. substantially non-extensible layers in between. 10. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 2-9, wherein the top strap portion includes a power cable connecting the battery pack to the head mounted display unit to provide power from the battery to the head mounted display unit in use. 11. The head mounted display system of claim 10, wherein the power cable is inside the top strap portion. 12. The head mounted display system of claim 11, wherein the power cable is insertable by the user through the interior of the top strap portion. 13. The head mounted display system of claim 12, wherein the power cable is insertable through the top strap portion between the substantially inextensible layer and the outer fabric layer. 14. A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 2-13, wherein the top strap portion comprises a front portion and a rear portion, the rear portion being configured to engage the user's head in use. and the front portion is configured not to engage the user's head in use. 15. The head mounted display system of claim 14, wherein said top strap portion includes a The shape of the bend. 16. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 14 or claim 15, wherein the top strap portion is shaped to follow the curvature of the user's head in the rear portion of the top strap portion and deviates from the curvature of the user's head in the front portion of the top strap portion. 17. A head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein the top strap portion is stiffened to support the top strap portion in spaced relation to the user's head in use. Front section. 18. A head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 14-17, wherein the front end of the rear portion of the top strap portion is located in use behind the frontal bone of the user's head. 19. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 2-18, wherein the battery pack is removably attached to the top strap portion. 20. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 2-19, wherein the battery pack is connected to the top strap portion at an upper position and a lower position. 21. The head mounted display system of claim 20, wherein the lower location is at or adjacent to the occipital strap portion. 22. The head mounted display system of claim 20, wherein the lower position is spaced apart from the occipital strap portion to allow the top strap portion to be in contact with the occipital strap portion in the lower position. deformation between. 23. The head mounted display system according to any one of claims 2-22, wherein said battery pack has a length, a width and a depth, said length being longer than said width and said depth, and said positioning and The stabilizing structure is configured to maintain the battery pack in an orientation in which the lengths of the battery pack are substantially vertically aligned in use. 24. The head mounted display system of claim 1, further comprising a top strap portion configured to cover the upper portion of the user's head in use. 25. The head mounted display system of claim 24, wherein the battery pack is supported by the top strap portion and/or the parietal strap portion. 26. A head-mounted display system as claimed in claim 24 or claim 25, wherein the head-mounted display system includes a head-mounted display system in use between the battery pack and the occiput strap portion on the user's head. An opening aligned in a sagittal plane of the head, wherein the head-mounted display system is configured to allow the user's hair to pass through the opening. 27. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 26, wherein the occipital strap portion is formed in two parts, each part lying in use on a respective side of the sagittal plane of the user's head. 28. The head mounted display system of claim 27, wherein the two portions of the occipital strap portion are releasably attachable to each other at a pair of connection portions, each connection point being provided to a respective one of the two portions of the occipital strap. 29. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 1 , wherein the occipital strap portion is formed in two parts, each part lying in use on a respective side of the sagittal plane of the user's head, And the head mounted display system includes two battery packs, each battery pack supported on a respective one of the two portions of the occiput strap. 30. A head-mounted display system as claimed in claim 29, wherein said battery pack is spaced apart in use to allow said two portions of said occipital strap portion to be positioned between said user's head in use. connected to each other at or near the sagittal plane. 31. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 1 , wherein the occipital strap portion is formed in two parts, each part lying in use on a respective side of the sagittal plane of the user's head, wherein the two portions of the occipital strap portion are not connected to each other in use, wherein the medial ends of the two portions of the occiput strap portion are spaced apart from each other and are each laterally connected to each other in use The sagittal planes are spaced apart. 32. The head-mounted display system of claim 31 , wherein the head-mounted display system includes two battery packs, each battery pack being provided to one of the two portions of the occiput strap portion. a corresponding part. 33. The head mounted display system of claim 2, further comprising a power cable connecting the battery pack to the head mounted display unit to provide power from the battery in use to the head mounted display unit. 34. The head mounted display system of claim 33, wherein a portion of the power cable is located within the battery pack and is extendable from and retractable into the battery pack. 35. The head-mounted display system of claim 34, wherein one or more layers of the top strap portion are located partially within the battery pack and are capable of being removed from the battery pack along with the power cable. Extends and retracts into the battery pack. 36. The head mounted display system of claim 35, wherein an outer layer of the top strap portion is located within the battery pack and is capable of being extended and retracted from the battery pack along with the power cable into the battery pack. 37. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 35 or 36, wherein the substantially inextensible layer of the top strap portion is located within the battery pack and is capable of being removed from the battery pack together with the power cable. Extends and retracts into the battery pack. 38. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 34-37, wherein the user contact layer of the top strap portion is located between the battery pack and the user's head. 39. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 34 or claim 35, wherein the portion of the power cable located within the battery pack and the portion of the top strap portion are located partially within the battery pack The one or more layers within form a retractable portion of the top strap portion that can be extended from and retracted into the battery pack to adjust the The length of the top strap portion between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit. 40. The head mounted display system of claim 39, wherein the retractable portion is selectively movable relative to the battery pack between a plurality of predetermined positions at which The position of the retractable portion can be fixed relative to the battery pack. 41. The head mounted display system of claim 39, wherein the retractable portion is continuously movable within a range of positions relative to the battery pack. 42. A head-mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 41, wherein the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to hold the battery pack over the occipital bone of the user's head in use. in the location. 43. The head-mounted display system of any one of claims 1-41, wherein the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to hold the battery pack in a position adjacent to the occipital bone of the user's head and in a position at or near the vertical axis of rotation of the user's head. 44. A head mounted display system comprising: a head-mounted display unit comprising a display; A positioning and stabilizing structure configured for maintaining the head mounted display unit in an operable position on the user's head in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising: a rear support portion configured to engage the rear of the user's head, the rear support portion comprising a parietal bone strap portion configured to cover the parietal bones of the user's head in use and a parietal bone strap portion configured to cover the parietal bones of the user's head in use. the occipital bone of the user's head or the occipital strap portion located below the occipital bone of the user's head; a pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to lie on a respective side of the user's head in use; a top strap portion configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, the top strap portion configured to cover the upper portion of the user's head in use, the top strap portion The strap portion includes a user-facing layer and an outer layer; Wherein the user-facing layers of the top strap portion, the parietal strap portion, the occipital strap portion, and the side strap portions are separable from the outer layer of the top strap portion. 45. The head mounted display system of claim 44, wherein the outer layer of the top strap portion is configured to attach to the head mounted display unit. 46. The head-mounted display system of claim 44 or 45, wherein the user-facing layer of the top strap portion, the parietal strap portion, the occiput strap portion, and the side strap portions The strap portion forms a washable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure, the washable portion being separable from the outer layer of the top strap portion for washing. 47. The head mounted display system of claim 46, wherein the top strap portion includes an outer sleeve forming the outer layer of the top strap portion. 48. The head mounted display system of claim 47, wherein the washable portion is releasably attached to the outer sleeve by one or more hook and loop connections. 49. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 47 or claim 48, wherein the head mounted display system comprises a battery pack for powering the head mounted display system, the battery pack being configured to operate at Located behind the user's head in use, the top strap portion is connected to the battery pack in use. 50. The head-mounted display system of claim 49, wherein the head-mounted display system includes a power cable connected between the battery pack and the head-mounted display unit of the user, the power cable located within the outer sleeve. 51. The head mounted display system of claim 50, wherein the outer sleeve is connected to the battery pack. 52. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 50 or claim 51, wherein the power cable is slidable within the outer sleeve along the length of the outer sleeve. 53. A head-mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 49-52, wherein said top strap portion comprises a substantially non-removable, in use, position between said outer layer and said user-facing layer. extension layer. 54. The head mounted display system of claim 53, wherein the substantially inextensible layer is semi-rigid. 55. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 53 or 54, wherein the battery pack is removably connected to the substantially inextensible layer. 56. The head-mounted display system of claim 55, wherein the substantially inextensible layer and the battery pack include respective first and second fastener portions, the first and second fastener portions A member is configured to removably connect the battery pack to the substantially inextensible layer. 57. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 53-56, wherein the substantially inextensible layer is located within the outer sleeve. 58. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 54-57, wherein the washable portion is detachable from the substantially inextensible layer. 59. A head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 53-57, wherein the substantially inextensible layer forms part of the washable portion. 60. The head mounted display system of claim 59, wherein the top strap portion includes a user contact portion forming the user facing layer, the substantially inextensible layer is provided to the user contact portion . 61. The head mounted display system of claim 60, wherein the user contact portion comprises a user contact sleeve, the substantially inextensible layer is located within the user contact sleeve. 62. The head mounted display system of claim 61, wherein the user contact sleeve includes a rigid opening through which the substantially inextensible layer is removably insertable. 63. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 62, wherein the battery pack covers the rigid opening in use. 64. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 61-63, wherein the user access sleeve includes a fastener opening through which the battery pack can be removably removed. attached to the substantially inextensible layer. 65. The head mounted display system of claim 64, wherein the substantially inextensible layer includes a first fastener portion extending through the fastener opening and configured is a corresponding second fastener portion connected to the battery pack. 66. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 65, wherein the battery pack covers the fastener opening in use. 67. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 1-66, wherein the occipital strap portion is removably connected to the top strap portion. 68. The head mounted display system of claim 67, wherein the top strap portion is configured to connect to the occipital strap portion via a pivotable connection. 69. The head-mounted display system of any one of claims 1-68, wherein the occipital strap portion includes a pair of side occipital strap portions configured to connect to the Between the parietal strap parts and the parietal strap parts, each side occipital strap part is configured to lie on a respective side of the user's head in use. 70. The head mounted display system of claim 69, wherein the length of each of the side occipital strap portions is adjustable. 71. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 69 or claim 70, wherein each of the side occipital strap portions is configured to connect to the top strap portion via magnetic fasteners. 72. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 1-66, wherein the occipital strap portion is permanently connected to the top strap portion. 73. A head mounted display system comprising: head-mounted display unit; and a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use; Wherein the head-mounted display unit includes: Display unit housing; an interface structure constructed and arranged in opposing relationship to the user's face, the interface structure comprising a face engaging portion configured to engage the user's face in use; and at least one tortuous airflow path between the interior of the interface structure and the exterior of the head-mounted display unit, wherein the at least one tortuous airflow path is between the exterior of the interface structure and the interior of the display unit housing pass between. 74. The head mounted display system of claim 73, wherein the interface structure includes a chassis connected to the face engaging portion, and wherein the head mounted display unit includes at least one airflow port, the at least one A tortuous airflow path passes through the at least one airflow port, wherein the at least one airflow port is disposed in front of the connection between the chassis and the face engaging portion. 75. The head mounted display system of claim 74, wherein the at least one airflow port comprises at least one chassis port disposed in the chassis. 76. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 74 or claim 75, wherein the chassis is releasably attached to a chassis mounting portion of the head mounted display unit, wherein the at least one airflow port comprises a At least one chassis mount port in said chassis mount. 77. A head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 74 to 76, wherein the at least one airflow port is provided in a radially facing wall. 78. A head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 73 to 77, wherein the interface structure comprises a flexible and resilient portion comprising the face engaging portion, and wherein the flexible And the elastic part includes one or more interface ports, and the at least one tortuous airflow path passes through the interface ports. 79. The head mounted display system of claim 78, wherein the one or more interface ports of the interface structure are disposed in at least one forward facing portion of the flexible and resilient portion. 80. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 78 or claim 79, wherein the one or more interface ports of the interface structure are disposed on the upper portion of the flexible and resilient portion and the flexible and resilient In at least one of the lower parts of the section. 81. A head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 78 to 80, wherein in use said one or more interface ports of said interface structure are arranged in said flexible and resilient portion proximate to said user In at least one lateral portion of the sphenoid region. 82. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 78 to 81, wherein the display unit housing is in a rearward direction over the one or more interface ports of the flexible and resilient portion Extend up. 83. A head mounted display system comprising: head-mounted display unit; and A positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head-mounted display unit in an operative position over the user's face in use, the head-mounted display unit comprising the relational interface structure, wherein the interface structure comprises a resilient and flexible face engaging portion having a curved cross-section, wherein the face-engaging portion comprises a front portion extending radially outward rearwardly, the front portion being bent into a rearward portion extending radially inwardly rearwardly, wherein a rearwardly facing surface of the rearward portion provides The user touches the surface. 84. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 83, wherein the face engaging portion is configured such that the rear portion is biased into engagement with the user's face in use. 85. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 83 or claim 84, wherein the face engaging portion comprises at least one closed loop portion having a closed cross-section. 86. The head mounted display system of claim 85, wherein the face engaging portion comprises a first closed loop portion and a second closed loop portion. 87. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 86, wherein the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are arranged, in use, on respective sides of the user's nose. 88. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 87, wherein the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are disposed proximate to the cheeks of the user in use. 89. A head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 85 to 88, wherein the face engaging portion curves around itself and overlaps therewith to provide the at least one closed loop portion. 90. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 85 to 89, wherein the face engaging portion comprises a base and a ring comprising a ring flange, wherein the ring flange overlaps the base to The closed loop section is provided. 91. The head mounted display system of claim 90, wherein the loop extends from a front position to a rear position. 92. The head-mounted display system of claim 91, wherein a cross-section of the loop tapers between the front position and the rear position. 93. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 91 or claim 92, wherein the ring portion includes an arcuate portion between the front position and the ring flange. 94. A head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 90 to 93, wherein the ring flange overlaps a forward facing surface of the base. 95. A head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 90 to 94, wherein the ring flange is secured to the base. 96. A head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 90 to 94, wherein the base and the ring are integrally formed as a single part. 97. The head-mounted display system of any one of claims 83 to 96, wherein the interface structure includes a light-shielding nose spanning between cheeks of the facial joint, wherein the shade nose portion includes a protuberance portion extending radially and upwardly on the pronata of the user's nose, Wherein the light-shielding nose portion further includes a first nose bridge portion and a second nose bridge portion extending upward from the nose protruding point, a slot is provided between the first nose bridge portion and the second nose bridge portion, and The slot extends from the rear edge of the visor nose towards the front nose, and wherein the first and second nose bridge portions are configured to rest on respective sides of the nose bridge of the user in use superior. 98. A head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 83 to 97, wherein the interface structure comprises a foam pad, wherein the rear portion extends over the foam pad. 99. The head mounted display system of claim 98, wherein the face engaging portion includes a cushion support flange extending from a radially inwardly facing surface of the face engaging portion. 100. The head mounted display system of claim 99, wherein the foam pad is disposed between the pad support flange and the rear portion. 101. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 83 to 100, wherein the face engaging portion includes a plurality of regions, each of the plurality of regions having a corresponding cross-sectional thickness. 102. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 101 , wherein the face engaging portion comprises a forehead portion, two cheek portions and two side portions, the two side portions being close to the user's buttocks in use. sinus region and connects the forehead to the corresponding cheek. 103. The head mounted display system of claim 102, wherein the plurality of regions of the face engaging portion comprise: a first region extending around the inner periphery of the face engaging portion; a second region extending around the outer periphery of the face engaging portion; a third region extending around the inner periphery of the face engaging portion between the first region and the second region; A fourth region on each cheek, bounded by said first region and said third region. 104. The head-mounted display system of claim 103, wherein the first region includes a rear forehead portion of the forehead portion, the rear forehead portion extending upwardly from the inner peripheral edge of the face-engaging portion. direction extension. 105. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 103 or claim 104, wherein the third region comprises an upper forehead portion of the forehead portions, the upper forehead portion extending over a center of the forehead portion into the forehead. 106. A head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 103 to 105, wherein said second region comprises upper sides, each said upper side facing from a respective side towards said upper forehead extend. 107. The head mounted display system of any one of claims 103 to 106, wherein the second region comprises a peripheral forehead. 108. The head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 103 to 107, wherein the thickness of the first region is greater than the thickness of the fourth region. 109. The head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 103 to 108, wherein the thickness of the fourth region is greater than the thickness of the third region. 110. The head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 103 to 109, wherein the thickness of the third region is greater than the thickness of the second region. 111. The head mounted display system according to any one of claims 103 to 110, wherein the width of the first region in the front-to-back direction through the forehead is greater than at the cheeks or at the sides. width. 112. The head-mounted display system of any one of claims 103 to 111, wherein the second region has a greater width across the forehead in a front-to-rear direction than at the cheeks.

Images